WO2020156463A1 - Calibration system and calibration rack therefor - Google Patents

Calibration system and calibration rack therefor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020156463A1
WO2020156463A1 PCT/CN2020/073875 CN2020073875W WO2020156463A1 WO 2020156463 A1 WO2020156463 A1 WO 2020156463A1 CN 2020073875 W CN2020073875 W CN 2020073875W WO 2020156463 A1 WO2020156463 A1 WO 2020156463A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
rod
calibration
fixed
mounting seat
assembly
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/073875
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
赖毕望
Original Assignee
深圳市道通科技股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201920361654.5U external-priority patent/CN210038154U/en
Priority claimed from CN201910214360.4A external-priority patent/CN111721344B/en
Priority claimed from CN201910214372.7A external-priority patent/CN111721345B/en
Application filed by 深圳市道通科技股份有限公司 filed Critical 深圳市道通科技股份有限公司
Priority to DE212020000374.2U priority Critical patent/DE212020000374U1/en
Priority to EP20748835.4A priority patent/EP3800484A4/en
Publication of WO2020156463A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020156463A1/en
Priority to US17/138,429 priority patent/US11500079B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01MTESTING STATIC OR DYNAMIC BALANCE OF MACHINES OR STRUCTURES; TESTING OF STRUCTURES OR APPARATUS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G01M17/00Testing of vehicles
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01SRADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S17/00Systems using the reflection or reradiation of electromagnetic waves other than radio waves, e.g. lidar systems
    • G01S17/02Systems using the reflection of electromagnetic waves other than radio waves
    • G01S17/06Systems determining position data of a target
    • G01S17/08Systems determining position data of a target for measuring distance only
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01SRADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S7/00Details of systems according to groups G01S13/00, G01S15/00, G01S17/00
    • G01S7/48Details of systems according to groups G01S13/00, G01S15/00, G01S17/00 of systems according to group G01S17/00
    • G01S7/497Means for monitoring or calibrating

Definitions

  • This application relates to the technical field of vehicle maintenance and equipment calibration, in particular to a calibration system and a calibration bracket.
  • the Advanced Driver Assistant System uses various sensors installed on the car to collect environmental data inside and outside the car at the first time to identify, detect and detect static and dynamic objects. Tracking and other technical processing, which can allow the driver to detect possible dangers in the fastest time, to attract attention and improve safety of active safety technology.
  • the sensors used in ADAS mainly include cameras, radars, lasers and ultrasonics, which can detect light, heat, pressure or other variables used to monitor the state of the car. They are usually located on the front and rear bumpers, side mirrors, steering column or windshield. On the glass. During the use of the vehicle, vibration, collision, environmental temperature and humidity, etc. will change the physical installation status of the above-mentioned sensors, so it needs to be calibrated or calibrated irregularly.
  • calibration components are usually mounted on the calibration bracket to calibrate or calibrate the sensors on the vehicle.
  • most of the current calibration brackets are relatively large, occupy a large area, are complicated to assemble, and are difficult to move.
  • the embodiment of the present invention aims to provide a calibration system and a calibration support thereof, which can solve the technical problem that the calibration component is difficult to relocate in the prior art.
  • a calibration bracket includes:
  • a stand assembly fixedly connected to the base;
  • the crossbeam assembly is supported by the stand assembly, the crossbeam assembly includes a crossbeam, the crossbeam is used to install the calibration element, the crossbeam includes a left crossbeam part, a right crossbeam part and a connecting part, and the connection part is formed by the vertical
  • the frame assembly supports, one end of the connecting part is pivotally connected to the left cross beam part, and the other end of the connecting part is pivotally connected to the right cross beam part.
  • the stand assembly includes a fixed stand and a movable stand, wherein:
  • One end of the fixed pole is installed on the base;
  • the movable vertical pole is arranged in the fixed vertical pole or sleeved outside the fixed vertical pole, and the movable vertical pole can move relative to the fixed vertical pole along the length direction of the fixed vertical pole;
  • the connecting part is supported by the movable pole.
  • the cross-sections of the fixed pole and the movable pole are non-circular.
  • one of the fixed vertical pole and the movable vertical pole includes a guide rail, and the other can only move along the length direction of the fixed vertical pole under the guidance of the guide rail.
  • the stand assembly includes a drive mechanism installed on the fixed stand for driving the moving stand to move relative to the fixed stand along the length of the fixed stand ,
  • the driving mechanism includes a rack, a housing, a worm, a worm gear and a second transmission gear;
  • the rack is fixedly installed on the movable pole, the rack is arranged along the length of the movable pole, and the rack forms the guide rail;
  • the housing is fixedly installed on the fixed pole;
  • the worm meshes with the worm gear
  • the worm gear is fixedly mounted on the second transmission gear, the rotation axis of the worm gear coincides with the rotation axis of the second transmission gear, and the worm gear and the second transmission gear are rotatable about a third rotation axis;
  • the second transmission gear is fixedly mounted on the housing, and the second transmission gear meshes with the rack;
  • the third rotation axis is perpendicular to the rack.
  • the stand assembly includes a drive mechanism installed on the fixed stand for driving the moving stand to move relative to the fixed stand along the length of the fixed stand .
  • the driving mechanism includes a gear reduction assembly.
  • the stand assembly includes a fastening mechanism and an elastic body
  • the fastening mechanism is installed on the fixed vertical pole, and is used to fix the movable vertical pole to the fixed vertical pole;
  • the elastic body is connected between the bottom of the fixed upright rod and the movable upright rod, and at least when the movable upright rod moves to the lowest height, the elastic body is in a compressed state.
  • the beam assembly includes a mounting seat, the mounting seat is supported by the stand assembly, and the connecting portion is arranged in the mounting seat and supported by the stand assembly through the mounting seat.
  • the mounting seat is provided on the top surface of the stand assembly.
  • the mounting seat is surrounded to form a mounting channel, and the mounting channel is not closed and a gap is left, the connecting portion is installed in the mounting channel, and the gap is used to facilitate the connecting portion It is installed in the installation channel through the notch, and it is convenient to take out the connecting part from the installation channel through the notch.
  • the mounting base includes a first positioning mechanism
  • the connecting portion includes a second positioning mechanism adapted to the first positioning mechanism
  • the first positioning mechanism cooperates with the second positioning mechanism to position the connecting portion in the mounting seat.
  • the mounting seat is provided with a fixing mechanism, and the fixing mechanism presses the connecting portion on the mounting seat from a direction at a preset angle to the horizontal, so that the connecting portion is pressed tightly On the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat, the preset angle is greater than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees.
  • the preset angle is 30 degrees, 45 degrees or 60 degrees.
  • the crossbeam assembly includes an adjustment mechanism connected to the mounting base for adjusting the horizontal angle of the connecting portion.
  • the adjusting mechanism includes a first elastic member, a rotating member and an adjusting rod;
  • the rotating member is connected to the mounting seat, and the rotating member can rotate relative to the mounting seat around an adjustment rotation axis, the adjustment rotation axis being vertically arranged;
  • One end of the first elastic member is fixed to the mounting seat, and the other end is fixed to the rotating member;
  • the adjusting rod is mounted on the mounting seat and is threadedly matched with the mounting seat;
  • the adjustment mechanism includes a supporting shaft and a bearing seat
  • the support shaft is fixedly mounted on the mounting seat, and the central axis of the support shaft coincides with the adjustment rotation axis;
  • the rotating part is sleeved on the bearing seat
  • the supporting shaft is inserted into the bearing seat, and the supporting shaft and the mounting seat can rotate together about the adjusting rotation axis relative to the rotating part and the bearing seat.
  • the beam assembly includes at least one supporting rod, and the supporting rod is used to lift the target to prevent falling.
  • the support rod is pivotally connected to one of the left cross beam portion, the right cross beam portion, and the connecting portion.
  • At least one of the left cross-beam part, the right cross-beam part, and the connecting part includes a supporting rod guide rail, and the supporting rod is supported by the supporting rod guide rail and can be along the supporting rod The guide rail moves.
  • the support rod includes a support rod body and a support member, the support rod body is provided with a card slot, and at least one of the left beam portion, the right beam portion, and the connecting portion is provided with a card Block, or at least one of the left cross beam portion, the right cross beam portion, and the connecting portion is provided with a card slot, and the support rod body is provided with a card block; and
  • the clamping block can be clamped into the clamping slot to clamp the supporting rod to the at least one of the left cross beam portion, the right cross beam portion, and the connecting portion.
  • the beam assembly includes a first fastener and a second fastener
  • One end of one of the left beam portion and the connecting portion is hinged to the first fastener, and one end of the other is provided with the second fastener, the first fastener and the first fastener
  • the two buckle members can buckle each other to fasten the left crossbeam part to the connecting part.
  • the cross beam assembly includes at least one joint mechanism, the joint mechanism is connected between the left cross beam portion and the connecting portion, or connected between the right cross beam portion and the connecting portion;
  • the joint mechanism includes a first fixing part and a second fixing part, wherein:
  • the first fixing member includes a locking member, a rotating shaft, and a second elastic member.
  • the rotating shaft is fixedly connected to the inner wall of the first fixing member, and the locking member is installed on the rotating shaft and can rotate around the The rotating shaft rotates, the buckle includes a first end and a second end, the first end and the second end are respectively located at two ends of the rotating shaft, and the second elastic element is connected to the first fixing Between the inner wall of the piece and the first end of the buckle piece;
  • the second fixing member includes a locking protrusion, the locking protrusion is matched with the second end of the locking member, and can be engaged with the locking member under the action of the second elastic member .
  • the joint mechanism further includes a locking mechanism, which is arranged at the outer wall of the cross beam assembly and passes through the first fixing member, and can be screwed to make it contact with the fastening member.
  • the first end or the second end is pressed tightly, so that the first end clamps the locking protrusion.
  • the joint mechanism further includes a button, and the second end of the buckle includes a bump;
  • the button passes through the second fixing member and can resist the protrusion in a pressed state, so that the locking protrusion is separated from the locking member.
  • the joint mechanism further includes a locking mechanism
  • the locking mechanism includes a mounting support, a locking cam handle, a top post and a third elastic member.
  • the mounting support is mounted on the first fixing member
  • the locking cam handle is mounted on the mounting support
  • the locking cam handle is rotatable relative to the mounting support to drive the top column against the buckle, so that The first fixing part and the second fixing part are fastened.
  • the top post passes through the first fixing member, one end of which is used to abut against the locking cam handle, and the other end is used to abut against the buckle.
  • the third elastic member is sleeved on the top column, one end of which is fixed to the top column, and the other end is against the buckle member.
  • a calibration bracket includes:
  • a fixed vertical pole, one end of the fixed vertical pole is installed on the base;
  • a movable vertical pole the movable vertical pole is arranged in the fixed vertical pole or sleeved outside the fixed vertical pole, and the movable vertical pole can be relative to the fixed vertical pole along the length direction of the fixed vertical pole. Pole movement;
  • a cross beam assembly the cross beam assembly includes a foldable cross beam, the cross beam is used to install a calibration element, and the cross beam assembly is supported by the top surface of the movable vertical rod.
  • the cross beam assembly further includes a mounting seat, the cross beam is arranged in the mounting seat, and the mounting seat is arranged on the top surface of the movable vertical pole.
  • the mounting seat includes a holding member, and the holding member is hook-shaped.
  • the mounting seat includes a fixing mechanism that is arranged on the holding member, and the fixing mechanism presses the beam on the mounting seat from a direction at a predetermined angle to the horizontal direction , So that the beam is pressed tightly on the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat, and the preset angle is greater than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees.
  • the cross beam assembly further includes an adjustment mechanism for adjusting the horizontal angle of the cross beam, and the adjustment mechanism is arranged on the top surface of the movable pole, and the mounting seat is arranged on Above the adjustment mechanism.
  • the cross-sections of the fixed pole and the movable pole are non-circular.
  • one of the fixed vertical pole and the movable vertical pole includes a guide rail, and the other can only move along the length direction of the fixed vertical pole under the guidance of the guide rail.
  • a calibration bracket includes:
  • the stand assembly is fixedly connected to the base;
  • a foldable beam used to install calibration elements
  • the mounting seat is supported by the stand assembly, the cross beam is arranged in the mounting seat, the mounting seat is provided with a fixing mechanism, and the fixing mechanism moves from a direction at a predetermined angle to the horizontal
  • the cross beam is compressed on the mounting seat so that the cross beam is compressed on the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat, and the preset angle is greater than 0 degree and less than 90 degrees.
  • a fixing surface adapted to the fixing mechanism is provided on the cross beam, and the fixing mechanism abuts the fixing surface to press the cross beam on the mounting seat.
  • the fixing surface forms a second angle with the horizontal direction, and the second angle is adapted to the first angle.
  • the first angle and the second angle are 30 degrees, 45 degrees or 60 degrees.
  • the fixing mechanism is a fixing rod.
  • the fixed rod includes at least a section of screw, so that the fixed rod can be tightened to press the cross beam on the mounting seat.
  • the fixing mechanism is a cam handle
  • the cam handle is mounted on the mounting seat, and the cam handle is rotatable relative to the mounting seat, so that the cam handle is pressed against the beam, so that The cam handle presses the cross beam on the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat, or makes the cam handle separate from the cross beam, so that the cross beam can be removed from the mounting seat.
  • the mounting seat is supported by the top surface of the stand assembly.
  • a first positioning mechanism is provided on the mounting seat, and a second positioning mechanism that cooperates with the first positioning mechanism is provided on the cross beam;
  • the first positioning mechanism cooperates with the second positioning mechanism to position the cross beam in the mounting seat.
  • a calibration system includes a calibration element and the above-mentioned calibration bracket, and the calibration element can be mounted on the calibration bracket.
  • a calibration bracket includes:
  • a stand assembly installed on the base
  • the cross beam assembly is supported by the stand assembly, the cross beam assembly includes a foldable cross beam, the cross beam is used to install the calibration element, the cross beam includes a first cross beam part and a second cross beam part, the first cross beam part Is pivotally connected to the second cross-beam portion, a fastener is provided in the tube wall of one of the first cross-beam portion and the second cross-beam portion, and the first cross-beam portion is connected to the
  • the pipe wall of the other one of the second beam portions is provided with a locking projection, and the locking projection cooperates with the buckle to realize the locking between the first beam portion and the second beam portion.
  • a locking mechanism is provided on the outer side of the wall of the crossbeam corresponding to the buckle or the hook, the locking mechanism passes through the wall of the crossbeam and can be pressed against the buckle, thereby So that the buckle member clamps the buckle.
  • a button is provided on the outer side of the tube wall of the cross beam corresponding to the locking projection, and the end of the buckle fitting with the locking projection is provided with a projection, and the projection is pushed when the button is pressed, So as to separate the buckle from the buckle.
  • a first fixing member is provided on the inner side of the tube wall of the first beam portion, and a second fixing member is provided on the inner side of the tube wall of the second beam portion, wherein:
  • the first fixing member includes the locking member, a rotating shaft, and a first elastic member.
  • the rotating shaft is fixedly connected to the inner wall of the first fixing member, and the locking member is installed on the rotating shaft and can be wound around.
  • the buckle member includes a first end and a second end, the first end and the second end are respectively located at two ends of the rotating shaft, and the first elastic member is connected to the first end.
  • the second fixing member includes the locking projection, the locking projection is matched with the second end of the locking member, and can be realized with the locking member under the action of the first elastic member Snap.
  • a locking mechanism is provided on the outer side of the crossbeam tube wall corresponding to the buckle or the buckle, and the locking mechanism passes through the crossbeam tube wall and can be screwed to abut against the buckle. Tightly, so that the buckle can clamp the buckle.
  • a button is provided on the outer side of the pipe wall of the cross beam corresponding to the hook, and the second end of the buckle is provided with a bump, and when the button is pressed, the bump is pushed to make the The fastener is separated from the protrusion.
  • the stand assembly further includes a locking mechanism, and the locking mechanism includes a mounting support, a locking cam handle, a top post and a second elastic member;
  • the mounting support is mounted on the first fixing member, the locking cam handle is mounted on the mounting support, and the locking cam handle is rotatable relative to the mounting support to drive the top column against the buckle, so that The first fixing part and the second fixing part are fastened;
  • the top post passes through the first fixing member, one end of which is used to abut against the locking cam handle, and the other end is used to abut against the buckle;
  • the second elastic member is sleeved on the top column, one end of which is fixed to the top column, and the other end is against the buckle member.
  • a calibration bracket includes:
  • a stand assembly fixedly connected to the base;
  • the cross beam component is supported by the stand component, the cross beam component includes a foldable cross beam, the cross beam is used to install the calibration element, the cross beam includes at least a first cross beam portion and a second cross beam portion, the first cross beam Part and the second beam part are pivotally connected, a locking mechanism is provided on the tube wall of at least one of the first beam part and the second beam part, and the first beam part And the second crossbeam part is locked to each other when in the unfolded state.
  • a fastener is provided in the tube wall of one of the first beam portion and the second beam portion, and the other of the first beam portion and the second beam portion
  • a locking protrusion is provided in the pipe wall, and the locking protrusion cooperates with the buckle to realize the engagement between the first beam portion and the second beam portion.
  • a first fixing member and a second fixing member are respectively provided in the respective tube walls of the first beam portion and the second beam portion;
  • the first fixing member includes the locking member, a rotating shaft, and a first elastic member.
  • the rotating shaft is fixedly connected to the inner wall of the first fixing member, and the locking member is installed on the rotating shaft and can be wound around.
  • the buckle member includes a first end and a second end, the first end and the second end are respectively located at two ends of the rotating shaft, and the first elastic member is connected to the first end.
  • the second fixing member includes the locking projection, the locking projection is matched with the second end of the locking member, and can be realized with the locking member under the action of the first elastic member Snap.
  • the locking mechanism includes a mounting support, a locking cam handle, a top post and a second elastic member;
  • the mounting support is mounted on the first fixing member, the locking cam handle is mounted on the mounting support, and the locking cam handle is rotatable relative to the mounting support to drive the top column against the buckle, so that The first fixing part and the second fixing part are fastened;
  • the top post passes through the first fixing member, one end of which is used to abut against the locking cam handle, and the other end is used to abut against the buckle;
  • the second elastic member is sleeved on the top column, one end of which is fixed to the top column, and the other end is against the buckle member.
  • a calibration bracket includes:
  • the stand assembly is fixedly connected to the base;
  • a cross beam assembly the cross beam assembly includes a cross beam and at least one supporting rod, the cross beam is connected to the at least one supporting rod, and the cross beam is used for installing a calibration element;
  • the cross beam supports the two fixed blocks, the two fixed blocks can move along the cross beam, each of the fixed blocks is used to install a small calibration element, the two fixed blocks It can cooperate with the at least one supporting rod to support a large-scale calibration element, and the two fixing blocks respectively fix the large-scale calibration element from the left and right ends, and the at least one supporting rod is lifted from below the large-scale calibration element The large-scale calibration element.
  • the beam assembly is supported by the top surface of the stand assembly.
  • the two fixing blocks include a first holding mechanism and a second holding mechanism, the first holding mechanism and the second holding mechanism are arranged opposite to each other, and are used to clamp the large Calibration components.
  • each of the first holding mechanism and the second holding mechanism is a card slot or a protrusion.
  • both of the two fixing blocks include magnetic materials for attracting the large-scale calibration element from the left and right ends respectively.
  • the cross beam assembly includes a mounting seat supported by the stand assembly, and the cross beam is disposed in the mounting seat and supported by the stand assembly through the mounting seat.
  • the large-scale calibration element is hung on the at least two fixed blocks by hooks.
  • the mounting surface of the mounting seat is provided with a receiving groove
  • the mounting seat includes a backing plate, the backing plate is connected to the mounting seat, and the backing plate is rotatable relative to the mounting seat between a first position and a second position, and the backing plate includes a mount surface;
  • the backing plate When in the first position, the backing plate is clamped in the receiving groove so that the mounting surface of the backing plate and the mounting surface of the mounting seat face the same direction, and the mounting of the backing plate The surface is flush with the mounting surfaces of the two fixed blocks;
  • the backing plate In the second position, the backing plate is detached from the receiving groove, and the mounting surface of the mounting seat is flush with the back surface of the large calibration element when the two fixing blocks are fixed from the left and right ends respectively. Be behind the back.
  • the backing plate further includes an inner surface, the mounting surface and the inner surface of the backing plate are arranged opposite to each other, and the inner surface of the backing plate includes a magnetic material for sucking together with the at least two fixed blocks.
  • the inner surface of the backing plate includes a magnetic material for sucking together with the at least two fixed blocks.
  • a first positioning protrusion is provided on the mounting surface of the backing plate for mounting small calibration elements.
  • the first positioning protrusion includes a magnetic material.
  • two of the first positioning protrusions are arranged along the length direction of the beam.
  • a second positioning protrusion is provided on the mounting surface of each fixed block for mounting a small calibration element.
  • the second positioning protrusion includes a magnetic material.
  • each of the fixing blocks two of the second positioning protrusions are arranged along the length direction of the beam.
  • the end surface of the first positioning protrusion and the end surface of the second positioning protrusion are flush.
  • each of the support rods includes a support rod body and a support member, one end of the support rod body is connected to the cross beam, and the other end is installed with the support member, and the support member is provided with a third positioning mechanism;
  • the first holding mechanism, the second holding mechanism and the third positioning mechanism are located on the same plane.
  • the third positioning mechanism is a card slot or a bump.
  • each of the fixing blocks is provided with a receiving cavity, and the beam is clamped in the receiving cavity.
  • each of the fixed blocks includes a guide rod, and the guide rod is located in the receiving cavity;
  • the outer wall of the cross beam is provided with a guide groove, the guide groove is arranged along the length direction of the cross beam, and the shape of the guide groove is adapted to the shape of the guide rod, so that the guide groove can clamp the A guide rod, and the guide groove and the guide rod can guide each of the fixed blocks to move along the length direction of the beam.
  • the receiving cavity has an opening, and the diameter of the beam is larger than the width of the opening of the receiving cavity.
  • the receiving cavity is cylindrical, and the cross-section of the beam is circular.
  • a calibration bracket includes:
  • a stand assembly fixedly connected to the base;
  • a cross beam assembly the cross beam assembly is supported by the stand assembly, the cross beam assembly includes a cross beam, and the cross beam is used to install a calibration element, wherein,
  • the beam assembly further includes a base, an adjusting turbine, and an adjusting worm.
  • One of the adjusting worm and the adjusting worm gear is installed on the base, and the other is installed on the beam; the beam and the The rotating surface of the adjustment turbine is parallel and perpendicular to the rotation center line of the adjustment turbine.
  • the adjustment worm includes worm threads
  • the adjustment worm gear includes worm gear teeth
  • the worm gear teeth mesh with the worm threads.
  • the adjustment worm, the worm thread can drive the worm gear teeth relative to the worm thread to rotate around the rotation center line of the adjustment worm wheel to drive the cross beam to rotate, thereby adjusting the horizontal angle of the cross beam.
  • the regulating turbine is fixedly connected to the bottom surface of the beam.
  • the regulating turbine is fixedly connected to the side surface of the beam.
  • the cross beam assembly further includes a mounting seat, and the cross beam is disposed in the mounting seat;
  • One of the adjusting worm and the adjusting worm gear is installed on the base, and the other is installed on the mounting seat;
  • the base is supported by the stand assembly.
  • the base is provided on the top surface of the stand assembly.
  • the mounting seat is surrounded to form an installation channel, and the installation channel is not closed with a gap, the beam is installed in the installation channel, and the gap is used to facilitate the passage of the beam through the installation channel.
  • the notch is installed in the installation channel, and it is convenient to take out the beam from the installation channel through the notch.
  • the mounting seat includes a first positioning mechanism
  • the cross beam includes a second positioning mechanism that is adapted to the first positioning mechanism
  • the first positioning mechanism cooperates with the second positioning mechanism to position the cross beam in the mounting seat.
  • a fixing mechanism is provided on the mounting seat, and the fixing mechanism presses the beam on the mounting seat from a direction at a preset angle to the horizontal, so that the beam is pressed on On the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat, the preset angle is greater than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees.
  • a fixing surface adapted to the fixing mechanism is provided on the cross beam, and the fixing mechanism abuts the fixing surface to press the cross beam on the mounting seat.
  • the preset angle is 30 degrees, 45 degrees or 60 degrees.
  • the fixing mechanism is a fixing rod.
  • the fixed rod includes at least a section of screw, so that the fixed rod can be tightened to press the cross beam on the mounting seat.
  • the fixing mechanism is a cam handle
  • the cam handle is mounted on the mounting seat, and the cam handle is rotatable relative to the mounting seat, so that the cam handle is pressed against the beam, so that The cam handle presses the cross beam on the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat, or makes the cam handle separate from the cross beam, so that the cross beam can be removed from the mounting seat.
  • a calibration bracket includes:
  • a fixed vertical pole, one end of the fixed vertical pole is installed on the base;
  • a movable vertical pole the movable vertical pole is arranged in the fixed vertical pole or sleeved outside the fixed vertical pole, and the movable vertical pole can be relative to the fixed vertical pole along the length direction of the fixed vertical pole.
  • the beam assembly is supported by the movable vertical rod, the beam assembly includes a foldable beam, and the beam is used for installing a calibration element.
  • the moving upright can only move relative to the fixed upright along the length of the fixed upright.
  • the cross-sections of the fixed pole and the movable pole are non-circular.
  • one of the fixed vertical pole and the movable vertical pole includes a guide rail, and the other can only move along the length direction of the fixed vertical pole under the guidance of the guide rail.
  • the calibration bracket further includes a driving mechanism installed on the fixed vertical rod for driving the movable vertical rod to move relative to the fixed vertical rod along the length direction of the fixed vertical rod .
  • one end of the fixed vertical rod is installed on the base, and the movable vertical rod is sleeved on the fixed vertical rod from the other end of the fixed vertical rod;
  • the movable vertical rod is provided with a guide groove, and the guide groove is arranged along the length direction of the movable vertical rod;
  • the driving mechanism includes a gear bearing, a screw rod, a driving gear and a handle;
  • the handle passes through the guide groove and can slide along the guide groove, one end of the handle is provided with a helical gear, the helical gear meshes with the driving gear, and the helical gear can rotate around a first rotation axis , To drive the drive gear to rotate;
  • the driving gear is sleeved on the screw rod, the driving gear is threadedly matched with the screw rod, and the driving gear can rotate around a second rotation axis to drive the screw rod to move along the second rotation axis ,
  • the first rotation axis and the second rotation axis are perpendicular to and intersect each other;
  • the top end of the screw rod is fixed to the top of the movable vertical rod
  • the gear bearing is sleeved on the drive gear, and the gear bearing is fixed on the inner wall of the fixed pole.
  • the drive gear can only rotate relative to the gear bearing about a second rotation axis.
  • the movable vertical rod is arranged in the fixed vertical rod; the driving mechanism includes a gear reduction assembly.
  • the movable vertical pole is arranged in the fixed vertical pole
  • the driving mechanism is installed on the fixed vertical rod and is used for driving the movable vertical rod to move relative to the fixed vertical rod along the length direction of the fixed vertical rod, and the driving mechanism includes a rack, a housing, Worm, worm gear and second transmission gear;
  • the rack is fixedly installed on the movable pole, the rack is arranged along the length of the movable pole, and the rack forms the guide rail;
  • the housing is fixedly installed on the fixed pole;
  • the worm meshes with the worm gear
  • the worm gear is fixedly mounted on the second transmission gear, the rotation axis of the worm gear coincides with the rotation axis of the second transmission gear, and the worm gear and the second transmission gear are rotatable about a third rotation axis;
  • the second transmission gear is fixedly mounted on the housing, and the second transmission gear meshes with the rack;
  • the third rotation axis is perpendicular to the rack.
  • the movable vertical pole is arranged in the fixed vertical pole
  • the calibration bracket includes a fastening mechanism and an elastic body
  • the fastening mechanism is installed on the fixed vertical pole, and is used to fix the movable vertical pole to the fixed vertical pole;
  • the elastic body is connected between the bottom of the fixed vertical rod and the movable vertical rod, and the elastic body is in a compressed state when the movable vertical rod is at the lowest position.
  • the left cross beam portion and the right cross beam portion can be rotated relative to the connecting portion, respectively, so that the cross beam assembly can be folded and reduced
  • the volume of the calibration bracket is small to facilitate shipment.
  • a calibration support includes: a base; a stand assembly fixedly connected to the base; a foldable cross beam, the cross beam is used to install a calibration element; a mounting seat, the mounting seat is supported by the stand assembly, so The cross beam is arranged in the mounting seat; and a fixing mechanism, the fixing mechanism is installed on the mounting seat, and the fixing mechanism presses the cross beam on the mounting seat.
  • the fixing mechanism includes a cam handle and a limit rod; the cam handle is mounted on the mounting seat, and the cam handle is rotatable relative to the mounting seat; the limit rod is mounted on The mounting seat, and the limiting rod can move relative to the mounting seat, one end of the limiting rod abuts the cam handle; when the cam handle rotates relative to the mounting seat, The limit rod moves relative to the mounting seat, so that the other end of the limit rod presses the cross beam on the mounting seat, or the other end of the limit rod separates from the cross beam , So that the beam can be removed from the mounting seat.
  • the fixing mechanism further includes a compression spring for keeping one end of the limiting rod in contact with the cam handle.
  • the mounting seat is provided with a sliding groove, and the limiting rod penetrates the sliding groove.
  • one end of the limiting rod is provided with a limiting portion, and the cross-sectional size of the limiting portion is larger than the cross-sectional size of the sliding groove; one end of the limiting rod passes through the limiting portion Abut the cam handle.
  • the groove wall of the chute is provided with an annular stop
  • the limit rod is sleeved on the annular stop
  • the compression spring is sleeved on the limit rod
  • the The compression spring abuts between the annular blocking portion and the limiting portion.
  • the beam when the other end of the limiting rod presses the beam on the mounting seat, the beam is pressed on the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat.
  • the other end of the limiting rod is provided with a pressing part, the pressing part has a pressing inclined surface, and the pressing inclined surface is inclined with respect to the bottom surface of the mounting seat; the limiting rod The other end of the cross beam is pressed against the mounting seat through the pressing inclined surface.
  • the pressing portion further has a pressing plane, the pressing plane is parallel to the bottom surface of the mounting seat; the other end of the limit rod passes through the pressing inclined surface and the pressing plane. Tighten the plane and press the beam on the mounting seat.
  • a calibration system which includes a calibration element and the calibration bracket as described above, and the calibration element can be mounted on the calibration bracket.
  • a foldable cross beam and a fixing mechanism press the cross beam on the mounting seat, and the cross beam can be separated from the stand assembly when needed, so as to realize the calibration bracket and facilitate the relocation.
  • the embodiments of the present invention also provide the following technical solutions, which can meet the precise control of height required for sensor calibration while being convenient to carry.
  • a calibration bracket includes a base, a vertical frame assembly and a beam assembly.
  • the vertical frame assembly includes a fixed vertical rod, a movable vertical rod and a driving mechanism.
  • One end of the fixed vertical rod is fixedly installed on the base, and the movable vertical
  • the rod is installed on the fixed vertical rod, the movable vertical rod can be raised and lowered relative to the fixed vertical rod, the cross beam assembly is installed on the movable vertical rod, and the cross beam assembly is used to mount the calibration element;
  • the drive The mechanism includes: a one-way rotating assembly, the one-way rotating assembly includes a fixed support and a rotating part, the fixed support is fixedly mounted on the fixed pole, the rotating part is mounted on the fixed support, the The rotating member can only rotate relative to the fixed support around the preset axis and in a first rotation direction; a wrap spring, the wrap spring sleeves and embraces the rotating member; the first rotating body, the second A revolving body is installed on the fixed support, the first revolving body can rotate relative
  • the holding spring drives the rotating part to rotate, and when the first revolving body squeezes the holding spring in the second rotation direction,
  • the holding spring loosens the rotating member and rotates relative to the rotating member, the second rotating direction is opposite to the first rotating direction;
  • the second rotating body the second rotating body is mounted on the first rotating body
  • the second revolving body can rotate about the preset axis relative to the first revolving body between a first position and a second position, and the second position is facing the first position in the first position
  • the second rotating body is used to push the first rotating body to rotate, and when the second rotating body rotates to the first position, the second rotating body can face the The first rotating body is pushed in a first rotation direction, and when the second rotating body rotates to the second position, the second rotating body can push the first rotating body in the second rotating direction,
  • the second rotating body rotates between the first position and the second position, and
  • the holding spring includes a spiral portion and an abutting portion; the spiral portion is sleeved and hugs the rotating member; the abutting portion is connected to and protrudes from the spiral portion, and the first The rotating body is used to squeeze the abutting part; when the first rotating body squeezes the abutting part in the first rotation direction, the spiral part drives the rotating part to rotate.
  • the spiral part loosens the rotating part and rotates relative to the rotating part; when the second rotating body rotates to the first Between a position and the second position, and when the second rotating body rotates in the second rotating direction, the abutting portion abuts against the second rotating body to prevent the second rotating body from continuing Rotate.
  • the abutting portion includes a first abutting portion and a second abutting portion; the first abutting portion and the second abutting portion are both connected and protruding from the spiral portion, so
  • the first revolving body is used to press the first abutting portion or the second abutting portion; when the first revolving body presses the first abutting portion in the first rotation direction,
  • the spiral part drives the rotating part to rotate.
  • the spiral part loosens the rotating part and moves relative to the rotating part.
  • the rotating member rotates; when the second rotating body rotates between the first position and the second position, and the second rotating body rotates in the second rotation direction, the first abutment
  • the connecting portion abuts the second rotating body and prevents the second rotating body from continuing to rotate.
  • the second abutting portion is located on a side of the first abutting portion facing the first rotation direction.
  • the first revolving body includes a first revolving body and a stopper; the first revolving body is mounted on the fixed support, and the first revolving body can be opposed to each other around the preset axis.
  • Rotating on the fixed support; the stopper portion is provided on the side of the first rotating body facing the wrap spring; when the stopper portion presses the first abutment in the first rotation direction
  • the screw part drives the rotating part to rotate, when the stop part presses the second abutting part in the second rotation direction, the screw part loosens the rotating part and faces each other.
  • the rotating member rotates.
  • the stopper includes a first stopper and a second stopper; both the first stopper and the second stopper are provided on the first revolving body facing the On one side of the holding spring, the first stop portion is used to squeeze the first abutting portion, and the second stop portion is used to squeeze the second abutting portion; when the first stop When the stop portion presses the first abutting portion in the first rotation direction, the spiral portion drives the rotation member to rotate, and when the second stop portion presses the first contact portion in the second rotation direction When the second abutting part is used, the spiral part loosens the rotating part and rotates relative to the rotating part.
  • the first abutment portion and the second abutment portion are both located between the first stop portion and the second stop portion in the first rotation direction, and The first stop part is closer to the first abutment part, and the second stop part is closer to the second abutment part.
  • the second revolving body includes a second revolving body and a limit rod; the second revolving body is installed on the first revolving body, and the second revolving body can be moved around the predetermined axis.
  • the limiting rod is provided on the side of the second revolving body facing the first revolving body, the limiting rod crosses the first revolving body, and is positioned at the Located between the first abutting portion and the second abutting portion in the first rotation direction, the limit rod is used to push the first rotating body to rotate; when the second rotating body rotates to the In the first position, the limit lever can push the first rotating body in the first rotation direction, and when the second rotating body rotates to the second position, the limit lever can move toward The second rotating direction pushes the first rotating body, when the second rotating body rotates between the first position and the second position, and the second rotating body rotates towards the second When rotating in a direction, the first abutting portion abuts the limiting rod to prevent the second rotating body from continuing to rotate.
  • the first revolving body is provided with an arc-shaped notch, the arc-shaped notch has a first end and a second end, and the limiting rod passes through the arc-shaped notch; when the second When the rotating body rotates to the first position, the limiting rod is located at the first end, and when the second rotating body rotates to the second position, the limiting rod is located at the second At the end, when the second rotating body rotates between the first position and the second position, the limit rod is located between the first end and the second end.
  • the second end is located on a side of the first end facing the first rotation direction.
  • the transmission assembly includes a traction rope; one end of the traction rope is wound around the second rotating body, and the other end of the traction rope is fixedly installed on the movable pole.
  • the transmission assembly further includes a pulley
  • the pulley is installed on the fixed pole, and the other end of the traction rope is fixedly installed on the fixed pole via the pulley.
  • the second revolving body includes a rope shaft body and a baffle; one end of the traction rope is wound around the rope shaft body, and the rope shaft body can be relative to the predetermined axis.
  • the first revolving body rotates; the baffle is arranged at the end of the rope shaft body, and the cross-sectional size of the baffle is larger than the horizontal axis surface size of the rope shaft body.
  • the baffle includes a first baffle and a second baffle; the first baffle is provided at an end of the rope shaft body close to the first revolving body, and the second baffle Located at the other end of the rope shaft away from the first revolving body, the cross-sectional size of the first baffle and the cross-sectional dimension of the second baffle are both larger than the cross-sectional size of the rope shaft .
  • the one-way rotating assembly is a ratchet assembly; the rotating part is an internal meshing ratchet.
  • the movable vertical rod is sleeved on the fixed vertical rod.
  • the driving mechanism further includes a hand wheel; the hand wheel is fixedly mounted on the second revolving body, and the hand wheel and the second revolving body can be relative to each other around the predetermined axis.
  • the first rotating body rotates.
  • a calibration system includes a calibration element and a calibration bracket as described above, and the calibration element can be mounted on the calibration bracket.
  • the movable vertical rod can be driven to rise and fall relative to the fixed vertical rod through the transmission mechanism, which significantly reduces the height of the calibration bracket and facilitates The transportation of the calibration bracket can also realize the precise control of the height of the calibration target.
  • the embodiments of the present invention also provide the following technical solutions, which can solve the technical problem of higher requirements for machining accuracy of some parts in the prior art:
  • a pole assembly includes:
  • the pole assembly includes: a fixed ball assembly, a floating ball assembly, an inner sleeve and an outer sleeve;
  • the fixed ball assembly and the floating ball assembly are respectively fixedly installed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve, and the fixed ball assembly and the floating ball assembly are opposite to each other in the inner sleeve;
  • the floating ball assembly partially protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve, and the protruding portion of the floating ball assembly can be elastically contracted or stretched, and it always abuts against the inner surface of the outer sleeve;
  • the fixed ball component partially protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve, and the protruding portion of the fixed ball component cannot be elastically contracted or stretched, and it abuts against the inner surface of the outer sleeve.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the inner sleeve and the outer sleeve are the same;
  • the number of the fixed ball components is at least two
  • the number of the floating ball components is at least one
  • the number of the floating ball components is at least one.
  • the fixed ball components are respectively fixedly installed on successively adjacent inner surfaces of the inner sleeve.
  • the inner sleeve is provided with a first accommodation hole and a second accommodation hole;
  • the fixed ball component may partially penetrate the first accommodating hole and protrude from the outer surface of the inner sleeve;
  • the floating ball assembly may partially penetrate the second accommodating hole and protrude from the outer surface of the inner sleeve.
  • the fixed ball assembly includes a limit ball, a fixed seat and a mounting seat;
  • the mounting seat is fixed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve, and the fixing seat is fixedly housed in the mounting seat;
  • the limiting ball is partially accommodated in the fixing seat, and the limiting ball can roll freely at any angle in the fixing seat without departing from the fixing seat;
  • the limiting ball part protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve, and always abuts against the inner surface of the outer sleeve.
  • a rolling cavity is opened on the fixed seat, and the limit ball is partially contained in the rolling cavity;
  • the fixed seat is provided with a fixed engaging portion at the edge of the rolling cavity, and the fixed engaging portion engages the limiting ball partially protruding from the outer surface of the inner sleeve to the outer surface of the inner sleeve. surface.
  • the floating ball assembly includes a floating ball, a support seat, an elastic member and a base;
  • the base is installed and fixed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve
  • the supporting base and the elastic member are accommodated on opposite sides of the base; one end of the elastic member is fixedly connected to the bottom of the supporting base, and the other end of the elastic member is fixedly connected to the base;
  • the floating ball is partially accommodated in the support seat, and the floating ball can roll freely at any angle in the support seat without leaving the support seat;
  • Another part of the floating ball protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve, and the elastic member can drive the support seat to move in the base so that the floating ball always abuts against the outer surface of the outer sleeve.
  • the inner surface is Another part of the floating ball protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve, and the elastic member can drive the support seat to move in the base so that the floating ball always abuts against the outer surface of the outer sleeve.
  • a first accommodating cavity is opened on one side of the base, and a second accommodating cavity is opened on the opposite side of the base;
  • the first accommodating cavity is communicated with the second accommodating cavity
  • the support seat is received in the first accommodating cavity
  • the elastic member is accommodated in the second accommodating cavity.
  • the first accommodating cavity and the second accommodating cavity are both cylindrical cavities, and the diameter of the first accommodating cavity is larger than the diameter of the second accommodating cavity.
  • the connection between the accommodating cavity and the second accommodating cavity forms an annular step, and the bottom of the support seat can abut against the annular step.
  • a fixing portion is provided at one end of the outer sleeve, and the fixing portion is sleeved on the outer surface of the outer sleeve for when the inner sleeve moves to a preset fixed position of the outer sleeve , Fix the inner sleeve on the outer sleeve.
  • the calibration bracket includes a fastening mechanism and an elastic body
  • the fastening mechanism is installed on the outer sleeve, and is used to fix the inner sleeve to the outer sleeve when the inner sleeve moves to a preset fixed position of the outer sleeve;
  • the elastic body is connected between the bottom of the outer sleeve and the inner sleeve, and the elastic body is in a compressed state when the inner sleeve is at the lowest position.
  • the floating ball assembly is arranged in the inner sleeve, because the floating ball partially protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve
  • the component can be elastically contracted or stretched so that it always abuts against the inner surface of the outer sleeve, so that the inner sleeve and the outer sleeve are always in close fit without jamming or slack, which can greatly reduce parts
  • the processing accuracy of the machine can realize the mass production of the equipment.
  • a calibration bracket comprising: a base; a stand assembly, the stand assembly is installed on the base; a support assembly, the support assembly includes a beam, the beam is connected to the stand assembly, the beam includes at least Two cross-beam parts, adjacent cross-beam parts of the at least two cross-beam parts can be foldably connected in a horizontal plane, the cross-beam is used to support a calibration element, and the calibration element is used to calibrate the equipment in the driving assistance system of the vehicle .
  • the adjacent beam portions are connected by hinges, joints or rotation shafts.
  • the cross beam is provided with a fastening part, and the fastening part is used to fix the connection of the adjacent cross beam parts when the cross beam is not folded.
  • the width of the beam ranges from 10 cm to 15 cm.
  • the load-bearing range of the beam is greater than 5 kg.
  • the width of the beam ranges from 12 cm to 13 cm, and the load-bearing range of the beam is greater than 6 kg.
  • the crossbeam is enclosed by plates.
  • the beam is installed between the upper and lower ends of the stand assembly or on the top of the stand assembly.
  • the beam is detachably connected to the stand assembly.
  • the support assembly further includes a mounting member; the mounting member is installed on the beam, and the mounting member is used to mount the calibration element.
  • the cross beam is provided with a guide structure for guiding the hanging member to move relative to the cross beam along the length direction of the cross beam.
  • the guide structure is a guide groove extending along the length of the beam;
  • the mounting member includes a mounting part and a sliding part connected to the mounting part, the The mounting part is used for mounting the calibration element, the sliding part is sunk into the guide groove, and the sliding part can move in the guide groove along the length direction of the beam.
  • the cross beam includes two sliding parts, the two sliding parts clamp the cross beam, and one of the sliding parts sinks into one of the guide grooves.
  • the cross beam is provided with two guide grooves, the two guide grooves are opened on the opposite sides of the cross beam, and the two sliding parts are respectively trapped in the two guide grooves.
  • the sliding part is a roller, and the roller is rotatable relative to the mounting part.
  • the hanging member further includes a locking portion that can abut against the cross beam in a predetermined direction, so that the hanging member can be fixed to the cross beam.
  • the preset direction forms an angle with the length direction of the beam.
  • the predetermined direction is perpendicular to the length direction of the beam.
  • the locking portion is threadedly engaged with the mounting portion, so that the locking portion can approach or move away from the beam in a predetermined direction.
  • the support assembly further includes a support rod, the support rod is installed on the cross beam, and the support rod is used to support the calibration element.
  • the support rod is detachably connected to the cross beam.
  • one end of the supporting rod is provided with a limiting plate, the cross-sectional size of the limiting plate is larger than the cross-sectional size of the supporting rod, and the other end of the supporting rod is used to lift the calibration element;
  • the beam is provided with a support rod support, the support rod support includes a connecting wall and two limit blocks, the two limit blocks are spaced apart in the horizontal direction, and the two limit blocks are in the vertical direction. Are spaced from the beam in the vertical direction, and the two limit blocks are connected to the beam by the connecting wall; the support rod is located between the two limit blocks, and the two stop The limit blocks jointly support the limit plate.
  • the limiting plate and the limiting block are fixed by bolts.
  • the adjacent beams are folded and connected in a horizontal plane. After the beam is folded, the length of the beam becomes shorter, so that the calibration bracket is convenient carry.
  • Figure 1 is a perspective view of a calibration bracket provided by one of the embodiments of the present invention, wherein the calibration bracket is mounted with a multi-line laser;
  • Figure 2 is a perspective view of the calibration bracket shown in Figure 1 from another angle;
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view of the calibration bracket shown in FIG. 1, in which the beam assembly of the calibration bracket is in a folded state;
  • FIG. 4 is a perspective view of a calibration bracket provided by one embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 5 is an exploded view of the calibration bracket shown in Figure 4.
  • Figure 6 is a perspective view of the beam assembly of the calibration bracket shown in Figure 4, wherein the beam of the beam assembly is in an unfolded state;
  • Figure 7 is a perspective view of the beam assembly of the calibration bracket shown in Figure 4, wherein the beam of the beam assembly is in a folded state;
  • Figure 8 is a partial enlarged view of the beam assembly shown in Figure 6;
  • Figure 9 is a partial enlarged view of the beam assembly shown in Figure 6 from another angle;
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view of the position adjustment mechanism of the calibration bracket shown in FIG. 4, in which the fixed plate of the position adjustment mechanism is blurred;
  • FIG. 11 is another perspective view of the position adjustment mechanism of the calibration bracket shown in FIG. 4, in which the movable plate of the position adjustment mechanism is blurred;
  • Figure 12 is a partial perspective view of the calibration bracket shown in Figure 1;
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of using the mounted multi-line laser of the calibration bracket shown in FIG. 1 to align the calibration system with a car;
  • Figure 14 is a perspective view of the stand assembly of the calibration bracket shown in Figure 1;
  • FIG. 15 is a perspective view of a pole assembly provided by one of the embodiments of the present invention, which may also be referred to as a stand assembly;
  • Figure 16 is a top view of the pole assembly shown in Figure 15;
  • Figure 17 is a perspective view of the fixed ball assembly of the pole assembly shown in Figure 15;
  • Figure 18 is a cross-sectional view of the fixed ball assembly of the pole assembly shown in Figure 15;
  • Figure 19 is a perspective view of the floating ball assembly of the pole assembly shown in Figure 15;
  • Figure 20 is an exploded view of the floating ball assembly of the pole assembly shown in Figure 15;
  • FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view of the floating ball assembly of the pole assembly shown in FIG. 15;
  • Figure 22 is a perspective view of a calibration bracket provided by one of the embodiments of the present invention.
  • Figure 23 is a perspective view of the fastening mechanism and elastic body of the pole assembly shown in Figure 15;
  • Figure 24 is an exploded view of the fastening mechanism and elastic body of the pole assembly shown in Figure 15;
  • Figure 25 is a perspective view of the stand assembly shown in Figure 14, in which some elements are omitted;
  • Figure 26 is a perspective view of a stand assembly according to some embodiments, in which some elements are omitted;
  • Figure 27 is a partial enlarged view of a stand assembly shown in some embodiments.
  • Figure 28 is an exploded view of the drive mechanism of the stand assembly shown in Figure 247;
  • Figure 29 is a perspective view of the drive mechanism shown in Figure 28 in a first state
  • Figure 30 is a perspective view of the driving mechanism shown in Figure 28 in a second state
  • Figure 31 is a perspective view of the drive mechanism shown in Figure 28 in a third state
  • Figure 32 is a perspective view of a stand assembly according to still other embodiments.
  • Figure 33 is an exploded view of the stand assembly shown in Figure 32;
  • Figure 34 is a perspective view of a stand assembly according to still other embodiments.
  • Figure 35 is an exploded view of the stand assembly shown in Figure 34;
  • Figure 36 is a partial cross-sectional view of the stand assembly shown in Figure 34;
  • Fig. 37 is a perspective view of the beam assembly of the calibration bracket shown in Fig. 1;
  • Figure 38 is a cross-sectional view of the beam assembly shown in Figure 37;
  • Figure 39 is an exploded view of the beam assembly shown in Figure 37;
  • Figure 40 is a partial enlarged view of part A in Figure 37;
  • Figure 41 is an exploded view of the adjustment mechanism of the beam assembly shown in Figure 37;
  • Figure 42 is an exploded view of the adjustment mechanism shown in Figure 37 from another angle;
  • Figure 43 is an assembly diagram of a mounting base and a beam according to some embodiments.
  • Figure 44 is a perspective view of the cam handle of the mounting seat shown in Figure 43;
  • FIG. 45 is an assembly diagram of a mounting seat and a beam according to other embodiments.
  • Figure 46 is an exploded view of the mounting base and beam shown in Figure 45;
  • Figure 47 is a cross-sectional view of the mounting base and beam shown in Figure 45;
  • Figure 48 is a cross-sectional view of the stop rod of the mounting seat shown in Figure 45 separated from the beam;
  • Figure 49 is an assembly diagram of a mounting seat and an adjustment mechanism according to some embodiments.
  • Figure 50 is an assembly diagram of the mounting seat and adjustment mechanism shown in Figure 49, with some parts omitted;
  • Figure 51 is a perspective view of the joint mechanism of the beam assembly shown in Figure 37;
  • Figure 52 is a perspective view of the joint mechanism shown in Figure 51 from another angle;
  • Figure 53 is a cross-sectional view of the joint mechanism shown in Figure 51;
  • Figure 54 is a perspective view of a joint mechanism according to some embodiments.
  • Figure 55 is a cross-sectional view of the joint mechanism shown in Figure 54;
  • Figure 56 is a schematic diagram showing the first fastener and the second fastener to overlap each other according to some embodiments.
  • Fig. 57 is a perspective view of a joint mechanism according to still other embodiments.
  • Figure 58 is a perspective view of the locking cam handle of the joint mechanism shown in Figure 57;
  • FIG. 59 is a perspective view of a calibration system provided by another embodiment, wherein the calibration system includes a calibration bracket and a calibration element, the calibration element is a reflector and is mounted on the calibration bracket;
  • Figure 60 is a three-dimensional view of the calibration system shown in Figure 59, in which the reflector is replaced with a pattern plate, which is mounted on the calibration bracket;
  • Figure 61 is an assembly diagram of a beam assembly and a stand assembly according to some embodiments, wherein the beam assembly is mounted with a first fixing part and a second fixing part for mounting small calibration elements;
  • Figure 62 is an assembly view of the beam assembly and stand assembly shown in Figure 61 from another angle;
  • Figure 63 is an assembly view of the beam assembly and the stand assembly shown in Figure 61 from another angle. In this state, the calibration bracket is used to mount large calibration elements, such as pattern boards;
  • Figure 64 is a cross-sectional view of a target mount and a beam according to some embodiments.
  • the calibration bracket 100 provided by one embodiment of the present invention includes a base 10, a stand assembly 20, and a beam assembly 30.
  • the stand assembly 20 is fixedly connected to the base 10.
  • the crossbeam assembly 30 includes a first crossbeam portion 32, a second crossbeam portion 34, and a connecting portion 36.
  • the connecting portion 36 is mounted on the stand assembly 20, and one end of the connecting portion 36 is hinged to the first A beam portion 32.
  • the other end of the connecting portion 36 is hinged to the second beam portion 34.
  • the first cross-beam portion 32 and the second cross-beam portion 34 can respectively rotate relative to the connecting portion 36 to fold the cross-beam assembly 30.
  • the first cross-beam portion 32 and the second cross-beam portion 34 can also be rotated back relative to the connecting portion 36 to expand the beam assembly 30.
  • the first cross beam portion 32 is a left cross beam portion
  • the second cross beam portion 34 is a right cross beam portion.
  • “left cross beam portion” and “right cross beam portion” are used to refer to the aforementioned first cross beam portion 32 and second cross beam portion 34 in the following.
  • the “left” and “right” are relative.
  • the calibration bracket 100 is used to determine the "left” and "right”. It should be understood that this is only a change in the name of the component and does not involve a substantial change in the technical solution.
  • the "installation” includes welding, screwing, clamping, bonding, etc. to fix or restrict a certain element or device to a specific position or place, and the element or device can be held in a specific position or place. It can also move within a limited range without moving.
  • the element or device can be disassembled or cannot be disassembled after being fixed or restricted to a specific position or place, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the connecting portion 36 is installed on the stand assembly 20, but the connecting portion 36 may be supported by the stand assembly 20 in other ways, for example, the connecting portion 36 may be installed On a suitable side of the stand assembly 20.
  • the “support” refers to bearing the weight of a certain element or device so that it will not move downward due to its own weight.
  • the beam assembly 30 can be used to mount a calibration element, for example, a multi-line laser 200, a calibration target, a radar reflection or absorption device, etc., to calibrate the vehicle-mounted auxiliary driving system.
  • a calibration element for example, a multi-line laser 200, a calibration target, a radar reflection or absorption device, etc.
  • the left cross-beam portion 32 and the right cross-beam portion 34 can be pivotally rotated relative to the connecting portion 36 respectively.
  • the volume of the calibration bracket 100 can be reduced to facilitate shipment.
  • the left cross beam portion 32, the right cross beam portion 34 and the connecting portion 36 constitute a cross beam.
  • the cross beam assembly is installed on the top surface of the movable vertical pole. This makes the center of gravity of the beam assembly closer to the center of gravity of the vertical pole compared to the traditional calibration frame, which can increase the stability of the calibration frame and can use a smaller area base.
  • the left cross-beam portion 32 and the right cross-beam portion 34 can be rotated relative to the connecting portion 36, for example, they can be folded together downward, or can be folded upward, forward, and backward together.
  • the length of the connecting portion 36 can be relatively short, and the left cross beam portion 32 and the right cross beam portion 34 are in a drooping state, so that the cross beam assembly 30 can be removed from When the stand assembly 20 is removed, the space occupied by the calibration bracket 100 will also be significantly reduced, which can be conveniently carried by means of transportation.
  • a device can be provided to rotate the cross member so that the final folding direction of the left cross member 32 and the right cross member 34 is downward, which can also make this
  • the two are in a drooping state; or the length of the connecting portion 36 can be relatively long
  • the left cross beam portion 32 and the right cross beam portion 34 can be placed close to the connecting portion 36, and fixed in the connection by a releasable fixing device Section 36 on.
  • the beam assembly 30 in order to further reduce the space occupied by the calibration bracket 100, the beam assembly 30 can be removed from the stand assembly 20, carried to the place where it is needed, and then installed on the stand assembly 20.
  • the folding manner of the beam assembly 30 is not limited to the above-mentioned manner.
  • the beam can be folded into two ends without the connecting portion 36; the beam can also be folded into four or more sections.
  • three sections are preferred, because this makes the middle section of the cross beam no fracture, so that only one fastening component can be used at the middle section to fix the cross beam on the pole stably and balancedly.
  • the calibration bracket 100' provided by one embodiment of the present invention includes a base 10', a stand assembly 20' and a support assembly 30', and the stand assembly 20' is fixed Connected to the base 10'.
  • the support assembly 30' includes a cross beam 31' that is connected to the stand assembly 20', and the cross beam 31' includes at least two cross beam portions 310', and the at least two cross beam portions 310'
  • the adjacent beam portions 310' can be folded and connected in a horizontal plane. That is, one of the adjacent beam portions 310' is folded forward or backward relative to the other.
  • the beam 31' is used to support the calibration element.
  • the components are used to calibrate the equipment in the vehicle's driving assistance system.
  • the adjacent beams 310' are folded and connected in the horizontal plane. After the beams 31' are completely folded, the length of the beams 31' becomes smaller.
  • the width H of the folded beams 31' (that is, the size in the vertical direction) ) Is close to the thickness S (that is, the dimension in the length L direction of the horizontal and vertical beam 31'), which is convenient for handling.
  • the width H of the beam 31' can be increased as much as possible, and the bending resistance of the beam 31' can be improved to improve the bearing capacity of the beam 31'.
  • the adjacent beams 310' are folded in a horizontal plane, that is, the movement directions of the adjacent beams 310' are all horizontal, for example, they rotate in the horizontal direction.
  • the three-section beam part 310' can be understood as the left beam part, the right beam part and the connecting part in the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • the adjacent beam part 310' refers to the left beam part and the connecting part, or the right beam part and the connecting part, and the left
  • the cross beam part can pivot backward relative to the connection part, and/or the right cross beam part can pivot backward relative to the connection part to reduce the transportation volume of the cross beam.
  • the adjacent beam portions 310' are connected by hinges 312'.
  • the hinges 312' can be replaced with joints or rotating Shaft, or any of the joint mechanisms described in the embodiments of this application.
  • the cross beam 31' is provided with a fastening portion 314', and the fastening portion 314' is used to fix the cross beam 31' in a non-folded state.
  • the connection of adjacent beam portions 310' is described.
  • the fastening portion 314' includes a first fastener 3140' and a second fastener 3142'.
  • the first fastener 3140' is hinged to one of the adjacent beam portions 310', and the second fastener 3140'
  • the fastener 3142' is disposed on the other of the adjacent beam portion 310, and the first fastener 3140' and the second fastener 3142' can be fastened to each other to fix the adjacent beam portion 310' connection.
  • the realization of the fastening portion 314' can also refer to the locking mechanism in other embodiments.
  • the cross beam 31' is surrounded by plates and formed into a shape, which can reduce the mass of the cross beam 31' to reduce the influence of the weight of the cross beam 31'.
  • the width H of the beam 31' ranges from 10 cm to 15 cm.
  • the load-bearing range of the beam 31' is greater than 5 kg.
  • the width H of the beam 31' ranges from 12 cm to 13 cm.
  • the load-bearing range of the beam 31' is greater than 6 kg.
  • the calibration components can be directly mounted on the beam 31' by means of bolts, etc.
  • most calibration components have different functions, and the structure of the calibration components is also different.
  • the calibration components such as pattern plates are relatively different. Larger, it can be lifted.
  • the calibration element such as the reflector is small and can be hung on the beam 31' by a hanger.
  • the supporting assembly 30' may further include a mounting member 32', the mounting member 32' is mounted on the beam 31', and the mounting member 32' is used to mount a calibration element such as a reflector.
  • the mount 32' is configured to be along the length L direction of the beam 31' Move relative to the beam 31'.
  • the cross beam 31' is provided with a guiding structure for guiding the hanging member 32' to move relative to the cross beam 31' along the length L direction of the cross beam 31'.
  • the guide structure is a guide groove 316', and the guide groove 316' extends along the length L direction of the beam 31'.
  • the hanging member 32' includes a hanging portion 320' and a sliding portion 322' connected to the hanging portion 320', and the sliding portion 322' can move in the guide along the length L direction of the beam 31'. Move within the groove 316'.
  • the guide structure can be replaced with a guide post extending along the length L of the beam 31', and the sliding portion 322' can be replaced with a sliding sleeve, which is sleeved on the guide Column, the sliding sleeve can move relative to the guide column along the length L direction of the beam 31'.
  • the cross beam 31' is provided with two guide grooves 316', the two guide grooves 316' are opened on the opposite sides of the cross beam 31', and the two sliding parts 322' are respectively Sinking into the two guide grooves 316' can improve the reliability of the connection between the hanging member 32' and the beam 31'.
  • the sliding portion 322' is a roller, which can rotate relative to the hanging portion 320', which can reduce the friction between the hanging member 32' and the beam 31'.
  • the hanging member 32' may further include a locking portion 324', and the locking portion 324' can abut against the beam 31' in a predetermined direction, so that the hanging member 32' and The beam 31' is kept fixed, and the preset direction forms an angle with the length L direction of the beam 31'.
  • the locking portion 324' abuts the beam 31', so that the calibration element can be aligned with the sensor stably.
  • the preset direction is perpendicular to the length L direction of the beam 31', so that the locking portion 324' can abut the beam 31' in the positive direction, so that when the beam 31' moves left and right, the locking portion 324' can hold the beam 31'.
  • the locking portion 324' is threadedly engaged with the mounting portion 320', so that the locking portion 324' can be close to or away from the beam 31' in the preset direction, through threaded fitting ,
  • the locking portion 324' and the hanging portion 320' can be flexibly adjusted, the locking portion 324' can resist the beam 31' more firmly.
  • the locking portion 324' can also be used to resist the cross beam 31' by a spring.
  • the supporting assembly 30' also includes a supporting rod 33', the supporting rod 33' is mounted on the cross beam 31', and the supporting rod 33' is used to lift the calibration element.
  • the support rod 33' is detachably connected to the cross beam 31'.
  • One end of the supporting rod 33' is provided with a limiting plate 330, the cross-sectional size of the limiting plate 330' is larger than the cross-sectional size of the supporting rod 33', and the other end of the supporting rod 33' is used for lifting Calibration element
  • the beam 31' is provided with a support rod support 318', the support rod support 318' includes a connecting wall 3180' and two limit blocks 3182', the two limit blocks 3182' are opposite in the horizontal direction And the two limiting blocks 3182' are spaced from the beam 31' in the vertical direction, and the two limiting blocks 3182 are both opposite to the beam 31' through the connecting wall 3180' connection;
  • the supporting rod 33' is located between the two limiting blocks 3182', and the two limiting blocks 3182' jointly support the limiting plate 330'.
  • the limiting plate 330' and the limiting block 3182' are fixed by bolts.
  • the beam assembly 30' may further include a position adjustment mechanism 29, the position adjustment mechanism 29 includes a fixed plate 290, a movable support 292, a movable plate 294, an offset adjustment module 296, and a deflection adjustment Module 298.
  • the fixed plate 290 is fixedly mounted on the stand assembly 20
  • the movable support 292 is mounted on the fixed plate 290
  • the movable plate 294 is mounted on the movable support 292
  • the beam 31 is fixedly mounted on The movable board 294.
  • the movable support 292 can move relative to the fixed plate 290 along a preset direction O1, which is perpendicular to the length direction of the stand assembly 20', and the offset adjustment module 296 is connected to the The fixed plate 290 and the movable support 292, the offset adjustment module 296 is used to drive the movable support 292 to move relative to the fixed plate 290 along the preset direction O1, thereby adjusting the cross beam 31' relative to The horizontal position of the stand assembly 20'.
  • the movable plate 294 is rotatable relative to the movable support 292 about a preset axis O2, which is parallel to the length direction of the first rod 22, and the deflection adjustment module 298 is connected to the movable support
  • the seat 292 and the movable plate 294, the deflection adjustment module 298 is used to drive the movable plate 294 to move relative to the movable support 292 along the preset axis O2, thereby adjusting the support assembly 30', that is, the adjustment beam Relative to the horizontal orientation of the stand assembly 20'.
  • the movable support 292 includes a mounting wall 2920 and a supporting wall 2922.
  • the two mounting walls 2920 are horizontal and opposite, and the supporting wall 2922 is vertical and connected between the two mounting walls 2920.
  • a sliding block 2924 is fixed on the side of the supporting wall 2922 facing the fixing plate 290.
  • the side of the fixing plate 290 facing the supporting wall 2922 is provided with a first convex block 2900 and a second convex block 2902 separated from each other.
  • the first convex block 2900 and the second convex block 2902 are connected with each other along the A guide post 2904 extending in the preset direction O1.
  • the sliding block 2924 is sleeved on the guide post 2904, and the sliding block 2924 can move along the guide post 2904 relative to the fixed plate 290, thereby driving the movable support 292 to move together.
  • An adjustment shaft 2926 is provided between the two mounting walls 2920, the rotation axis of the adjustment shaft 2926 coincides with the preset axis O2, and the movable plate 294 is fixedly installed on the adjustment shaft 2926.
  • the offset adjustment module 296 includes an adjustment block 2960, a first adjustment rod 2962, a first adjustment knob 2964, and a universal joint 2966.
  • the first adjustment rod 2962 extends along the preset direction O1, and one end of the first adjustment rod 2962 is only rotatably mounted on the first protrusion 2900, specifically the first adjustment rod 2962 A shaft journal is provided at one end, and the first protrusion 2900 is penetrated through the shaft journal.
  • the other end of the first adjusting rod 2962 is provided with a thread structure.
  • the adjusting block 2960 is fixedly installed on the supporting wall 2922, The adjusting block 2960 is sleeved on the other end of the first adjusting rod 2962 and is threadedly connected with the other end of the first adjusting rod 2962.
  • the universal joint 2966 has an input end and an output end, and the input end can rotate in any direction relative to the input end.
  • the output end of the universal joint 2966 is fixedly installed at one end of the first adjusting rod 2962, the input end forms an angle with the output end, and the input end passes through the fixing plate 290 and is fixedly installed on The first adjustment knob 2964.
  • the universal joint 2966 drives the first adjusting rod 2962 to rotate together.
  • the fixing plate 290 can be omitted, that is, the movable support 292 is directly installed on the stand assembly 20, and the offset adjustment module 296 is directly connected to the stand assembly 20 and the movable support. Seat 292, the offset adjustment module 296 is used to directly drive the movable support 292 to move relative to the stand assembly 20 along the preset direction O1.
  • the deflection adjusting module 298 includes a second adjusting rod 2980, a second knob 2982, and an elastic member (not shown).
  • the second knob 2982 is fixedly installed at one end of the second adjusting rod 2980, and the other end of the second adjusting rod 2980 penetrates the supporting wall 2922 and abuts against the movable plate 294.
  • the adjusting rod 2980 is provided with a threaded structure, and the second adjusting rod 2980 is threadedly connected with the supporting wall 2922. By screwing the second adjusting rod 2980, the other end of the second adjusting rod 2980 faces the The direction of the movable plate 294 advances, so that the movable plate 294 is forwardly deflected.
  • the elastic member may be a spring or a torsion spring.
  • the elastic member is provided between the movable plate 294 and the supporting wall 2922, and the elastic member is used to provide the movable plate 294 to abut against the second The elastic force of the other end of the adjusting rod 2980, on the one hand, when the other end of the second adjusting rod 2980 retracts away from the movable plate 294, the movable plate 294 is reversely deflected by the elastic force, and the other On the one hand, after the second adjusting rod 2980 is screwed to a designated position, the movable plate 294 and the other end of the second adjusting rod 2980 are kept still by the elastic force.
  • deflection adjustment module 298 For other implementations of the deflection adjustment module 298, reference may be made to the adjustment mechanism described in some embodiments.
  • the position adjustment mechanism 29 may be omitted, and the cross beam 31' is directly mounted on the stand assembly 20'.
  • the base 10' includes a base body 12', a roller 14', a height adjusting member 16' and a pull ring 18'.
  • the base body 12' has a triangular claw shape and includes three claws, each of which extends in three different directions.
  • the base body 12' can be made of metal materials.
  • the roller 14' is mounted on the bottom surface of the base body 12', the number of the roller 14' may be three, and each roller 14' is mounted on the end of a corresponding claw for It is convenient to move the base body 12'.
  • the roller 14' is a universally movable roller, so that the base body 12' can move arbitrarily back and forth, left and right.
  • the height adjusting member 16' is installed on the base body 12' for adjusting the height of the base body 12.
  • the height adjusting member 16' is an adjusting knob, the number is three, and the knob contains at least a section of screw rod underneath the knob, and the screw rod is matched with the thread of the through hole at the base body 12' to achieve height adjustment .
  • Each of the height adjusting members 16' is installed on a corresponding one of the claws and is close to a corresponding one of the rollers 14', and the three height adjusting members 16' are distributed in a regular triangle.
  • the pull ring 18' can be installed on the upper surface of one of the claws to facilitate pulling the calibration bracket 100'.
  • the shape of the base body 12' can be changed according to actual needs, and is not limited to being triangular claw-shaped.
  • the base body 12' can be rectangular or circular;
  • the number of the roller 14' and the height adjustment member 16' can be increased or decreased according to actual requirements.
  • the height adjustment member can be two, and a fixed height foot can be used for adjustment.
  • the angle of the base body 12' can be changed according to actual needs, and is not limited to being triangular claw-shaped.
  • the base body 12' can be rectangular or circular;
  • the number of the roller 14' and the height adjustment member 16' can be increased or decreased according to actual requirements.
  • the height adjustment member can be two, and a fixed height foot can be used for adjustment.
  • the angle of the base body 12' can be changed according to actual needs, and is not limited to being triangular claw-shaped.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a calibration bracket 100' in which the adjacent beams 310' are folded and connected in a horizontal plane. After the beams 31' are folded, the length L of the beams 31' becomes shorter , So that the calibration bracket 100' is easy to carry.
  • the base body 12 is further provided with a recess 122, and the two claw portions are respectively located on opposite sides of the recess 122 and are symmetrical with respect to the recess 122.
  • the multi-line laser 200 is installed on the beam assembly 30, and the multi-line laser 200 emits two sectors of light 210 perpendicular to the ground and perpendicular to each other and intersecting.
  • the light rays 210 from the two sectors pass through the recess 122 to align with the cross mark 220 on the ground.
  • the recess 122 is provided on the base body 12, which has a simple structure and can also facilitate the alignment of the calibration bracket 100 to the car.
  • the recess 122 is used in a situation where the intersection formed by two intersecting and perpendicular laser lines is used to position the calibration bracket 100.
  • the base body 12 has other shapes, depressions or holes can be similarly provided in the corresponding positions of the base body 12, so that the intersection of laser lines used for positioning the calibration bracket 100 can be hit on the ground.
  • the stand assembly 20 may include a fixed stand bar 22, a movable stand bar 24 and a driving mechanism 26, the moving stand bar 24 is sleeved in the fixed stand bar 22, so The movable vertical rod 24 can move relative to the fixed vertical rod 22 along the length direction of the fixed vertical rod 22, and the driving mechanism 26 is installed on the fixed vertical rod 22 for driving the movable vertical rod 24 along The length direction of the fixed upright rod 22 moves relative to the fixed upright rod 22.
  • the cross beam assembly 30 is installed on the top surface of the movable vertical rod 24, which makes the center of gravity of the cross beam assembly 30 closer to the center of gravity of the vertical frame assembly 20 compared with the traditional calibration frame, which can increase the stability of the calibration frame, and
  • the base body 12 with a smaller area can be used.
  • the height of the vertical frame assembly 20 can be reduced to nearly half of the original height.
  • the vertical frame assembly 20 can be very suitable for placement in automobiles, etc. Carry it in the trunk of the vehicle.
  • the fixed vertical rod can be used as the inner rod
  • the movable vertical rod can be used as the outer rod.
  • the driving mechanism 26 is installed on the fixed vertical rod 22 to drive the movable vertical rod 24 along the fixed vertical rod 22.
  • the length direction of ⁇ moves relative to the fixed pole 22.
  • the fixed upright pole 22 and the movable upright pole 24 are respectively square-shaped, and the movable upright pole 24 is tightly sleeved in the fixed upright pole 22, so that the movable upright pole 24 is only It can move relative to the fixed stand 22 along the length direction of the fixed stand 22, and can prevent the movable stand 24 from moving in other directions relative to the fixed stand 22.
  • This configuration is very important for the calibration bracket 100 to be foldable, because in the calibration process, it is usually necessary to use the fixed relative position relationship between the components of the calibration bracket 100.
  • the fixed upright rod 22 and the movable upright rod 24 may also be pipes of other shapes, for example, pipes with mutually matched polygonal cross-sections, which can make the movable vertical
  • the rod 24 can only move relative to the fixed vertical rod 22 along the length direction of the fixed vertical rod 22, and can prevent the movable vertical rod 24 from moving in other directions relative to the fixed vertical rod 22.
  • “cooperating with each other” does not necessarily require that the cross-sections of the fixed upright 22 and the movable upright 24 must be the same.
  • the cross-section of the fixed upright 22 arranged outside may be hexagonal
  • the cross-section of the movable upright 24 arranged inside may be Being a quadrilateral connected with the hexagon, the effect that the movable vertical rod 24 can only move relative to the fixed vertical rod 22 along the length direction of the fixed vertical rod 22 can also be achieved.
  • the cross section of the fixed upright 22 and the movable upright 24 can also be elliptical cylindrical pipes that cooperate with each other, and the elliptical cross section can also restrict relative rotation between the two to a certain extent.
  • the fixed upright rod 22 and the movable upright rod 24 may also be cylindrical pipes with a circular cross-section.
  • a guide mechanism can be used to prevent the fixed upright rod 22 from rotating relative to the movable upright rod 24.
  • a simple guide mechanism is a guide rail and a sliding block device matched with it.
  • a guide rail can be set on one of the fixed vertical rod 22 and the movable vertical rod 24 at the contact surface, and the other Slider devices such as bumps, plastic rubber strips, rollers, balls, gears, etc.
  • the guide rail can be a groove, a linear protrusion, a rack, etc. additionally arranged on the wall of the vertical rod, or a groove, a linear protrusion, or between two linear protrusions formed on the wall of the vertical rod.
  • the formed grooves, that is, the vertical rod uses a special-shaped tube wall, and the shape of the tube wall itself has grooves, linear protrusions and other parts that can be used as guide rails.
  • the slider device may be an additional component that is additionally provided on the wall of the vertical rod, or it may be a protruding structure formed by the wall of the vertical rod itself, without the need to provide additional components on the wall of the vertical rod.
  • racks and other mechanisms that achieve transmission through meshing also have a guiding effect, and this specification also includes them in the category of guide rails.
  • the gear and rack transmission mechanism described in the following embodiments can also achieve the guiding effect.
  • the rack can be arranged in the groove guide rail.
  • the setting positions of the guide rail and the sliding block device can be interchanged, the guide rail can be arranged on the movable vertical pole, the sliding block device can be arranged on the fixed vertical pole, or can be exchanged.
  • the guiding mechanism is not limited to the fixed vertical rod 22 and the movable vertical rod 24 with a circular cross-section, and the fixed vertical rod 22 and the movable vertical rod 24 with other cross-sectional shapes may also use guiding mechanisms to enhance the guiding effect, and Obtain more stable or less frictional relative movement.
  • the fixed vertical rod 22 and the movable vertical rod 24 with other cross-sectional shapes may also use guiding mechanisms to enhance the guiding effect, and Obtain more stable or less frictional relative movement.
  • guide rails it is also possible not to use guide rails, and only use linear motion devices to obtain a more stable or less frictional relative movement. At this time, the non-circular external pole itself plays a guiding role.
  • connection between the fixed vertical rod 22 and the movable vertical rod 24 can also be implemented in other ways.
  • the fixed vertical rod 22 may be referred to as an "outer tube”, and the movable vertical rod 24 may be It is called “inner casing”.
  • one embodiment of the present invention provides a pole assembly 10M, including a plurality of fixed ball assemblies 12M, a plurality of floating ball assemblies 14M, an inner sleeve 16M, and an outer sleeve 18M.
  • the inner sleeve 16M is sleeved in the outer sleeve 18M, the inner sleeve 16M can move relative to the outer sleeve 18M along the length direction of the outer sleeve 18M, a plurality of the fixed ball assemblies 12M and A plurality of the floating ball assemblies 14M are respectively fixedly installed in the inner sleeve 16M, each of the fixed ball assemblies 12M partially protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve 16M, and the partially protruding fixed The ball components 12M cannot be elastically contracted or stretched.
  • Each of the floating ball components 14M partially protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve 16M, and the partially protruding floating ball components 14M can be elastically contracted or stretched. Abuts against the inner surface of the outer sleeve 18M.
  • the fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 14M are respectively located on opposite sides of the inner sleeve 16M; during installation, the protruding part of the fixed ball assembly 12M abuts one side of the outer sleeve 18M, so The protruding part of the floating ball assembly 14M abuts against the opposite side of the outer sleeve 18. Since the protruding part of the fixed ball assembly 12M cannot be contracted or stretched, it can play a role in positioning during installation.
  • the protruding part of the floating ball assembly 14M can shrink Or stretch, so it is convenient to sleeve the outer sleeve 18M in the inner sleeve 16M, and play a role in facilitating installation.
  • the protruding parts of the fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 16M always abut on the outer sleeve
  • the inner surface of the tube 18M can eliminate the gap between the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M, and can avoid large-scale shaking.
  • Each floating ball assembly 14M partially protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve 16M, and the partially protruding floating ball assembly 14M can be elastically contracted or stretched, and it always abuts against the outer surface of the outer sleeve 18
  • the inner surface so that the inner sleeve 16M always fits closely with the outer sleeve 18M, will not be stuck or loosened, can greatly reduce the processing accuracy of the inner sleeve and the outer sleeve, and realize mass production.
  • the cooperation of the fixed ball assembly and the floating ball assembly can ensure that the inner sleeve 16M always fits tightly with the outer sleeve 18M, so as to maintain the stability of the relative movement of the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M, and can also ensure that the vertical rod assembly is telescopic Smooth movement in the process improves user experience.
  • the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M are both square passes, the square pass is a square tube shape, the outer sleeve 18M is sleeved on the inner sleeve 16M, and the outer sleeve
  • the inner diameter of 18M is larger than the inner diameter of the inner sleeve 16M, so that a gap 13M is left between the outer sleeve 18M and the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the gap 13M is used to accommodate the fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 14M partially protruding from the outer surface of the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the shape of the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M can be set to pipes of other shapes as required.
  • the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M are both cylindrical in shape.
  • a fixed ball assembly and a floating ball assembly can be provided at both ends of the inner diameter of the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the outer sleeve 18M and the inner sleeve 16M includes at least three sides, that is, the cross-sectional shape can be any polygon, such as a triangle, a quadrilateral, a pentagon, and so on.
  • the shape of the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M may be the same or different. In some embodiments, in order to enable the inner sleeve 16M to move relative to the outer sleeve 18M only along the length direction of the outer sleeve 18M, and to prevent the inner sleeve 16M from moving relative to the outer sleeve 18M Move in the other direction.
  • the cross-sections of the outer sleeve 18 and the inner sleeve 16M are polygonal pipes that cooperate with each other.
  • the cross-sections of the outer sleeve 18M and the inner sleeve 16M must be the same, for example, an outer sleeve set outside
  • the cross section of 18M can be a hexagon, and the cross section of the inner sleeve 16M provided inside can be a quadrilateral connected to the hexagon. It can also be achieved that the inner sleeve 16M can only be relative to the length of the outer sleeve 18M. The effect of the movement of the outer sleeve 18M.
  • the cross section of the outer sleeve 18M and the inner sleeve 16M can also be elliptical cylindrical pipes that cooperate with each other, and the elliptical cross section can also restrict relative rotation between the two to a certain extent.
  • the number of fixed ball assemblies 12M and floating ball assemblies 14M provided on the inner sleeve may be related to the shape of the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the opposite fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 14M can be provided at both ends of an inner diameter; or the opposite ends of the two inner diameters can be arranged opposite to each other.
  • the fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 14M are used to ensure the relative sliding stability of the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M; when the cross section of the inner sleeve 16M is square, the fixed ball assemblies 12M are set on the adjacent two sides.
  • Floating ball components 14M are provided on the other two sides; when the cross section of the inner sleeve 16M is triangular, the fixed ball components 12 are provided on two sides and the floating ball component 14M is provided on the other side, or the fixed ball components 12M are provided on one side and the other two sides Floating ball assembly 14M.
  • the number of fixed ball assemblies 12M and floating ball assemblies 14 is not limited.
  • the fixed ball assembly 12M has the same height as the floating ball assembly 14M facing it.
  • the relative position of the fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 14M in the embodiments of the present application may mean that the fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 14M have the same height and are located on opposite sides of the same cross section of the inner sleeve 16M; or, The relative position of the fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 14M only means that they are located on opposite sides of the same cross section of the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the inner sleeve 16M is provided with a plurality of first accommodating holes and a plurality of second accommodating holes, and each of the fixed ball components 12M can partially penetrate the first accommodating hole and protrude from the inner sleeve
  • the number of the first accommodating holes and the number of the second accommodating holes can be set according to the number of the fixed ball assembly 12 and the floating ball assembly 14M or the number of balls in the aforementioned assembly, respectively.
  • one of the fixed ball components 12M may include two balls, which corresponds to the two first accommodating holes;
  • one of the floating ball components 14M may include two balls, which correspond to the two balls.
  • the shapes of the first accommodating hole and the second accommodating hole may be set according to the shapes of the protruding parts of the fixed ball assembly 12 and the floating ball assembly 14 respectively.
  • the first containing hole is a round hole
  • the shape of the second containing hole is a square hole.
  • a plurality of fixing holes are formed on the surface of the inner sleeve 16M, and the fixing holes are used to fix the fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 14M to the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the shape and number of the fixing holes can be set arbitrarily as required.
  • the fixed ball assembly 12 and the floating ball assembly 14M are respectively fixedly installed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 14M are in the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the fixed ball components 12M are fixedly installed on two adjacent inner surfaces of the inner sleeve 16M, and one of the inner surfaces is provided with two fixed ball components 12M, and the two fixed ball components 12M
  • the ball assembly 12M is arranged at a predetermined distance, and the fixed ball assembly 12M is arranged in the middle of the other inner surface.
  • a plurality of the floating ball assemblies 14M are fixedly installed on the other adjacent ones of the inner sleeve 16M Two inner surfaces, the other two adjacent inner surfaces are respectively provided with one floating ball assembly 14M.
  • the number of the fixed ball assembly 12M is at least two
  • the number of the floating ball assembly 14M is at least one
  • at least two of the fixed ball assemblies 12M are fixedly mounted on consecutively adjacent ones of the inner sleeve 16M
  • On the inner surface at least one of the floating ball assemblies 14M is fixedly mounted on any one or more adjacent inner surfaces of the inner sleeve 16M, and it is only necessary to ensure that the floating ball assembly 14M is at least one of the fixed ball assemblies 12M
  • the position of the inner sleeve 16M may be opposite.
  • the fixed ball assembly 12M is fixedly installed on two inner surfaces of the inner sleeve 16M
  • the The floating ball assembly 14M is fixedly installed on the other inner surface of the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the fixed ball assembly 12M is fixedly installed on two consecutively adjacent inner surfaces of the inner sleeve 16M, and the floating ball
  • the assembly 14M is fixedly installed on the other two adjacent inner surfaces of the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the number and installation positions of the fixed ball components 12 and the rolling ball components installed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve 16M can be arbitrarily set according to the shape and size of the inner surface of the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the fixed ball assembly 12M includes at least one limiting ball 122M, at least one fixing seat 124M, at least one fixing member 123M, and a mounting seat 126M.
  • the mounting seat 126M is installed and fixed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve 16M; a number of the fixing seats 124M are fixedly housed in the mounting seat 126M; the limiting ball 122M is spherical, and one limiting ball 122M corresponds to One of the fixed seats 124M, and the limit ball 122M is partially received in the corresponding one of the fixed seats 124M,
  • the limiting ball 122M can roll freely at any angle within the fixing seat 124M without departing from the fixing seat 124M; another part of the limiting ball 122M protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the mounting seat 126M is provided with a plurality of accommodating cavities 1262M, a number of the fixing seats 124M and a number of the accommodating cavities 1262M correspond one-to-one, and each of the fixing seats 124M is received and fixed in a corresponding one of the accommodating cavities 1262M.
  • both ends of the mounting seat 126M are respectively provided with a receiving cavity 1262M, the receiving cavity 1262M is circular;
  • the fixed ball assembly 12M includes two fixing seats 124M, the fixing seat 124M is cylindrical, and the accommodating cavity 1262M is adapted to the fixing seat 124M, so that the two fixing seats 124M are fixedly housed in the corresponding two accommodating cavities 1262M, respectively.
  • the shapes of the accommodating cavity 1262M and the fixing base 124M can be arbitrarily set as needed, and it is only necessary to fix the fixing base 124M in the accommodating cavity 1262M.
  • the shape of the receiving cavity 1262M and the fixing seat 124M is a square, an ellipsoid, and so on.
  • the number of the accommodating cavity 1262M and the fixing seat 124M can be set arbitrarily according to the size and shape of the mounting seat 126M, and only the fixing seat 124M and the accommodating cavity 1262 need to be in one-to-one correspondence. OK.
  • the mounting seat 126M is provided with a plurality of fastening holes 1264M, and the fixing member 123M penetrates through the fixing holes on the inner sleeve 16M and the fastening holes 1264M to fix the mounting seat 126M to the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the inner surface of the sleeve 16M is provided with a plurality of fastening holes 1264M, and the fixing member 123M penetrates through the fixing holes on the inner sleeve 16M and the fastening holes 1264M to fix the mounting seat 126M to the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the mounting seat 126M is provided with a plurality of reinforcement holes 1266M, the plurality of reinforcement holes 1266M are opened on opposite sides of the accommodating cavity 1262M, and the reinforcement holes 1266M and the accommodating cavity 1262M are in communication, so The fixing member 123M penetrates the reinforcing hole 1266M, and the fixing seat 124M is fixedly received in the accommodating cavity 1262M.
  • the fastening holes 1264M and the reinforcement holes 1266M are both circular screw holes
  • the fixing member 123M is a screw or a bolt.
  • the fixing method of the mounting seat 126M and the inner sleeve 16M and the fixing method of the fixing seat 124M and the mounting seat 126M may adopt other fixing methods as required, such as riveting, keying Pin connection, elastic buckle connection, welding and bonding, etc.
  • the fixing seat 124M is provided with a rolling cavity, the limiting ball 122M is partially accommodated in the rolling cavity, and the limiting ball 122M is adapted to the rolling cavity so that the limiting ball 122M can
  • the rolling cavity can roll freely to any angle without leaving the rolling cavity.
  • Another part of the limiting ball 122M protrudes from the rolling cavity, and the limiting ball 122M partially protruding from the rolling cavity penetrates the first accommodating hole of the inner sleeve 16M and extends to the outer sleeve The preset gap 13M between 18M and the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the fixed seat 124M is provided with a fixed engaging portion 1242M at the edge of the rolling cavity, the fixed engaging portion 1242M is a circular step, and the circular step is locked to the first receiving hole At the edge, the limiting ball 122M partially protruding from the rolling cavity is used to engage the outer surface of the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the floating ball assembly 14M includes at least one floating ball 142M, at least one supporting seat 144M, at least one elastic member 146M and a base 148M.
  • the base 148M is installed and fixed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve 16M; the support base 144M and the elastic member 146M correspond one-to-one, and the support base 144M and the elastic member 146M are housed in the base opposite to each other.
  • one end of the elastic member 146M is fixedly connected to the bottom of the support base 148M, the other end of the elastic member 146M is fixedly connected to the bottom of the support base 144M, the elastic member 146M can drive the support base 144M Move up and down within the base 148M;
  • the floating ball 142M is spherical, and one floating ball 142M corresponds to one supporting seat 144M.
  • the floating ball 142M is partially accommodated in the supporting seat 144M, and the floating ball 142M can be in the supporting seat 144M.
  • the base 148M further includes a first fixing member 143M and a second fixing member 145M.
  • the first fixing member 143M and the second fixing member 145M are respectively disposed on opposite sides of the base.
  • the fixing member 143M is used to engage the floating ball 142M partially protruding from the support base 144M to the outer surface of the inner sleeve 16M, and at the same time fix the base 148M on the inner surface of the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the second fixing member 145M is used for fixing one end of the elastic member 146M in the base 148M.
  • the base 148M is provided with a plurality of first accommodating cavities 1482M on one side, and the corresponding side of the base 148M is provided with a plurality of second accommodating cavities 1484M.
  • the first accommodating cavity 1482M and the second accommodating cavity 1484M have a one-to-one correspondence, and the first accommodating cavity 1482M is connected to a corresponding one of the second accommodating cavity 1484M.
  • the first accommodating cavity 1482M and the second accommodating cavity 1484M are both cylindrical cavities, and the diameter of the first accommodating cavity 1482M is larger than the diameter of the second accommodating cavity 1484M.
  • the intersection of the accommodating cavity 1482M and the second accommodating cavity 1484M forms an annular step, and the bottom of the supporting seat 144M can abut against the annular step.
  • the base 148M is provided with a first accommodating cavity 1482M at opposite ends of one side, and the base 148M is provided with a corresponding one at both ends of the opposite side.
  • the second accommodating cavity 1484M is provided.
  • a number of the support seats 144M and a number of the first accommodating cavities 1482M correspond one-to-one, and each of the support seats 144M is accommodated in a corresponding one of the first accommodating cavities 1482M.
  • the supporting seat 144M is adapted to the corresponding one of the first accommodating cavity 1482M, so that the supporting seat 144M is received in the first accommodating cavity 1482M and can be under the action of the elastic member 146M
  • the support base 144M is moved up and down in the first accommodating cavity 1482M. After the supporting base 144M moves downward for a predetermined distance, the bottom surface of the supporting base 144M can abut against the annular step.
  • the shapes of the first accommodating cavity 1482M and the supporting base 144M can be arbitrarily set as required, and only the supporting base 144M needs to be accommodated in the first accommodating cavity 1482M and capable of The support base 144M can move up and down in the first accommodating cavity 1482M.
  • the shapes of the first accommodating cavity 1482M and the supporting seat 144M are tetragonal and ellipsoid, etc., respectively.
  • the number of the first accommodating cavity 1482M and the supporting base 144M can be arbitrarily set according to the size and shape of the base 148M, and only the supporting base 144M and the first accommodating cavity One-to-one correspondence is sufficient for 1482M.
  • the supporting seat 144M is provided with a floating rolling cavity, and the floating ball 142M is partially accommodated in the floating rolling cavity.
  • the floating ball 142M is adapted to the floating rolling cavity, so that the floating ball 142M can freely roll at any angle in the ball cavity without leaving the floating rolling cavity.
  • Another part of the floating ball 142M protrudes from the floating rolling cavity, and the floating ball 142M partially protruding from the floating rolling cavity penetrates the second receiving hole of the inner sleeve 16M and extends to the outer sleeve
  • the supporting seat 144M is provided with a floating engaging portion at the edge of the floating rolling cavity, the floating engaging portion is a circular step, and the circular step is locked to the edge of the second receiving hole Where the floating ball 142M partially protruding from the floating rolling cavity is engaged with the outer surface of the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the elastic member 146M is accommodated in the second accommodating cavity 1484M, one end of the elastic member 146M is fixedly connected to the bottom of the support base 144M, and the other end of the elastic member 146M is fixedly connected to the base 148M. On the second fixing member 145M.
  • the elastic member 146M can elastically contract and expand, the elastic member 146M can drive the support base 144M to move up and down, and the support base 144M can drive the floating ball 142M partially protruding from the floating rolling cavity to move up and down, To make it always abut on the inner surface of the outer sleeve 18M, the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M can be closely attached to each other by the floating balls 142M partially protruding from the floating rolling cavity, so as not to be stuck or stuck. relaxation.
  • the elastic member 146M is a compression spring.
  • the size, length, and material of the spring can be changed as needed to adjust the bonding strength of the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M.
  • the fixing manner of the base 148M and the inner sleeve 16M, the fixing manner of the first fixing member 143M and the base 148M, and the second fixing member 145M and the base 148M The fixing method is bolt fixing, for example, a number of screw holes are respectively opened on the base 148M and the inner sleeve 16M, and then screws or bolts are used to penetrate the screw holes for fixing.
  • the fixing manner of the base 148M and the inner sleeve 16M, the fixing manner of the first fixing member 143M and the base 148M, and the second fixing member 145M and the base 148M can adopt other different fixing methods as needed, such as: riveting, bolt connection, key pin connection, elastic buckle connection, welding and bonding, etc.
  • the "fixed installation”, "fixed connection” and “accommodating fixation” include fixed installation such as welding installation, as well as detachable installation.
  • the "fixed installation”, "fixed connection” and “accommodating fixation” can be different fixing methods, such as riveting, bolt connection, key pin connection, elastic buckle connection, welding and bonding, etc.
  • another embodiment of the present invention also provides a calibration bracket 100M
  • the calibration bracket 100M is used to support a calibration element
  • the calibration element is used to calibrate a device in a driving assistance system of a vehicle
  • the calibration bracket 100M includes a pole assembly 10M, a base 20M, and a beam assembly 30M in any of the above embodiments
  • the pole assembly 10M is fixedly connected to the base 20M
  • the beam assembly 30M includes a first beam part, a second beam part
  • a connecting part the connecting part is installed on the pole assembly 10M, one end of the connecting part is hinged to the first cross beam part, and the other end of the connecting part is hinged to the second cross beam part.
  • the first cross-beam portion and the second cross-beam portion can respectively rotate relative to the connecting portion to fold the cross-beam assembly, and the first cross-beam portion and the second cross-beam portion can also be respectively opposite to The connecting part rotates backwards to expand the beam assembly.
  • the first beam portion and the second beam portion can be rotated relative to the connecting portion, respectively, so that the beam assembly is folded, which can reduce the calibration
  • the volume of the bracket is 100M to facilitate shipment.
  • the calibration bracket 100M further includes a driving mechanism, the driving mechanism is provided with a gear stop mechanism, for example, a pawl stop device, etc., so that the pole assembly 10M can be stopped at a desired position .
  • a gear stop mechanism for example, a pawl stop device, etc.
  • a fixing portion 17M is provided at one end of the outer sleeve 18M close to the beam assembly 30M, the fixing portion 17M is sleeved on the outer surface of the outer sleeve 18M, and the fixing portion 17M and the The outer sleeve 18M is provided with screw holes respectively, and the fixing portion 17M corresponds to the screw holes on the outer sleeve 18M and communicates with each other.
  • the pole assembly 10M further includes a fastening mechanism 17aM and an elastic body 19M.
  • the fastening mechanism 17aM can be installed at one end of the outer sleeve 18M for fixing the inner sleeve 16 to the outer sleeve 18M.
  • the fastening mechanism 17aM includes a fastening ring 172M and a bolt 174M.
  • the fastening ring 172M is sleeved on the outer sleeve 18M.
  • the fastening ring 172M can be formed by bending a metal strip.
  • the bolt 174M Installed on both ends of the fastening ring 172M.
  • the elastic body 19M is located in the outer sleeve 18 and the inner sleeve 16M, and the elastic body 19M is compressed between the bottom of the outer sleeve 18M and the inner sleeve 16M. According to needs, the elastic body 19M can be connected to the inner sleeve 16M at a position at the bottom, top or middle of the inner sleeve 16M. When the movable vertical rod moves to the bottom closest to the fixed vertical rod, the elastic body is in a compressed state. In this embodiment, the elastic body 19M is a compression spring. It can be understood that, in some other embodiments, the elastic body 19M may be other elastic elements, such as elastic pieces, pneumatic rods, hydraulic rods, etc.
  • the bolt 174M When the inner sleeve 16M needs to be raised relative to the outer sleeve 18M, the bolt 174M is rotated so that the fastening ring 172M loosens the outer sleeve 18M and exerts an upward force on the inner sleeve 16M , The inner sleeve 16M can be made to rise along the length direction of the outer sleeve 18M, and the elastic force of the elastic body 19M can reduce the external force applied to the inner sleeve 16M, for example, the external force applied by the operator. When reaching the required position, the bolt 174M is rotated to tighten the outer sleeve 18M, so that the inner sleeve 16M is fixed at the required position.
  • the bolt 174M is rotated so that the fastening ring 172M loosens the outer sleeve 18M, and the inner sleeve 16M and the beam
  • the gravity of the assembly 30M can cause the inner sleeve 16M to descend along the length of the outer sleeve 18M.
  • the lowering speed of the inner sleeve 16M can be reduced to avoid the inner sleeve 16M.
  • the sleeve 16M descends too fast and collides with the outer sleeve 18M, causing damage.
  • the fastening mechanism 17aM may also have other structures, as long as the inner sleeve 16M can be fixed at a desired position.
  • the fastening mechanism 17aM may be It is a screw, which passes through the outer sleeve 18M and is threaded with the outer sleeve 18M.
  • the inner sleeve 16M moves to a desired position relative to the outer sleeve 18M, rotate the screw, It is pressed against the inner sleeve 16M, and the inner sleeve 16M is fixed at a desired position. Rotate the screw to separate the inner sleeve 16M, and the inner sleeve 16M can move relative to the outer sleeve 18M along the length of the outer sleeve 18M.
  • the vertical rod assembly 10M can be fixed by other different fixing methods as required, such as riveting, bolt connection, key pin connection, elastic buckle connection, welding and bonding, etc.
  • the present invention provides a pole assembly
  • the pole assembly includes a floating ball assembly, an inner sleeve, and an outer sleeve; the inner sleeve is sleeved in the outer sleeve; the floating The ball components are respectively fixedly installed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve, the floating ball components partially protrude from the outer surface of the inner sleeve, and the protruding portions of the floating ball components can be elastically contracted or stretched, and they always abut On the inner surface of the outer sleeve.
  • the floating ball assembly By arranging the floating ball assembly in the inner sleeve, the floating ball assembly partially protruding from the outer surface of the inner sleeve can be elastically contracted or stretched so that it always abuts against the inner surface of the outer sleeve , So that the inner sleeve and the outer sleeve are always in close contact with each other, and will not be stuck or loosened, and the machining accuracy of the parts can be greatly reduced.
  • the driving mechanism 26 includes a rack 260, a housing 261, a handle 262, and a gear reduction assembly.
  • the gear reduction assembly includes a first helical gear 263, a second helical gear 264, a first transmission gear 265 and a second transmission gear 266.
  • the rack 260 is fixedly installed on the movable vertical rod 24, and the rack 260 is arranged along the length direction of the movable vertical rod 24.
  • the fixed upright 22, the movable upright 24 and the rack 260 are all vertically arranged.
  • the housing 261 is fixedly installed on the fixed pole 22.
  • the handle 262 is mounted on the housing 261, and the handle 262 can rotate around the first rotation axis O1.
  • the gear reduction assembly can make the position of the movable pole move more accurate and labor-saving, which is beneficial to accurately determine the height of the calibration target.
  • the first helical gear 263 is located in the housing 261 and is fixedly installed on the handle 262.
  • the rotation axis of the first helical gear 263 coincides with the rotation axis of the handle 262, and the first helical gear 263 and the handle 262 can rotate together about the first rotation axis O1.
  • the second helical gear 264 is mounted on the inner wall of the housing 261 and can rotate around the second rotation axis O2.
  • the first helical gear 263 and the second helical gear 264 mesh, and the diameter of the first helical gear 263 is smaller than the diameter of the second helical gear 264.
  • the first transmission gear 265 is fixedly mounted on the second helical gear 264, the rotation axis of the first transmission gear 265 coincides with the rotation axis of the second helical gear 264, and the first transmission gear 265 is
  • the second helical gear 264 can rotate together around the second rotation axis O2.
  • the second transmission gear 266 is mounted on the inner wall of the housing 261 and can rotate around the third rotation axis O3.
  • the second transmission gear 266 meshes with the first transmission gear 265 and the rack 260 respectively.
  • the second transmission gear 266 is provided with a protrusion 2662 for cooperating with a ratchet wheel (not shown), so that the second transmission gear 266 is stopped at a preset position.
  • Both the first transmission gear 265 and the second transmission gear 266 are spur gears, and the diameter of the first transmission gear 265 is smaller than the diameter of the second transmission gear 266.
  • the first rotation axis O1 is perpendicular to the second rotation axis O2 and the third rotation axis O3, and the first rotation axis O1 is perpendicular to the rack 260.
  • the second rotation axis O2 and the third rotation axis O3 are arranged in parallel, and the second rotation axis O2 and the third rotation axis O3 are perpendicular to the rack 260.
  • the first helical gear 263 is driven to rotate around the first rotation axis O1
  • the second helical gear 264 and the first transmission gear 265 rotate around the second rotation axis O2.
  • the second transmission gear 266 rotates around the third rotation axis O3.
  • the second transmission gear 266 rotates around the third rotation axis O3, it drives the rack 260 to rise or fall along the length direction of the movable vertical rod 24, so that the movable vertical rod 24 is relative to the fixed vertical
  • the rod 22 rises or falls.
  • the first helical gear 263 and the second helical gear 264 mesh, the first transmission gear 265 and the second helical gear 264 can rotate together about the second rotation axis O2, and the second The transmission gear 266 meshes with the first transmission gear 265 and the rack 260 respectively, and can drive the movable vertical rod 24 to move stably relative to the fixed vertical rod 22.
  • the diameter of the first helical gear 263 is smaller than the diameter of the second helical gear 264
  • the diameter of the first transmission gear 265 is smaller than the diameter of the second transmission gear 266, so that the movable pole can be driven by a relatively small force. 24 moves relative to the fixed pole 22.
  • the first helical gear 263 and the second helical gear 264 can be omitted, the first transmission gear 265 is fixedly mounted on the handle 262, and the handle 262 can be wound around the The second rotation axis O2 rotates, thereby driving the first transmission gear 265 to rotate around the second rotation axis O2.
  • first helical gear 263, the second helical gear 264, and the first transmission gear 265 may be omitted, and the second transmission gear 266 is fixedly mounted on the handle 262, so The handle 262 can rotate about the third rotation axis O3, thereby driving the second transmission gear 266 to rotate about the third rotation axis O3.
  • the first helical gear 263, the second helical gear 264 and the first transmission gear 265 may be replaced with a worm mechanism, the worm mechanism including a worm 263a and a worm gear 265a.
  • One end of the worm 263a is fixedly installed on the handle 262, and the rotation axis of the worm 263a coincides with the rotation axis of the handle 262, the worm 263a and the handle 262 can rotate together about the first rotation axis O1 .
  • the worm 263a is cylindrical, and its outer surface has tooth parts 264a, and the tooth parts 264a mesh with the worm gear 265a.
  • the worm gear 265a is fixedly mounted on the second transmission gear 266, the rotation axis of the worm gear 265a coincides with the rotation axis of the second transmission gear 266, and the worm gear 265a and the second transmission gear 266 can circulate the second transmission gear 266 together.
  • the rotation axis O2 rotates.
  • the diameter of the worm gear 265a is smaller than the diameter of the second transmission gear 266, so that the movable vertical rod 24 can be driven to move relative to the fixed vertical rod 22 with a relatively small force.
  • the first rotation axis O1 is perpendicular to the second rotation axis O2, and the second rotation axis O2 is perpendicular to the rack 260.
  • the movable vertical rod 24 moves to a desired position relative to the fixed vertical rod 22, the movable vertical rod 24 can be fixed at the desired position by means of the self-locking function of the worm mechanism.
  • the handle 262 may be replaced with a motor.
  • the driving mechanism 26 may be other driving mechanisms, such as a screw drive, a timing belt, etc., as long as it can drive the movable vertical rod 24 relative to the The fixed pole 22 can be moved.
  • the movable upright 24 is provided with a limiting member 242, the limiting member 242 is located in the fixed upright 22, the inner wall of the fixed upright 22 is provided with a flange, the flange is close to At the top end of the fixed upright pole 22, when the movable upright pole 24 moves relative to the fixed upright pole 22 until the stopper 242 abuts the flange, the movable upright pole 24 stops moving, which can prevent The movable vertical rod 24 is separated from the fixed vertical rod 22.
  • the limiting member 242 is a collar, which is sleeved on the outer wall of the movable vertical rod 24.
  • the driving mechanism 26 includes a transmission assembly 260k, a one-way rotation assembly 262k, a wrap spring 264k, a first revolving body 266k, a second revolving body 268k, and a handle 269k.
  • the one-way rotating assembly 262k includes a fixed support 2620 and a rotating member 2622.
  • the fixed support 2620 is fixedly mounted on the fixed pole 22, the rotating member 2622 is mounted on the fixed support 2620, and the rotating member 2622 can only rotate around the preset axis O and in the first rotation direction S1 rotates relative to the fixed support 2620.
  • the holding spring 264k sleeves and holds the rotating member 2622 tightly.
  • the first revolving body 266k is mounted on the fixed support 2620, the first revolving body 266k is rotatable relative to the fixed support 2620 about the preset axis O, and the first revolving body 266k is used for Squeeze the holding spring 264k.
  • the holding spring 264k drives the rotating member 2622 to rotate.
  • the holding spring 264k loosens the rotating member 2622 and rotates relative to the rotating member 2622
  • the second rotation direction S2 is opposite to the first rotation direction S1.
  • the second revolving body 268k is mounted on the first revolving body 266k, and the second revolving body 268k can be positioned between a first position and a second position relative to the first revolving body 266k around the preset axis O Rotating, the second position is on the side of the first position toward the first rotation direction S1, the second rotating body 268k is used to push the first rotating body 266k to rotate, and when the second rotating When the body 268k rotates to the first position, the second rotating body 268k can push the first rotating body 266k in the first rotating direction S1, and when the second rotating body 268k rotates to the second Position, the second rotating body 268k can push the first rotating body 266k in the second rotating direction S2, as shown in FIG.
  • the transmission assembly 260k connects the second revolving body 268k and the moving upright 24.
  • the second revolving body 268k rotates in the first rotation direction S1
  • the second revolving body 268k passes through the The transmission assembly 260k drives the moving vertical rod 24 to rise.
  • the first turning body 266k rotates in the second rotation direction S2
  • the second turning body 268k drives the moving vertical rod through the transmission assembly 260k 24 drops.
  • the handle 269k is fixedly mounted on the second rotating body 268k, and the hand wheel 269k and the second rotating body 268k can rotate together about the predetermined axis O relative to the first rotating body 266k.
  • the second rotating body 268k at the first position rotates in the first rotating direction S1
  • the second rotating body 268k pushes the first rotating body 266k to rotate
  • the first rotating body 266k presses the holding spring.
  • the holding spring 264k hugs the rotating member 2622, so that the second rotating body 268, the first rotating body 266k, the holding spring 264k and the rotating member 2622 rotate together relative to the fixed support 2620, and the second rotating body 268k faces the first
  • the rotation in the rotation direction S1 can drive the movable pole 24 to rise through the transmission assembly 260k.
  • the second rotating body 268 at the second position rotates in the second rotating direction S2
  • the second rotating body 268k pushes the first rotating body 266k to rotate
  • the first rotating body 266k squeezes the holding spring 264k
  • the holding spring 264k Loosen the rotating member 2622, so that the second rotating body 268k, the first rotating body 266k, and the wrap spring 264k rotate together relative to the rotating member 2620, and the second rotating body 268k rotates in the second rotation direction S2, which can be driven by the transmission assembly 260k
  • the moving pole 24 descends.
  • the moving upright 24 when the moving upright 24 has a downward trend, the moving upright 24 pulls the second rotating body 268k through the transmission assembly 260k, so that the second rotating body 268k has a tendency to rotate in the second rotation direction S2, and the The spring 264k abuts the second rotating body 268k to prevent the movable pole 24 from falling.
  • the driving mechanism 26 can drive the movable vertical rod 24 to rise and fall, while preventing the movable vertical rod 24 from falling.
  • the handwheel 269k can be replaced with a motor.
  • the transmission assembly 260k includes a traction rope 2600.
  • the traction rope 2600 may be a steel wire, one end of the traction rope 2600 is wound around the second revolving body 268 k, and the other end of the traction rope 2600 is fixedly installed on the movable pole 24.
  • By rotating the second rotating body 268k in the first rotating direction S1 one end of the towing rope 2600 is wound on the second rotating body 268k, thereby pulling the movable pole 24 relative to the fixed The pole 22 rises.
  • one end of the traction rope 2600 is unwound on the second rotating body 268k, and the movable pole 24 is relatively The fixed pole 22 descends.
  • the transmission assembly 260 is not limited to the form of the traction rope 2600.
  • the transmission assembly 260k includes a gear and a rack, and the gear is fixedly mounted on the first Two revolving bodies 268k, the rack is fixed to the movable pole 24, the gear is meshed with the rack, the gear and the second revolving body 268k can rotate together to drive the rack to rise Or down.
  • the transmission assembly 260k may also be a screw assembly, a sprocket assembly or a pulley assembly, etc., as long as the second rotating body 268k can rotate through the transmission assembly 260k to drive the movable pole 24 to rise or fall.
  • the transmission assembly 260k may further include a pulley 2602.
  • the pulley 2602 is installed on the top of the fixed pole 22, the pulley 2602 can rotate relative to the fixed pole 22 about its own rotation axis, and the other end of the traction rope 2600 is fixedly installed via the pulley 2602 On the movable pole 24, the pulley 2602 and the traction rope 2600 form a fixed pulley mechanism.
  • the pulley 2602 By providing the pulley 2602, the traction rope 2600 can be prevented from being worn out, and at the same time, the friction between the traction rope 2600 and the fixed pole 22 is reduced, so that the second rotating body 268k is easy to rotate.
  • the one-way rotating assembly 262k is a ratchet assembly, the rotating part 2622 is a ratchet, and the ratchet is an intermeshing ratchet as an example, the ratchet assembly also includes a pawl (not shown) and an elastic member (Picture not shown).
  • the ratchet wheel has a ring shape as a whole, a ratchet tooth is provided on one side of the ring of the ratchet wheel, and the ratchet wheel is sleeved on the fixed support 2620.
  • One end of the pawl is mounted on the fixed support 2620, the pawl can swing relative to the fixed support 2620, and the other end of the pawl is against the ratchet teeth of the ratchet wheel, and the elastic A member is provided between the pawl and the fixed support 2620, and the elastic member is used to provide elastic force for the pawl to abut against the ratchet tooth.
  • the one-way rotating assembly 262k is not limited to a ratchet assembly.
  • the one-way rotating assembly 262k may also be a chainring assembly, and the fixed support 2620 Is the first end gear, the rotating member 2622 is the second end gear, the gear assembly includes the first end gear, the second end gear and a compression spring, the second end gear The disc is meshed with the first end gear plate through ratchet teeth, and the compression spring presses the first end gear plate toward the second end gear plate so that the first end gear plate and the second end gear plate The end gear plate remains meshed, and the second end gear plate can only rotate relative to the first end gear plate in one rotation direction.
  • the one-way rotating component 262k can also be a roller backstop, as long as the one-way rotating component 262k can only rotate in one rotation direction.
  • the wrap spring 264k includes a spiral portion 2640 and an abutting portion.
  • the spiral portion 2640 has elasticity, the spiral portion 2640 spirals around the preset axis O, and the spiral portion 2640 sleeves and hugs the rotating member 2622.
  • the abutment portion is connected to and protrudes from the spiral portion 2640, and the first revolving body 266k is used for pressing the abutment portion.
  • the spiral part 2640 drives the rotating member 2622 to rotate, and when the first rotating body 266k faces the
  • the spiral portion 2640 loosens the rotating member 2622 and rotates relative to the rotating member 2622.
  • the second rotating body 268k rotates between the first position and the second position, and the second rotating body 268k rotates S2 in the second rotating direction, the abutting portion abuts The second rotating body 268k.
  • the holding spring 264k By pressing the abutting parts of the first and second rotating bodies 266k and 268k, it is easier to apply force to the holding spring 264k, such as pushing the holding spring 264k and the rotating part 2622, and for example, loosening the holding spring 264k and making the holding spring 264k. 264 loosens the rotating member 2622, and for example, presses against the second rotating body 268k.
  • connection mode of the first and second revolving bodies 266k, 268k and the wrap spring 264k is not limited to the form of the pressing abutting part. According to the actual situation, the first and second revolving bodies 266k, 268k can also be pulled and abutted. Therefore, the abutting portion is not limited to the protruding spiral portion 2640, or the first and second revolving bodies 266k, 268k can directly press the spiral portion 2640, then the abutting portion can also be omitted accordingly, as long as the first and second revolutions The bodies 266k and 268k squeeze the wrap spring 264k and deform the spiral part 2640, and the rotating member 2622 can be released.
  • the abutting portion includes a first abutting portion 2642 and a second abutting portion 2644.
  • the first abutment portion 2642 and the second abutment portion 2644 are both connected to and protrude from the spiral portion 2640, and the first rotating body 266k is used to squeeze the first abutment portion 2642 or the The second abutting portion 2644.
  • the spiral portion 2640 drives the rotating member 2622 to rotate, and when the first rotating body 2622 faces
  • the second rotation direction S2 squeezes the second abutting portion 2644 the spiral portion 2640 loosens the rotation member 2622 and rotates relative to the rotation member 2622.
  • the first abutting portion 2642 resists the second rotating body 268k to prevent the second rotating body 268k from continuing to rotate.
  • first and second contact portions 2642 and 2644 are the two leading ends of the spiral portion 2640. Since the spiral portion 2640 spirals in one rotation direction, the first rotating body 266k moves in the first rotation direction S1. Squeezing the first abutment portion 2642 or squeezing the second abutment portion 2644 in the second rotation direction S2 will deform the spiral portion 2640 and cause the spiral portion 2640 to loosen the rotating member 2622 or have a loosening rotating member 2622 the trend of.
  • the spiral part 2640 loosens the rotating part 2622 or has a tendency to loosen the rotating part 2622, depending on the pressure difference applied to the two fulcrums of the wrap spring 264k, one of which is the first and second abutment parts 2642 and 2644, and the other fulcrum It is a rotating member 2622, but because the resistance between the rotating member 2622 and the fixed support 2620 is relatively small, the pressure required to deform the spiral portion 2640 to loosen the rotating member 2622 is much greater than the resistance, so the spiral can be pushed in the first rotation direction S1
  • the part 2640 rotates with the rotating part 2622 relative to the fixed support 2620, and the spiral part 2640 is not easy to slip relative to the rotating part 2622.
  • the first abutting portion 2642 abuts the second revolving body 268k, that is, the second revolving body 268k presses the first abutting portion 2642 in the second rotation direction S2, and the deformation of the spiral portion 2640 will further hold the rotation member 2622.
  • the second abutting portion 2644 is located on a side of the first abutting portion 2642 facing the first rotation direction S1.
  • the first revolving body 266k includes a first revolving body 2660 and a stopper.
  • the first revolving body 2660 is mounted on the fixed support, and the first revolving body 2660 can rotate about the predetermined axis O relative to the fixed support 2620.
  • the first revolving body 2660 is provided with an arc-shaped gap 2662, the arc-shaped gap 2662 has a first end and a second end, and the arc-shaped gap 2662 is used for the second revolving body 268k to pass through.
  • the stop portion is provided on a side of the first revolving body 2660 facing the wrap spring 264k.
  • the spiral portion 2640 drives the rotating member 2622 to rotate, and when the stopping portion faces the second
  • the spiral portion 2640 loosens the rotation member 2622 and rotates relative to the rotation member 2622.
  • the stopper includes a first stopper 2664 and a second stopper 2666.
  • the first stop portion and the second stop portion are both provided on the side of the first rotating body 2660 facing the holding spring 264k, and the first stop portion 2664 is used to squeeze the first The abutting portion 2642, and the second stopping portion 2666 is used for pressing the second abutting portion 2644.
  • the spiral portion 2640 drives the rotating member 2622 to rotate, and when the second stop portion
  • 2666 presses the second abutting portion 2644 in the second rotation direction S2 the spiral portion 2640 loosens the rotation member 2622 and rotates relative to the rotation member 2622.
  • first abutment portion 2642 and the second abutment portion 2644 are both located at the first stop portion 2664 and the second stop portion in the first rotation direction S1 2666, and the first abutting portion 2642 is closer to the first stopping portion 2664, and the second abutting portion 2644 is closer to the second stopping portion 2666.
  • the arc-shaped gap 2662 is located between the first stop portion 2664 and the second stop portion 2666 in the first rotation direction S1, and the arc-shaped gap 2662 is more Close to the first stop 2664.
  • the first end is closer to the first stop 2664, and the second end is closer to the second stop 2666.
  • the second rotating body 268k includes a second rotating body and a limit rod 2680.
  • the second revolving body is installed on the first revolving body 266k, and the second revolving body can rotate about the predetermined axis O relative to the first revolving body 266k.
  • the limiting rod 2680 is provided on the side of the second rotating body facing the first rotating body 266k, the limiting rod 2680 passes through the arc-shaped gap 2662, and the limiting rod 2680 is positioned on the first rotating body 266k.
  • a rotation direction S1 is located between the first abutting portion 2642 and the second abutting portion 2644, and the limiting rod 2680 is used to push the first rotating body 266k to rotate.
  • the limiting rod 2680 When the second turning body rotates to the first position, the limiting rod 2680 is located at the first end, and the limiting rod 2680 can push the first turning in the first rotation direction S1 Body 266k, when the second rotating body rotates to the second position, the limit rod 2680 is located at the second end, and the limit rod 2680 can push the first rotation direction S2
  • the revolving body 266k when the second revolving body rotates between the first position and the second position, and the second revolving body rotates in the second rotation direction S2, the limit lever 2680 is located between the first end and the second end, and the first abutting portion 2642 abuts the limiting rod 2680.
  • the limit rod 2680 may include a first limit rod and a second limit rod, the first limit rod is located in the arc-shaped gap 2662, and the second limit rod Across the first rotating body 2660 and located between the first abutting portion 2642 and the second abutting portion 2644 in the first rotation direction S1, when the second rotating body rotates to the first position, the first limit lever Located at the first end, when the second rotating body rotates to the second position, the first limiting rod is located at the second end, and when the second rotating body rotates to the first position and the In the second position, the first limiting rod is located between the first end and the second end, and the first abutting portion 2642 abuts against the second limiting rod to hinder the second rotating body 266k Keep turning.
  • the second revolving body includes a rope shaft 2682 and a baffle.
  • the rope shaft body is installed on the first revolving body 266k, the rope shaft body is rotatable relative to the first revolving body 266k around the preset axis O, and one end of the traction rope 2600 is wound around the Rope body 2682.
  • the baffle is provided at the end of the rope shaft body 2682, and the cross-sectional size of the baffle is larger than the horizontal axis size of the rope shaft body 2682.
  • One end of the traction rope 2600 is limited to the rope shaft body 2682 through the baffle, so as to prevent the traction rope 2600 from being separated from the rope shaft body 2682.
  • the baffle includes a first baffle 2684 and a second baffle 2686.
  • the first baffle 2684 is provided at an end of the rope shaft 2682 close to the first revolving body 266k
  • the second baffle 2686 is provided at the end of the rope shaft 2682 away from the first revolving body 266k.
  • the cross-sectional size of the first baffle 2684 and the cross-sectional size of the second baffle 2686 are both larger than the cross-sectional size of the rope shaft 2682.
  • the handle 269k is fixedly installed on the second revolving body 268k, so that the handle 269k and the second revolving body 268k can rotate about the predetermined axis O together.
  • the second rotating body 268k can be easily rotated by the handle 269k.
  • the driving mechanism 26 is omitted, and the stand assembly 20 further includes a fastening mechanism 27 and an elastic body 28.
  • the fastening mechanism 27 may be installed at one end of the fixed vertical rod 22 for fixing the movable vertical rod 24 to the fixed vertical rod 22.
  • the fastening mechanism 27 includes a fastening ring 272 and a bolt 274.
  • the fastening ring 272 is sleeved on the fixed pole 22.
  • the fastening ring 272 can be formed by bending a metal strip. 274 is installed at both ends of the fastening ring 272.
  • the elastic body 28 is located in the fixed pole 22 and the movable pole 24, and the elastic body 28 is compressed between the bottom of the fixed pole 22 and the movable pole 24. According to requirements, the elastic body 28 can be connected to the movable pole 24 at a position at the bottom, top or middle of the movable pole 24. When the movable vertical rod moves to the bottom closest to the fixed vertical rod, the elastic body is in a compressed state. In this embodiment, the elastic body 28 is a compression spring. It can be understood that, in some other embodiments, the elastic body 28 may be other elastic elements, such as elastic pieces, pneumatic rods, hydraulic rods, and so on.
  • the bolt 274 When it is necessary to raise the movable vertical rod 24 relative to the fixed vertical rod 22, the bolt 274 is rotated so that the fastening ring 272 loosens the fixed vertical rod 22 and exerts upward force on the movable vertical rod 24.
  • the force can make the movable pole 24 rise along the length of the fixed pole 22, and the elastic force of the elastic body 28 can reduce the external force applied to the movable pole 24, for example, the external force applied by the operator.
  • the bolt 274 When the required position is reached, the bolt 274 is rotated to fasten the fixed upright 22 so that the movable upright 24 is fixed at the required position.
  • the bolt 274 When the movable pole 24 needs to be lowered relative to the fixed pole 22, the bolt 274 is rotated so that the fastening ring 272 loosens the fixed pole 22.
  • the movable vertical rod 24 Under the action of the gravity of the cross beam assembly 30, the movable vertical rod 24 can be caused to descend along the length direction of the fixed vertical rod 22. With the elastic force of the elastic body 28, the descending speed of the movable vertical rod 24 can be reduced to avoid The movable vertical rod 24 descends too fast and collides with the fixed vertical rod 24, thereby causing damage.
  • the fastening mechanism 27 may also have other structures, as long as the movable pole 24 can be fixed at a desired position.
  • the fastening mechanism 27 may be It is a screw that passes through the fixed pole 22 and is threadedly fitted with the fixed pole 22.
  • the screw is rotated The screw makes it abut the movable vertical rod 24 to fix the movable vertical rod 24 at a desired position. Rotate the screw to disengage the movable vertical rod 24, and the movable vertical rod 24 can move relative to the fixed vertical rod 22 along the length direction of the fixed vertical rod 22.
  • the fixed vertical pole can also be used as the inner pole, and the movable vertical pole is used as the external pole as required.
  • the driving mechanism is installed on the fixed vertical pole to drive the movable vertical pole along the length of the fixed vertical pole. The direction moves relative to the fixed pole.
  • the stand assembly 20b includes a fixed stand 22b, a movable stand 24b and a driving mechanism 26b.
  • One end of the fixed stand 22b is mounted on the base body 12.
  • the movable vertical rod 24b is sleeved on the fixed vertical rod 22b from the other end of the fixed vertical rod 22b, and the driving mechanism 26b passes through the movable vertical rod 24b and is installed on the fixed vertical rod 22b, It is used to drive the movable vertical rod 24b to move relative to the fixed vertical rod 22b along the length direction of the fixed vertical rod 22b.
  • the beam assembly 30 is installed on the top surface of the movable vertical rod 24b.
  • the movable vertical rod 24b is provided with a guide groove 240b, and the guide groove 240b is arranged along the length direction of the movable vertical rod 24b.
  • the driving mechanism 26b includes a gear bearing 260b, a screw rod 262b, a driving gear 264b and a handle 266b.
  • the handle 266b passes through the guide groove 240b and can slide along the guide groove 240b.
  • One end of the handle 266b is provided with a helical gear 268b, the helical gear 268b meshes with the driving gear 264b, and the helical gear 268b can rotate around the first rotation axis A1 to drive the driving gear 264b to rotate.
  • the driving gear 264b is sleeved on the screw rod 262b, and the driving gear 264b is threadedly engaged with the screw rod 262b.
  • the driving gear 264b can rotate around the second rotation axis A2 to drive the screw rod 262b along The second rotation axis A2 moves, the second rotation axis A1 coincides with the central axis of the screw rod 262b, and the first rotation axis A1 and the second rotation axis A2 are perpendicular to and intersect each other.
  • the top end of the screw rod 262b is fixed to the top of the movable vertical rod 24b for driving the movable vertical rod 24b to move relative to the fixed vertical rod 22b along the length direction of the fixed vertical rod 22b.
  • the gear bearing 260b is sleeved on the drive gear 264b, and the gear bearing 260b is fixed to the inner wall of the fixed pole 22b.
  • the drive gear 264b can only rotate about the second rotation axis A2 relative to the gear bearing 260b
  • the driving gear 264b cannot move relative to the gear bearing 260b along the second rotation axis A2.
  • the helical gear 268b, the gear bearing 260b, the driving gear 264b and the screw rod 262b are all located in the fixed upright 22b.
  • Rotating the handle 266b causes the helical gear 268b to rotate about the first rotation axis A1 to drive the driving gear 268b to rotate about the second rotation axis A2 relative to the gear bearing 260b.
  • the driving gear 264b is threadedly engaged with the screw rod 262b.
  • the screw rod 262b can be driven to move along the second rotation axis A2, thereby driving the moving vertical rod 24b moves relative to the fixed upright 22b along the length direction of the fixed upright 22b.
  • the driving mechanism may also be provided with a gear stop mechanism, for example, a pawl stop device, etc., so that the movable pole can be stopped at a required position.
  • a gear stop mechanism for example, a pawl stop device, etc.
  • the beam assembly 30 includes a first support rod 31, the left cross beam portion 32, a second support rod 33, the right cross beam portion 34, a mounting seat 35, the connection Section 36, adjustment mechanism 37 and joint mechanism 39.
  • the function of the first supporting rod 31 and the second supporting rod 33 is to lift the target to prevent it from falling, especially when the target area is large and the weight is large.
  • One end of the first supporting rod 31 can be pivotally connected to the left cross beam portion 32 through a hinge mechanism, a hinge mechanism, etc., and the first supporting rod 31 can rotate relative to the left cross beam portion 32 to It expands to be perpendicular to the left cross beam portion 32, and can also be engaged with the left cross beam portion 32 and parallel to the left cross beam portion 32.
  • the first supporting rod 31 includes a first supporting rod body 310 and a first supporting member 312. One end of the first supporting rod body 310 is hinged to the left beam portion 32, and the other of the first supporting rod body 310 The first supporting member 312 is installed at one end.
  • the first supporting member 312 is substantially cylindrical, which is perpendicular to the first supporting rod body 310.
  • the outer wall of the first supporting member 312 is provided with an annular first positioning mechanism 3120.
  • the first positioning mechanism 3120 may be Positioning structures such as card slots and bumps.
  • the side wall of the first supporting rod body 310 is provided with a first slot (not shown).
  • the second supporting rod 33 includes a second supporting rod body 330 and a second supporting member 332.
  • One end of the second supporting rod body 330 is hinged to the right beam portion 34, and the other of the second supporting rod body 330
  • the second supporting member 332 is installed at one end.
  • the second supporting member 332 is substantially cylindrical, which is perpendicular to the second supporting rod body 330.
  • the outer wall of the second supporting member 332 is provided with an annular second positioning mechanism 3320.
  • the second positioning mechanism 3320 may be For positioning structures such as the slot and the protrusion, the first positioning mechanism 3120 and the second positioning mechanism 3320 are located on the same plane.
  • the side wall of the second supporting rod body 330 is provided with a second slot 3300.
  • the first supporting member 312 and the second supporting member 332 extend in the same direction.
  • the first bracket 312 and the second bracket 332 can be used to jointly support a calibration element, such as a large target board (usually a large pattern board) .
  • the left cross beam portion 32 is provided with a first block 320 and a first guide rail 322.
  • the first clamping block 320 and the first supporting rod 31 are both connected to the same side of the left cross beam portion 32.
  • the first clamping block 320 is clamped into the first slot to clamp the first supporting rod 31 to the left cross beam portion 32.
  • the first guide rail 322 is arranged on the other side of the left cross beam portion 32, the first guide rail 322 is arranged parallel to the left cross beam portion 32, and the first guide rail 322 is used to mount a hanger to mount a calibration element, For example, a calibration target, a mirror, a laser, etc. are mounted, and the pendant can slide along the first guide rail 322.
  • the right cross beam portion 34 is provided with a second block 340 and a second guide rail 342.
  • the second clamping block 340 and the second supporting rod 33 are both connected to the same side of the right cross beam portion 34.
  • the second clamping block The 340 is clamped into the second slot 3300 to clamp the second supporting rod 33 to the right cross beam portion 34.
  • the second guide rail 342 is arranged on the other side of the right cross beam part 34, the second guide rail 342 is arranged in parallel with the right cross beam part 34, and the second guide rail 342 is used to mount a hanger to mount the calibration element, For example, a mirror is mounted, and the pendant can slide along the second guide rail 342.
  • the first guide rail 322 and the second guide rail 342 are arranged symmetrically with respect to the connecting portion 36, and the left cross beam portion 32 and the right cross beam portion 34 are also arranged symmetrically with respect to the connecting portion 36.
  • the first guide rail 322, the second guide rail 342, the left cross beam portion 32 and the right cross beam portion 34 are all arranged horizontally.
  • the first positioning mechanism 3120 and the second positioning mechanism 3320 are located on the same vertical surface, and are used to clamp the bottom end of the target plate together.
  • the positions of the first locking block 320 and the first slot can be interchanged, that is, the first locking block 320 is installed on the first supporting rod body 310,
  • the first card slot is provided in the left beam portion 32; similarly, the positions of the second card block 340 and the second card slot 3300 can also be exchanged, that is, the second card block 340 is installed in
  • the second supporting rod body 330 and the second slot 3300 are provided in the right cross beam portion 34.
  • the first slot and the second slot 3300 are recessed in the corresponding beam portion.
  • first guide rail 322 and the second guide rail 342 may be provided on other surfaces of the beam, such as the top surface.
  • the first guide rail 322 and the second guide rail 342 do not need to be provided, and the calibration element can be directly hung on the crossbeam using a hook or the like.
  • the first guide rail 322 and the second guide rail 342 can also have other forms, which are not limited to those shown in the figure. For example, they can be one or more groove lines arranged on the top surface of the beam, and can be formed by the outer wall of the beam itself. The groove line does not need to install additional rails.
  • the number of the support rods is not limited by the foregoing embodiment.
  • the target located at the approximate center of the beam assembly 30 can also be lifted well.
  • the supporting rod can also be set in the corresponding position for lifting.
  • the number of supporting rods can also be greater than two.
  • the supporting rod can also be arranged on a supporting rod guide (not shown in the figure), which is arranged on the side or bottom surface of the beam assembly 30, so that the supporting rod can move along the assembled beam assembly 30 to Lift targets that may be in different positions in the right position.
  • the support rod can also be clamped to the beam assembly 30 by means of a clamping block and a slot.
  • the limiting structure 3303 (see Figure 16) used for limiting can also be retained on the guide rail.
  • the connecting portion 36 of the beam is sleeved in the mounting seat 35, and the first surface 360 of the connecting portion 36 is recessed with positioning holes 3604.
  • the number of positioning holes 3604 is preferably two, and two positioning holes 3604 is arranged along the length direction of the connecting portion 36.
  • a positioning mechanism adapted to the positioning hole 3604, such as a positioning post 3524, is provided (see FIG. 22).
  • the connecting portion 36 and the mounting seat 35 can also be provided with other types of positioning mechanisms, for example, a positioning slot 3564 is provided on the mounting seat 35, and a corresponding positioning mechanism (not shown in the figure) is provided at the corresponding position of the connecting portion 36 ⁇ ), in order to more conveniently and accurately place the connecting portion 36 of the beam to the predetermined position of the mounting seat 35.
  • the connecting portion 36 is provided with a fixing groove 3620, a fixing surface 3624 is provided in the fixing groove 3620, and the fixing groove 3620 is used in conjunction with the fixing rod 354 in FIG. 18 to fix the beam assembly in the installation Seat 35.
  • the fixing groove 3620 is provided so that the fixing surface 3624 and the bottom surface of the mounting seat 35 are at a certain angle.
  • the fixing groove 3620 may be arranged between the second surface 362 and the top surface of the beam, wherein the second surface 362 is arranged parallel to the first surface 360, and the fixing surface 3624 is connected to the first surface 360 and the second surface 362.
  • An included angle, for example, the fixing surface 3624 and the first surface 360 and the second surface 362 are set at 45 degrees, or set at 30 degrees or 60 degrees.
  • the left beam portion 32, the right beam portion 34, and the connecting portion 36 are all square-shaped, which can reduce the weight of the calibration bracket 100 and make the connecting portion 36 easy to be firmly sheathed In the adjustment mechanism 38.
  • the left beam portion 32, the right beam portion 34, and the connecting portion 36 may also be pipes of other shapes, special-shaped materials or rods, etc., for example, they may be polygonal or circular. Pipe or rod.
  • the fixing groove 3620 can be arranged at a position where the fixing surface 3624 and the bottom surface of the mounting seat 35 can be at a certain angle.
  • the mounting seat 35 is used to sleeve the connecting portion 36.
  • the mounting base 35 includes a fixing member 352, a fixing rod 354 and a mounting shell 356.
  • the mounting seat 35 may be provided on the adjusting mechanism 37, so that the mounting seat 35 can be rotated relative to the stand assembly 20 around the adjusting rotation axis L under the adjustment of the adjusting mechanism 37 to adjust The horizontal angle of the mounting base 35 and the beam assembly 30.
  • the adjustment mechanism 37 and the mounting seat are arranged in an up-and-down relationship, so as to facilitate the removal and installation of the beam from above while realizing horizontal angle adjustment.
  • the adjustment rotation axis L is arranged parallel to the fixed upright rod 22 and the movable upright rod 24, that is, when the calibration bracket 100 is placed on a horizontal plane, the adjustment rotation axis L is arranged vertically.
  • the mounting base 35 is provided with a notch 350 for facilitating putting the connecting part 36 into the mounting base 35 or removing the connecting part 36 from the mounting base 35.
  • the holding member 352 is generally hook-shaped to facilitate holding the connecting portion 36.
  • One end of the holding member 352 is fixedly connected to the mounting shell 356, for example, mounted on the upper surface or side of the mounting shell 356, and the other end surrounds and grasps the connecting portion 36 of the beam assembly 20, leaving a gap 350.
  • the holder 352 may have the shape shown in FIG. 18, of course, it may also have other shapes, such as circular hook shape, other polygonal hook shape, circular ring and polygonal hook shape, as long as it can realize the connection part 36 The stable control is sufficient.
  • the “substantially hook-shaped” mentioned here means that the holding member 352 can extend from a certain angle and a certain length, so as to support and hold the connecting portion 36.
  • the holding member 352 and the mounting shell 356 surround a mounting channel for receiving the connecting portion 36.
  • the installation channel communicates with the gap 350.
  • the inner surface of the holding member 352 is provided with positioning posts 3524, and the two positioning posts 3524 are located in the installation channel and are used to insert the two positioning holes 3604 (see FIG. 16) to facilitate the
  • the connecting portion 36 is positioned in the installation channel.
  • the function of the positioning hole 3604 is to further reduce any displacement of the beam assembly 20 relative to the mounting seat 35 in the horizontal direction during calibration.
  • the positioning post 3524 may also be arranged on the upper surface of the mounting shell 356 or on both the upper surface of the mounting shell 356 and the inner surface of the holder 352.
  • the “positioning post” herein includes round, square, and long positioning posts
  • the “positioning hole” includes round, square, and long positioning holes.
  • the positioning posts and the positioning holes are roughly point-shaped, there are preferably at least two positioning posts 3524 along the length direction of the connecting portion 36 to ensure that the connecting portion 36 does not shift along the length direction.
  • the positioning post and the positioning hole are roughly elongated, only one pair of the positioning post and the positioning hole can be used. It is understandable that in some other embodiments, the positions of the positioning hole 3604 and the positioning post 3524 can be interchanged, that is, the positioning hole 3604 is opened in the holding member 352 and is connected to the mounting The channels are connected, and the positioning column 3524 is disposed on the first surface 360 (see FIG. 16).
  • the fixing rod 354 is disposed on the holding member 352, which includes a knob and at least a section of screw, and cooperates with the thread of the holding member 352, when the connecting portion 36 is sleeved on the mounting seat At 35 o'clock, the central axis of the fixed rod 354 is perpendicular to the fixed surface 3624 at the beam connecting portion 36. Rotating the fixed rod 354 can make the fixed rod 354 abut the fixed surface 3624, so that the beam
  • the connecting portion 36 of the assembly 30 is fixed to the mounting seat 35, or by rotating the fixing rod 354, the fixing rod 354 can be separated from the fixing surface 3624, and the connecting portion 36 can be removed from the fixing surface 3624 through the notch 350
  • the mounting base 35 is removed.
  • the fixing surface 3624 and the bottom surface (ie, the horizontal plane) of the mounting base 35 are at a certain angle
  • the fixing rod 354 and the bottom surface of the mounting base 35 are at a certain angle, the angle being greater than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees.
  • the angle is approximately 45 degrees, and may also be approximately 30 degrees, 60 degrees, or any other angle between 0-90 degrees.
  • only one fixing rod 354 can be used to apply a pressing force to the connecting portion 36 toward the bottom surface and a side surface of the mounting seat, which is the side opposite to the extension direction of the fixing rod 354, thereby achieving
  • the fixing seat is highly stable to fix the connecting portion 36, and the beam assembly can be easily disassembled and assembled.
  • the mounting base 35 may have other structures, for example, a notch may not necessarily be maintained.
  • a baffle or the like can be used to block the notch.
  • the connecting portion 36 can also be installed in other ways.
  • the mounting base 35 can be a complete ring structure with no gaps for inserting the beam. At this time, the beam can be assembled first, and then the mounting base 35 can be inserted.
  • the fixing rod 354 is used to tighten and fix the beam.
  • the bottom surface or side surface of the mounting seat 35 pressed by the connecting portion 36 may be arc-shaped or other irregular shapes.
  • the fixing rod 354 can also be used to press the connecting portion 36 on these surfaces.
  • the fixed rod may be in line contact with these surfaces instead of surface contact, but it will not affect the pressing effect.
  • the surface of the mounting base 35 facing away from the notch 350 can also be used to mount a calibration element, for example, a multi-line laser 200 (see FIG. 1 and FIG. 5).
  • the multi-line laser 200 and the recess 122 on the base 12 are located on the same side of the surface of the mounting seat 35 facing away from the notch 350.
  • the mounting shell 356 is generally a cube with an opening on one side.
  • the adjusting mechanism 37 is disposed in the opening of the mounting shell 356.
  • the mounting shell 356 defines a threaded hole 3562, and a mounting post 3560 is provided in the mounting shell 356.
  • the adjusting mechanism 37 includes a supporting shaft 371, a first elastic member 372, a rotating member 373, a bearing seat 374, a base 375 and an adjusting rod 376.
  • the adjustment mechanism 37 is used to adjust the angle of the beam assembly 20 in the horizontal direction (ie, the yaw angle).
  • the supporting shaft 371 is received in the mounting shell 356 and fixedly installed on the inner wall of the mounting shell 356.
  • the central axis of the support shaft 371 coincides with the adjustment rotation axis L.
  • first elastic member 372 is fixed to the mounting post 3560, and the other end of the first elastic member 372 is fixed to the rotating member 373.
  • the first elastic member 372 is a tension spring.
  • the rotating member 373 is substantially a cube, one end of which is provided with a protrusion 3732, and the protrusion 3732 and the first elastic member 372 are located on opposite sides of the rotating member 373, respectively.
  • the rotating member 373 is sleeved on the bearing seat 374.
  • the bearing seat 374 is fixedly installed on a surface of the base 375, and the central axis of the bearing seat 374 coincides with the adjustment rotation axis L.
  • the rotating member 373 is fixedly installed on the base 375 and sleeved on the bearing seat 374.
  • One end of the supporting shaft 371 is inserted into the bearing housing 374, so that the supporting shaft 371 and the mounting shell 356 can be relative to the rotating member 373, the bearing housing 374 and the base 375 together about the adjustment rotation axis L Rotate.
  • the base 375 is used to be installed on the movable pole 24, and the movable pole 24 can drive the base 375 to rise or fall.
  • the base 375 is a cube, and the base 375 covers the opening of the mounting shell 356.
  • the supporting shaft 371, the first elastic member 372 and the rotating member 373 are all contained in a cavity formed by the mounting shell 356 and the base 375.
  • the "cube” in this specification includes a thin plate shape.
  • the adjusting rod 376 is installed in the threaded hole 3562, and the adjusting rod 376 is rotated so that the adjusting rod 376 abuts the protrusion 3732, pushing the mounting seat 35 relative to the adjusting rotation axis L
  • the rotating member 373 and the base 375 rotate to adjust the horizontal angle of the mounting seat 35 and the connecting portion 36, and the first elastic member 372 is stretched.
  • Rotate the adjusting rod 376 in the opposite rotation direction the mounting seat 35 is pulled by the first elastic member 372 around the adjusting rotation axis L to rotate and reset relative to the rotating member 373 and the base 375.
  • the base 375 may be omitted, and the rotating member 373 and the bearing seat 374 may be directly fixedly mounted on the top surface of the movable pole 24.
  • the aforementioned adjustment mechanism 37 can be selectively used.
  • the mounting shell 356 of the mounting seat 35 can be eliminated, and the holding member 352 is mounted on the top surface of the movable pole 24 or other additional mounting surfaces.
  • the holding member 352 may also extend to form a bottom surface and surround the lower surface of the connecting portion 36 of the beam assembly 30, that is, the holding member 352 may have a bottom surface which is mounted on the mounting shell 356.
  • a cam handle 354a as shown in FIG. 20 can be used.
  • the cam handle 354a is mounted on the holder 352, and the cam handle 354a can be rotated relative to the holder 352 to make the cam handle 354a abut
  • the fixing surface 3624 allows the cam handle 354a to press the connecting portion 36 on the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat 35, or to disengage the cam handle 354a from the fixing surface 3624, so that the connecting portion 36 can be removed from the mounting seat 35.
  • the cam handle 354a includes a cam portion 3542a and a handle 3544a.
  • the handle 3544a is connected to one end of the cam portion 3542a.
  • the cam portion 3542a is provided with a shaft hole 3540a, a rotating shaft is used to pass through the shaft hole 3540a, and both ends of the rotating shaft are fixed to the holding member 352, so that the cam handle 354 can rotate around the rotating shaft.
  • the cam portion 3542a is a disc cam, which is a disc-shaped member that rotates around a rotation axis and has a variable diameter. It can rotate around the rotation axis in the first rotation direction to abut against the fixed surface 3624, or it can rotate along the second rotation direction. The rotation shaft rotates to deviate from the fixed surface 3624, and the first rotation direction is opposite to the second rotation direction.
  • the cam handle 354 presses the beam on the mounting seat from a direction at a predetermined angle to the horizontal.
  • the angle can be predetermined.
  • the predetermined pressing angle can be calculated.
  • the contact surface of the cam portion 3542a and the connecting portion 36 is also arranged at a certain angle to the horizontal direction, and the angle of the contact surface is adapted to the aforementioned pressing angle, which can improve the pressing effect. Since the compaction does not require a very precise angle, "fitting" only requires that both of them are at an obvious angle to the horizontal.
  • the pressing angle may be 30 degrees, 45 degrees or 60 degrees, and the angle of the contact surface may also be a similar angle.
  • cam handle 354a is not limited to directly pressing the beam on the mounting seat 35, and the cam handle 354a can also cooperate with other movable members to press the beam on the mounting seat 35.
  • the fixing mechanism further includes a limit rod 356a and a compression spring 358a.
  • the limiting rod 355 is installed on the holding member 352, and the limiting rod 356a is movable relative to the holding member 352, the moving direction of the limiting rod 356a is substantially perpendicular to the horizontal direction, and the limiting rod 356a One end of the rod 356a abuts on the cam portion 3542a.
  • the cam handle 354a rotates relative to the holding member 352
  • the limiting rod 356a is driven to move relative to the holding member 352, as shown in FIG.
  • the holding member 352 is provided with a sliding groove 353a, the length of the sliding groove 353a is substantially perpendicular to the horizontal direction, and the limiting rod 356a penetrates the sliding groove 353a.
  • the sliding groove 353a includes a communicating square groove 3530a and a circular groove 3532a.
  • the end of the limit rod 356a abutting the cam portion 3542a is closer to the circular groove 3532a, and the limit rod 356a is used for The other end of the beam is pressed closer to the square groove 3530a.
  • the inner wall of the sliding groove 353a is provided with an annular stop 3534a, and the annular stop 3534a is located between the square groove 3530a and the circular groove 3532a.
  • the limiting rod 356a is sleeved on the annular stop 3532a.
  • One end of the limiting rod 356a is provided with a limiting portion 3560a, and the other end of the limiting rod 356a is provided with a pressing portion 3562a.
  • One end of the limiting rod 356a abuts against the cam portion 3542a through the limiting portion 356a.
  • the cross-sectional size of the limiting portion 356a is larger than the cross-sectional size of the circular groove 3532a.
  • the cross section of the pressing portion 3562a is rectangular, and the pressing portion 3562a fits the square groove 3530a, which limits the rotational freedom of the limit rod 356a, so that the limit rod 356 is only It can move relative to the holding portion 352.
  • the pressing portion 3562a has a pressing inclined surface 3563a and a pressing flat surface 3564a.
  • the pressing inclined surface is perpendicular to the direction of the first angle, that is, the pressing inclined surface 3563a is inclined with respect to the bottom surface of the mounting seat 35, and the other end of the limit rod 356a passes through the pressing inclined surface 3563a. The beam is pressed tightly on the mounting seat 35.
  • the pressing plane 3564a is along the horizontal direction, that is, the pressing plane 3564a is parallel to the bottom surface of the mounting seat 35, and the other end of the limit rod 356a passes through the pressing inclined surface 3563a and the pressing The flat surface 3564a is pressed together on the mounting seat 35, which improves the abutment between the other end of the limit rod 356a and the cross beam more stably.
  • the compression spring 358a is used to keep one end of the limiting rod 356a in contact with the cam portion 3542a.
  • the compression spring 358a is sleeved on the limit rod 356a, the compression spring 358a is received in the circular groove 3532a, and the compression spring 358a abuts against the annular stop 3534a and the limit rod. Between 3560a.
  • the compression spring 358a can be replaced with other elastic structures.
  • a pneumatic cylinder is provided in the limit rod 356a, so that the limit rod 356a itself can be elastically stretched, as long as one end of the limit rod 356a can be It is sufficient to keep in contact with the cam portion 3542a.
  • the fixing mechanism can also press the beam on the mounting seat from a direction at a preset angle to the horizontal in other ways.
  • the fixing mechanism itself can be used to apply a vertical downward force, but is arranged at The stress surface on the beam or fixedly connected to the beam (corresponding to the "contact surface” in the above embodiment) is at a certain angle to the horizontal, and the fixing mechanism can also press the beam from a direction at a preset angle to the horizontal Tightly on the mounting seat.
  • the fixing mechanism can also press the beam on the mounting seat from a direction at a preset angle to the horizontal in other ways.
  • the fixing mechanism itself can be used to apply a vertical downward force, but is arranged at The stress surface on the beam or fixedly connected to the beam (corresponding to the "contact surface” in the above embodiment) is at a certain angle to the horizontal, and the fixing mechanism can also press the beam from a direction at a preset angle to the horizontal Tightly on the mounting seat.
  • the adjusting mechanism 37a includes an adjusting worm 370a and an adjusting worm gear 372a.
  • the adjusting worm 370a passes through the base 375, and the adjusting worm 370a is installed on the base 375 and can rotate about its central axis relative to the base 375.
  • the adjusting worm 370a includes a worm thread 374a.
  • the adjusting worm gear 372a is fixed to the mounting shell 356 and is located in the cavity formed by the mounting shell 356 and the base 375.
  • the adjusting worm gear 372a includes worm gear teeth 376a, and the worm gear teeth 376a mesh with worm threads 374a. .
  • the adjusting worm 370a is horizontally disposed, and the rotation center line of the adjusting worm wheel 372a is vertically disposed.
  • the worm thread 374a drives the worm gear tooth 376a to rotate, so that the adjusting worm wheel 372a rotates around its rotation center line to drive the mounting shell 356 of the mounting seat 35 to rotate, thereby adjusting the horizontal angle of the beam assembly 30.
  • the positions of the adjusting worm 370a and the adjusting worm gear 372a can be interchanged, that is, the adjusting worm gear 372a can be fixed to the base 375, and the adjusting worm 370a passes through the mounting shell 356.
  • the number of the joint mechanisms 39 is two, one of the joint mechanisms 39 is connected between the left cross beam portion 32 and the connecting portion 36, and the other joint mechanism 39 is connected to the Between the right beam portion 34 and the connecting portion 36.
  • the joint mechanism 39 is fixed in the wall tubes of the left cross beam portion 32, the right cross beam portion 34 and the connecting portion 36.
  • the joint mechanism 39 is fixed outside the wall tubes of the left cross beam portion 32, the right cross beam portion 34, and the connecting portion 36, and is connected to the left cross beam by means of, for example, clamping, screws, or bonding.
  • the cross section of the wall pipe of the part 32, the right cross beam part 34 and the connecting part 36 are connected.
  • the joint mechanism 39 includes a first fixing member 391, a second fixing member 396, a first rotating shaft 397, a locking member 392, a second rotating shaft 393, a second elastic member 394 and a locking mechanism 395.
  • the first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 are hingedly connected together by a first rotating shaft 397.
  • the first fixing member 391 is approximately a cube, one end of which is hinged to one end of the second fixing member 396.
  • the first fixing member 391 defines a first through hole 3910.
  • the locking member 392 is received in the first through hole 3910, the second rotating shaft 393 passes through the middle of the locking member 392, and both ends of the second rotating shaft 393 are respectively mounted on the first fixing Pieces 391 of the side wall.
  • the buckle 392 can rotate around the second shaft 393, one end of the buckle 392 has a hook 3922, and one end of the second elastic member 394 abuts the other end of the buckle 392 , The other end of the second elastic member 394 abuts the inner wall of the first fixing member 391.
  • the second elastic member 394 is a compression spring for restoring elastic deformation to push the locking member 392 to rotate around the second rotating shaft 393.
  • the locking mechanism 395 is a screw, which includes a knob and at least a section of screw. One end of the locking mechanism 395 passes through the first fixing member 391 from the outside of the first fixing member 391 to resist the buckle 392.
  • the locking mechanism 395 and the second elastic member 394 are located on the same side of the central axis of the second rotating shaft 393, and the hook portion 3922 is located on the other side of the central axis of the second rotating shaft 393.
  • the second fixing member 396 is also roughly a cube, and a second through hole 3960 is opened.
  • the inner wall of the second through hole 3960 is provided with a protrusion 3962.
  • the first fixing member 391 is fixed inside the connecting portion 36
  • the second fixing member 396 is fixed inside the left cross beam portion 32 or the right cross beam portion 34, so that the left cross beam portion 32 or the right cross beam portion 34 can be engaged with the connecting portion 36.
  • the first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 are closed, the first fixing member 391 is in contact with the second fixing member 396, and the first through hole 3910 communicates with the second through hole 3960.
  • the hook portion 3922 is buckled on the locking protrusion 3962, and the locking mechanism 395 is rotated so that the locking mechanism 395 presses the locking member 392, so that the The hook portion 3922 is further locked to the locking protrusion 3962, so that the left cross beam portion 32 or the right cross beam portion 34 is stably deployed relative to the connecting portion 36.
  • the hook portion 3922 can be conveniently buckled on the hook 3962, so that the hook portion 3922 and the hook 3962 are pre-buckled, and then The locking mechanism 395 presses the locking member 392 so that the hook portion 3922 is further locked to the locking protrusion 3962.
  • the locking mechanism 395 can press against other parts of the buckle 392, so that the hook portion 3922 is further locked to the protrusion 3962, as long as the lever with the second shaft 393 as the fulcrum loses rotation
  • the locking mechanism 395 can press the hook 3922 from the lower part of the hook 3922.
  • the hook 3922 can be appropriately lengthened so that the lower part of the second fixing member 396 can be provided with The locking mechanism 395 of the hook part 3922.
  • first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 can be interchanged, that is, the first fixing member 391 is fixed to the left beam portion 32 or the right Inside the beam part 34, the second fixing member 396 is fixed inside the connecting part 36.
  • first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 may also be integrally formed with the inner wall of the left cross beam portion 32, the right cross beam portion 34 or the connecting portion 36, that is, the first fixing member 391 and the The second fixing member 396 may be a part of the inner wall of the left cross beam portion 32, the right cross beam portion 34 or the connecting portion 36.
  • the first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396, the first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 may not be connected together by a first shaft, and the two are not connected, but left
  • the outer wall of the cross beam portion 32 or the right cross beam portion 34 and the connecting portion 36 are connected together by an additional rotating shaft, which can also realize a pivotable connection between the left cross beam portion 32 or the right cross beam portion 34 and the connecting portion 36.
  • the relative position between the second elastic member 394 and the locking mechanism 395 and the second rotating shaft 393 can be changed, that is, the second elastic member 394 can be closer to the second rotating shaft 393 than the locking mechanism 395, as long as the The locking member 392 can lock the locking protrusion 3962.
  • FIGS. 27 and 28 shows a second embodiment of the structure of the joint mechanism 39a.
  • the joint mechanism 39a provided by this second embodiment is basically the same as the joint mechanism 39 in the above embodiment, except that one end of the buckle 392a is provided with a hook 3922a and a protrusion 3924a, and the two hooks 3922a are located at the same place.
  • the inner wall of the second through hole 3960 is provided with a latch 3962a, the number of the latch 3962a is two, and the position of each latch 3962a corresponds to a corresponding one of the hook
  • the position of the part 3922a corresponds.
  • the knob 395 is replaced with a button 395a, and the button 395a is mounted on the second fixing member 396.
  • the second elastic member 394 is a compression spring compressed between the first fixing member 391 and the locking member 392a.
  • the first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 When the first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 are closed, the first fixing member 391 is in contact with the second fixing member 396, the first through hole 3910 is in communication with the second through hole 3960, and the The second elastic member 394 is pressed against the locking member 392a, so that the two hook portions 3922a are respectively fastened to the two locking protrusions 3962a, and the first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 are fastened to each other , So that the left cross-beam portion 32 or the right cross-beam portion 34 is expanded relative to the connecting portion 36.
  • the button 395a When the button 395a is pressed, the button 395a pushes the protrusion 3924a to push the buckle 392a to rotate around the second shaft 393, the hook portion 3922a separates from the protrusion 3962a, so The second elastic member 394 is further compressed. At this time, the first fixing member 391 can rotate relative to the second fixing member 396, so that the first fixing member 391 is separated from the second fixing member 396, so that the The left cross beam portion 32 or the right cross beam portion 34 can rotate relative to the connecting portion 36 to fold the cross beam assembly 30.
  • a locking mechanism 50 may be provided on the beam of the calibration bracket 100, for example, a buckle structure 50.
  • One buckle structure 50 is connected between the left beam portion 32 and the connecting portion 36, and the other buckle The structure 50 is connected between the right cross beam portion 34 and the connecting portion 36.
  • Each of the buckle structures 50 includes a first buckle 52 and a second buckle 54.
  • the connecting portion 36 is provided with a first fastener 52, one end of the first fastener 52 is hinged to the connecting portion 36, and the first fastener 52 is hinged to one end of the connecting portion 36
  • a flip part 522 is provided, the other end of the first fastener 52 is provided with a hook rod 524, a second fastener 54 is provided on the left beam part 32 or the right beam part 34, and the second fastener
  • the fastener 54 is provided with a buckle portion 544.
  • the hinge joint of the left cross beam portion 32 or the right cross beam portion 34 and the connecting portion 36 is located on one side of the connecting portion 36, and the first fastener 52 and the second fastener 54 are located on the connecting portion 36 on the other side.
  • the left cross beam portion 32 and the right cross beam portion 34 are expanded relative to the connecting portion 36, the left cross beam portion 32 and the right cross beam portion 34 respectively contact the connecting portion 36, and the hook rod 524 is fastened to The buckle portion 544. Pulling the pulling portion 522, the hook rod 524 is separated from the buckle portion 544, the first buckle member 52 and the second buckle member 54 can be separated, so that the left beam portion 32 or the right The beam portion 34 can be folded relative to the connecting portion 36.
  • the positions of the first fastener 52 and the second fastener 54 can be interchanged, that is, the first fastener 52 is disposed on the left beam portion 32 or the right cross beam portion 34, the second fastener 54 is disposed on the connecting portion 36.
  • the first buckle 52 and the second buckle 54 can be used in conjunction with the joint mechanism 39, that is, there are joint mechanisms in the inner wall of the left beam portion 32, the right beam portion 34, and the connecting portion 36 at this time. 39.
  • the first buckle 52 and the second buckle 54 can also be used separately, that is, there is no joint mechanism 39 in the inner wall of the left beam portion 32, the right beam portion 34, and the connecting portion 36 at this time.
  • hinges are added at the positions where connection between the left cross beam portion 32, the right cross beam portion 34 and the connecting portion 36 needs to be connected.
  • the advantage of using a locking mechanism such as the buckle 50 and the joint mechanism 39 at the same time is that the buckle 50 can provide temporary fastening between the beam components.
  • the beam of the calibration bracket 100 is generally relatively long, the left and right beam portions 32 and 34 are usually designed to be relatively long, so they are relatively heavy. If it is necessary to lift the left cross-beam portion 32 or the right cross-beam portion 34 while operating the locking mechanism 50 between it and the connecting portion 36, it is very inconvenient for an operator.
  • the presence of the buckle 50 solves this problem, so that the operator does not need to lift the left beam portion 32 or the right beam portion 34, and then lock the components of the beam by operating the locking mechanism, so that both ends of the beam can carry a heavier load. Calibration components.
  • the embodiments provided in this specification are not the only implementation manner.
  • the spring, rotating shaft and other structures described in the embodiment are not needed, and temporary buckling can also be achieved.
  • the locking mechanism 395b includes a mounting support 3950b, a locking cam handle 3952b, a top post 3954b and a third elastic member 3956b.
  • the mounting support 3950b is mounted on the first fixing member 391
  • the locking cam handle 3952b is mounted on the mounting support 3950b
  • the locking cam handle 3952b can rotate relative to the mounting support 3950b to drive the top column 3954b
  • the fastening member 392 is pressed tightly, so that the first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 are fastened.
  • the locking cam handle 3952b has the same structure as the cam handle 354a shown in FIG. 20 and FIG.
  • the top post 3954b passes through the first fixing member 391, one end of which is used to abut against the locking cam handle 3952b, and the other end is used to abut against the buckle 392b.
  • the third elastic member 3956b is a compression spring, which is sleeved on the top column 3954b. One end of the third elastic member 3956b is fixed to the top column 3954b, and the other end abuts against the fastener 392.
  • the locking mechanism 395 in FIGS. 24, 25, and 26, and the button 395a in FIGS. 27 and 28 can all be replaced with a locking mechanism 395b.
  • the cross beam assembly 30 is installed on the top surface of the movable vertical rod 24, which makes the center of gravity of the cross beam assembly 30 closer to the center of gravity of the stand assembly 20 than the traditional calibration frame, which can increase the calibration
  • the shelf is stable, and the base body 12 with a smaller area can be used.
  • the beam assembly 30 can be installed at different positions of the stand assembly 20 according to different requirements, so that the beam assembly 30 is located at a suitable height, which can be used for mounting lighter weight calibrations.
  • Components for example, radar absorption/reflection plates, mirrors, etc.
  • FIGS. 32 and 33 Another embodiment of the present invention also provides a calibration system 600, which includes a calibration element and the calibration bracket 100 provided in the above-mentioned embodiment, and the calibration element can be mounted on the calibration bracket 100
  • the calibration element is a reflector 300 and a distance measuring device 400 (see FIG. 32).
  • the reflector 300 can be mounted on the first rail 322 or the second rail 342 by a slider or a fixed block.
  • the block or fixed block is installed on the first guide rail 322 or the second guide rail 342, and can slide along the first guide rail 322 or the second guide rail 342 together with the reflector 300, and the distance measuring device 400 is fixedly installed on the ⁇ Assembly 30.
  • the reflector 300 may also be a target 300, and the two targets are mounted on the first guide rail 322 and the second guide rail 342 through a sliding block or a fixed block.
  • the reflector or target 300 can also be directly mounted on the beam assembly 30 by means of hooks or the like. In this case, the first guide rail 322 and the second guide rail 342 can be eliminated.
  • the above-mentioned distance measuring device 400 is used to measure the height of the beam assembly 30 from the ground, and is preferably displayed on the liquid crystal screen of the distance measuring device 400.
  • the distance measuring device 400 is a laser rangefinder.
  • the base 10 is provided with a through hole 120 for allowing the laser of the laser rangefinder 400 to hit the ground, so as to measure the height of the beam assembly 30 from the ground.
  • the distance measuring device 400 itself has a certain size, the vertical distance between the emission surface of the measuring beam and the center point of the calibration element can be compensated by adjusting parameters in the measurement software inside the distance measuring device 400.
  • the calibration element is a pattern plate 500 (see FIG. 33), and the first supporting member 312 and the second supporting member 332 jointly lift the pattern plate 500 to prevent falling.
  • a first fixing block 510 may be installed on the first guide rail 322, the first fixing block 510 can slide along the first guide rail 322, and a second fixing block 520 is installed on the second guide rail 342.
  • the second fixing block 520 can slide along the second guide rail 342, the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 are respectively located on opposite sides of the pattern plate 500, and the first fixing block 510
  • the pattern plate 500 is clamped in cooperation with the second fixing block 520.
  • the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 are sliders on which the mirror 300 is installed. A slot is opened on the opposite side of the slider to clamp the pattern plate 500 to form a fixed block.
  • the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 may also be magnetic blocks, which attract the pattern plate 500 from behind by magnetic adsorption, so as to enhance the firmness of the pattern plate 500 on the beam assembly 30.
  • the cross beam assembly 30 includes a cross beam and at least one supporting rod, and the cross beam is connected to the at least one supporting rod.
  • the cross beam supports the first fixed block 510 and the second fixed block 520, the first fixed block 510 and the second fixed block 520 can move along the cross beam, each of the fixed blocks 510, 520 is used for Install a small calibration element, the first fixed block 510 and the second fixed block 520 and the at least one support rod can cooperate to support a large calibration element, and the first fixed block 510 and the second fixed block 520 from The large-scale calibration element is fixed at the left and right ends, and the at least one supporting rod supports the large-scale calibration element from below the large-scale calibration element.
  • the mounting surface of the first fixing block 510 is provided with first positioning protrusions 512, and two of the first positioning protrusions 512 are provided along the length direction of the beam.
  • the two first positioning protrusions 512 are used for accurate positioning of the target when the target is installed.
  • the first fixing block 510 is coated with a magnetic material or installed with a magnetic element, or is a magnetic block itself, so as to realize the adsorption installation of the target.
  • the first fixing block 510 is provided with a first holding mechanism 514, and the first holding mechanism 514 may be a positioning structure such as a card slot or a protrusion.
  • the mounting surface of the second fixing block 520 is provided with second positioning protrusions 522, and the two second positioning protrusions 522 are provided along the length direction of the beam.
  • the two second positioning protrusions 522 are used for accurate positioning of the target when the target is installed.
  • the second fixed block 520 is coated with a magnetic material or installed with a magnetic element, or is a magnetic block itself, so as to realize the adsorption installation of the small target.
  • the second fixing block 520 is provided with a second holding mechanism 524, and the second holding mechanism 524 may be a positioning structure such as a card slot or a protrusion.
  • the first holding mechanism 514 and the second holding mechanism 524 are arranged opposite to each other.
  • the first positioning mechanism 3120, the second positioning mechanism 3320, the first holding mechanism 514, and the second holding mechanism 524 are card slots and are located on the same plane to cooperatively support a large calibration element. It can be understood that, in some other embodiments, one or more of the first positioning mechanism 3120, the second positioning mechanism 3320, the first holding mechanism 514, and the second holding mechanism 524 may also be bumps and large
  • the calibration element can be provided with grooves that cooperate with the bumps, so that the first positioning mechanism 3120, the second positioning mechanism 3320, the first holding mechanism 514, and the second holding mechanism 524 can cooperatively support the large calibration element.
  • the mounting base 35 includes a backing plate 357, the bottom end of the backing plate 357 is connected to the mounting surface of the mounting base 35 through hinges, hinges, etc., and the backing plate 357 can rotate up and down relative to the mounting base 35.
  • the backing plate 357 includes a mounting surface and an inner surface that are opposed to each other.
  • the mounting surface of the backing plate 357 is provided with third positioning protrusions 3572, and two third positioning protrusions 3572 are provided along the length direction of the beam.
  • the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35 is provided with a receiving groove 358, and the shape of the receiving groove 358 matches the shape of the backing plate 357 so that the backing plate 357 can be clamped in the receiving groove 358.
  • the backing plate 357 can rotate between a first position and a second position.
  • the backing plate 357 In the first position, the backing plate 357 is clamped in the receiving groove 358, the mounting surface of the backing plate 357, the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35, the mounting surface of the first fixing block 510, and the second fixing block 520
  • the mounting surface faces the same direction.
  • the mounting surface of the backing plate 357 protrudes from the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35, and the mounting surface of the backing plate 357, the mounting surface of the first fixing block 510, and the mounting surface of the second fixing block 520 are located at the same Plane (see Figure 35).
  • the backing plate 357, the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 can be used to mount a calibration component.
  • a positioning structure is provided on the mounting surface of the backing plate 357, the mounting surface of the first fixing block 510, and the mounting surface of the second fixing block 520 for accurately mounting the calibration element on each mounting surface
  • the first positioning protrusion 3572, the second positioning protrusion 512, and the third positioning protrusion 522 are located at the predetermined positions.
  • the backing plate 357, the first fixing block 510, and the second fixing block 520 can be used individually to mount small-weight calibration elements, such as reflectors, small pattern plates, etc. (see FIG. 29).
  • the back or side surface of the calibration element may be provided with a positioning structure adapted to the positioning structure on the mounting surface, such as a positioning hole (not shown in the figure), a first positioning protrusion 3572, a second positioning The protrusion 512 or the third positioning protrusion 522 can be inserted into the positioning hole to achieve positioning.
  • the first positioning protrusion 3572, the second positioning protrusion 512, or the third positioning protrusion 522 may have magnetism to enhance the attraction force to the calibration element.
  • the calibration bracket 100 can be used to mount large-scale calibration elements with a relatively large weight, such as a large target board (usually a large pattern board).
  • a large target board usually a large pattern board.
  • the bottom side of the large pattern board is supported by the first slot 3120 and the second slot 3320, and the left and right sides of the large pattern board are respectively locked in the third slot 514 and the fourth slot 524 (see FIG. 36).
  • first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 have a certain thickness, if the first slot 514 and the second slot 524 on the side are used to install the target, the target must be installed on the first fixing block 510.
  • the loading surface of the second fixing block 520 is on a plane slightly behind.
  • the switch of the backing plate 357 between the first position and the second position is to adjust the distance difference between the target installation planes in the two installation methods.
  • the back of the pattern board can also choose not to abut the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35. Practice has proved that it can be firmly installed only by the fixing function of the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 and the supporting function of the supporting rod. Large pattern board.
  • the back surface of the pattern plate can abut the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35, and the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35 can be coated with a magnetic material or mounted with a magnetic unit, or the mounting seat 35 can be made of magnetic material for Suck the back of the large pattern board.
  • the inner surface of the backing plate 357 may also be coated with a magnetic material or installed with a magnetic unit, or the backing plate 357 may be made of a magnetic material for attracting the back of the large pattern plate.
  • the inner surface of the backing plate 357 and the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35 may also have no mounting function (for example, behind the back of the large calibration element), and only pass through the third slot 514 and the fourth slot 524
  • the clamping effect and the supporting effect of the first supporting member 312 and the second supporting member 332 can sufficiently support a pattern plate with a larger area.
  • the first holding mechanism 514 and the second holding mechanism 524 are protrusions.
  • the front surface of the large-scale calibration element is provided with grooves matching the protrusions. In the second position, the protrusions are positioned in the grooves.
  • the mounting surface of the mounting base 35 abuts against the back of the large-scale calibration element, and the mounting surface and the protrusion of the mounting base 35 cooperatively hold the large-scale calibration element from front to back.
  • the inner surface of the backing plate 357 can be flush with the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35, and abut the back of the large calibration element together. Further, the inner surface of the backing plate 357 and the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35 can have Magnetic to attract the back of the large calibration element.
  • the backing plate 357 can be rotated in any direction, so that the backing plate 357 is stuck in the receiving groove 358 or separated from the receiving groove 358 to rotate to the inner surface of the backing plate 357 without affecting the installation of the target Only between the third slot 514 and the fourth slot 524 is sufficient.
  • the magnetic adsorption of the mounting surfaces of the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 can be used to install a large target.
  • the lower end of the large target is supported by the first supporting member 312 and the second supporting member 332, and is positioned by the first slot 3120 and the second slot 3320.
  • the backing plate 357 is in the first position, and the magnetic adsorption effect of the backing plate 357 is used to enhance the attraction force to the large target.
  • the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35 can be a whole, without the groove 358 and the backing plate 357, and the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35 is made to be the same as the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520. The mounting surface is flush.
  • a positioning structure such as a positioning protrusion 512
  • the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 can be placed on the beams.
  • the preset position can be read by the scale on the beam.
  • a positioning mechanism (not shown in the figure) that is compatible with the first slot 3120 and the second slot 3320 can be provided at the bottom of the large target board. After the second supporting rod 32 is put down, since the function of the limiting structure 3303 will be at a fixed position, the positioning of the large target board can be realized through the first slot 3120 and the second slot 3320.
  • the installation plane of the large target board will be inconsistent with the installation planes of other small targets at this time.
  • a certain distance difference can be compensated using software. It is also possible to push the calibration bracket 100 toward the vehicle by a long distance before calibrating the large target board, so that the installation plane of the large target board is actually on the same plane as the installation planes of other small target boards.
  • the method of placing the calibration bracket 100 can use any suitable method known or designed in the future.
  • first positioning mechanism 3120, the second positioning mechanism 3320, the first holding mechanism 514, and the second holding mechanism 524 may be positioning mechanisms of other structures, such as concave points, convex rings, convex points, etc., and are not limited to The card slot shown in the picture.
  • first positioning mechanism 3120, the second positioning mechanism 3320, the first holding mechanism 514, and the second holding mechanism 524 may also include inclined cross-sections to support the target plate more firmly.
  • the number of support rods included in the calibration bracket 100 is not necessarily two, and other numbers may also be used.
  • the supporting rod is arranged in the middle of the cross beam of the calibration bracket 100, there can be only one supporting rod, and the lower end of the supporting member (corresponding to the supporting members 332 and 312 in FIG. 36) is additionally designed so that it is in the extending direction of the cross beam. Lengthen to support the target well.
  • bumps can also be used, respectively Set on the opposite sides of the first fixed block 510 and the second fixed block 520, and then open a card slot on the side of the large target.
  • the card slot can be clamped on the convex block, and the large target can also be passed through the second A fixing block 510 and a second fixing block 520 realize fixing. In addition, it can also be fixed by magnetic attraction.
  • the cross-section of the beam may be other shapes, such as circular.
  • the target mounting member 35a is provided with a receiving cavity 350a, the receiving cavity 350a is substantially cylindrical and horizontally arranged, the target mounting member 35a includes a guide rod 352a, and the guide rod 352a is located in the receiving cavity and Horizontal setting.
  • the cross beam 36a is substantially cylindrical, and its outer wall is provided with a guide groove 362a, which is arranged along the length direction of the cross beam 36a, and its shape is adapted to the shape of the guide rod 352a, so that the guide The guiding groove 362a can clamp the guiding rod 352a.
  • the diameter of the beam 36a is slightly larger than the width of the opening of the receiving cavity 350a. Applying force to the beam 36a can push the beam 36a into the receiving cavity 350a or take the beam 36a out of the receiving cavity 350a. Applying force to the beam 36a can also cause the beam 36a to slide relative to the target mount 35a along its length.
  • the diameter of the beam 36a is slightly larger than the width of the opening of the receiving cavity 350a, force is applied to push the beam 36a into the receiving cavity 350a, the beam 36a can be installed in the receiving cavity 350a, and then clamped to the guide rod by the guide groove 362a 352a, the beam 36a can be installed on the target mounting part 35a more firmly.
  • the guiding groove 362a and the guiding rod 352a are both arranged along the length direction of the cross beam 36a, which can guide the cross beam 36a to move relative to the target mounting part 35a along its length direction to facilitate the adjustment of the left and right positions of the cross beam 36a.
  • the cross-section of the beam 36a and the cross-section of the receiving cavity 350a can be set to other shapes as required, for example, oval or trapezoid, etc., as long as the cross-section of the beam 36a is It is adapted to the cross section of the receiving cavity 350a, so that applying force to the beam 36a can push the beam 36a into the receiving cavity 350a or take the beam 36a out of the receiving cavity 350a.
  • the contact surface between the mounting base 35 and the crossbeam 36a changes according to the cross-section of the crossbeam 36a, as long as the contact surface between the mounting base 35 and the crossbeam 36a matches the cross-section of the crossbeam 36a, It suffices that the crossbeam 36a can be firmly installed on the mounting base 35.
  • the cross-section of the crossbeam 36a is circular, and the contact surface between the mounting base 35 and the crossbeam 36a is substantially cylindrical.
  • the contact surface between the mounting seat 35 and the cross beam 36a may not change according to the cross-section of the cross beam 36a.
  • a positioning or limiting structure can be provided on the contact surface of the mounting seat 35 and the cross beam 36a to prevent the cross beam 36a from rolling, for example, A positioning block is provided on the contact surface of the mounting seat 35 and the cross beam 36a, and a positioning groove is opened on the outer wall of the cross beam 36a.
  • the first fixing member 510 and the second fixing member 520 shown in FIGS. 34 to 36 may adopt the structure of the target mounting member 35a. Accordingly, the beams shown in FIGS. 34 to 36 adopt The structure of the beam 36a.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Radar, Positioning & Navigation (AREA)
  • Remote Sensing (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Pivots And Pivotal Connections (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a calibration system and a calibration rack therefor. The calibration rack comprises: a base (10), a vertical support assembly (20) and a transverse beam assembly (30), wherein the vertical support assembly is fixedly connected to the base; and the transverse beam assembly is supported by the vertical support assembly, and the transverse beam assembly comprises a transverse beam. The transverse beam is used for mounting a calibration element, and the transverse beam comprises a left transverse beam portion (32), a right transverse beam portion (34) and a connecting portion (36), wherein the connecting portion is supported by the vertical support assembly, with one end of the connecting portion being pivotally connected to the left transverse beam portion, and the other end of the connecting portion being pivotally connected to the right transverse bean portion. In the structure, the left transverse beam portion and the right transverse beam portion can respectively rotate, relative to the connection portion, in opposite directions, so that the transverse beam assembly is folded, and the volume of a calibration rack can be reduced to facilitate the loading and transportation thereof.

Description

标定系统及其标定支架Calibration system and calibration bracket
本申请要求于2019年2月1日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910105255.7、申请名称为“一种标定系统及其标定支架”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on February 1, 2019, the application number is 201910105255.7, and the application name is "a calibration system and its calibration bracket", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference in.
本申请要求于2019年3月20日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910214535.1、申请名称为“一种标定系统及其标定支架”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on March 20, 2019, with application number 201910214535.1, and the application title is "a calibration system and its calibration support", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference in.
本申请要求于2019年4月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910362935.7、申请名称为“一种标定系统及其标定支架”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on April 30, 2019, the application number is 201910362935.7, and the application name is "a calibration system and its calibration support", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference in.
本申请要求于2019年3月20日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910214372.7、申请名称为“一种标定系统及其标定支架”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office, the application number is 201910214372.7, and the application name is "a calibration system and its calibration support" on March 20, 2019, the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference in.
本申请要求于2019年3月20日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910214360.4、申请名称为“一种标定支架”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on March 20, 2019, the application number is 201910214360.4, and the application name is "a calibration stent", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
本申请要求于2019年3月21日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910219063.9、申请名称为“一种标定支架”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on March 21, 2019, the application number is 201910219063.9, and the application name is "a calibration stent", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
本申请要求于2019年3月20日提交中国专利局、申请号为201920361725.1、申请名称为“一种标定系统及其标定支架”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on March 20, 2019, the application number is 201920361725. 1, the application name is "a calibration system and its calibration support", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference in.
本申请要求于2019年3月20日提交中国专利局、申请号为201920361707.3、申请名称为“一种标定系统及其标定支架”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on March 20, 2019, the application number is 201920361707.3, and the application name is "a calibration system and its calibration support", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference in.
本申请要求于2019年3月20日提交中国专利局、申请号为201920362872.0、申请名称为“一种标定系统及其标定支架”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on March 20, 2019, the application number is 201920362872.0, and the application name is "a calibration system and its calibration bracket", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference in.
本申请要求于2019年3月20日提交中国专利局、申请号为201920361654.5、申请名称为“一种标定系统及其标定支架”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on March 20, 2019, the application number is 201920361654.5, and the application name is "a calibration system and its calibration support", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference in.
本申请要求于2019年3月20日提交中国专利局、申请号为201920367586.3、申请名称为“一种标定系统及其标定支架”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on March 20, 2019, the application number is 201920367586.3, and the application name is "a calibration system and its calibration support", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference in.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及车辆维修及设备标定技术领域,特别涉及一种标定系统及其标定支架。This application relates to the technical field of vehicle maintenance and equipment calibration, in particular to a calibration system and a calibration bracket.
背景技术Background technique
先进驾驶辅助系统(Advanced Driver Assistant System),简称ADAS,是利用安装于车上的各式各样的传感器,在第一时间收集车内外的环境数据,进行静、动态物体的辨识、侦测与追踪等技术上的处理,从而能够让驾驶者在最快的时间察觉可能发生的危险,以引起注意和提高安全性的主动安全技术。ADAS采用的传感器主要有摄像头、雷达、激光和超声波等,可以探测光、热、压力或其它用于监测汽车状态的变量,通常位于车辆的前后保险杠、侧视镜、驾驶杆内部或者挡风玻璃上。在车辆使用过程中,震动、碰撞、环境温湿度等均会使上述传感器的物理安装状态发生改变,故需要不定期进行校准或标定。The Advanced Driver Assistant System (ADAS), abbreviated as ADAS, uses various sensors installed on the car to collect environmental data inside and outside the car at the first time to identify, detect and detect static and dynamic objects. Tracking and other technical processing, which can allow the driver to detect possible dangers in the fastest time, to attract attention and improve safety of active safety technology. The sensors used in ADAS mainly include cameras, radars, lasers and ultrasonics, which can detect light, heat, pressure or other variables used to monitor the state of the car. They are usually located on the front and rear bumpers, side mirrors, steering column or windshield. On the glass. During the use of the vehicle, vibration, collision, environmental temperature and humidity, etc. will change the physical installation status of the above-mentioned sensors, so it needs to be calibrated or calibrated irregularly.
对上述传感器进行校准或标定时,通常会在标定支架上挂载标定元件,以对车辆上的传感器进行校准或标定。然而,目前大多数的标定支架,体积比较大、占地面积也大,组装复杂,且难以搬迁。When calibrating or calibrating the above-mentioned sensors, calibration components are usually mounted on the calibration bracket to calibrate or calibrate the sensors on the vehicle. However, most of the current calibration brackets are relatively large, occupy a large area, are complicated to assemble, and are difficult to move.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例旨在提供一种标定系统及其标定支架,可解决现有技术中标定元件难以搬迁的技术问题。The embodiment of the present invention aims to provide a calibration system and a calibration support thereof, which can solve the technical problem that the calibration component is difficult to relocate in the prior art.
本发明实施例解决其技术问题采用以下技术方案:The embodiments of the present invention adopt the following technical solutions to solve the technical problems:
一种标定支架,包括:A calibration bracket includes:
底座;Base
立架组件,固定连接于所述底座;以及A stand assembly fixedly connected to the base; and
横梁组件,由所述立架组件支持,所述横梁组件包括横梁,所述横梁用于安装标定元件,所述横梁包括左横梁部、右横梁部和连接部,所述连接部由所述立架组件支持,所述连接部的一端可枢转地连接于所述左横梁部,所述连接部的另一端可枢转地连接于所述右横梁部。The crossbeam assembly is supported by the stand assembly, the crossbeam assembly includes a crossbeam, the crossbeam is used to install the calibration element, the crossbeam includes a left crossbeam part, a right crossbeam part and a connecting part, and the connection part is formed by the vertical The frame assembly supports, one end of the connecting part is pivotally connected to the left cross beam part, and the other end of the connecting part is pivotally connected to the right cross beam part.
可选地,所述立架组件包括固定立杆和移动立杆,其中:Optionally, the stand assembly includes a fixed stand and a movable stand, wherein:
所述固定立杆的一端安装于所述底座;One end of the fixed pole is installed on the base;
所述移动立杆设置在所述固定立杆之内或套于所述固定立杆之外,所述移动立杆可沿所述固定立杆的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆移动;The movable vertical pole is arranged in the fixed vertical pole or sleeved outside the fixed vertical pole, and the movable vertical pole can move relative to the fixed vertical pole along the length direction of the fixed vertical pole;
所述连接部由所述移动立杆支持。The connecting part is supported by the movable pole.
可选地,所述固定立杆及所述移动立杆的横截面为非圆形。Optionally, the cross-sections of the fixed pole and the movable pole are non-circular.
可选地,所述固定立杆与所述移动立杆中的一者包含有导轨,另一者受所述导轨的导引仅可沿所述固定立杆的长度方向移动。Optionally, one of the fixed vertical pole and the movable vertical pole includes a guide rail, and the other can only move along the length direction of the fixed vertical pole under the guidance of the guide rail.
可选地,所述立架组件包括驱动机构,所述驱动机构安装于所述固定立杆,用于驱动所述移动立杆沿所述固定立杆的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆移动,并且所述驱动机构包括齿条,壳体,蜗杆,蜗轮和第二传动齿轮;Optionally, the stand assembly includes a drive mechanism installed on the fixed stand for driving the moving stand to move relative to the fixed stand along the length of the fixed stand , And the driving mechanism includes a rack, a housing, a worm, a worm gear and a second transmission gear;
所述齿条固定安装于所述移动立杆,所述齿条沿所述移动立杆的长度方向 设置,并且所述齿条形成所述导轨;The rack is fixedly installed on the movable pole, the rack is arranged along the length of the movable pole, and the rack forms the guide rail;
所述壳体固定安装于所述固定立杆;The housing is fixedly installed on the fixed pole;
所述蜗杆与所述蜗轮啮合;The worm meshes with the worm gear;
所述蜗轮固定安装于所述第二传动齿轮,所述蜗轮的旋转轴线与所述第二传动齿轮的旋转轴线重合,所述蜗轮与所述第二传动齿轮可绕第三旋转轴线转动;The worm gear is fixedly mounted on the second transmission gear, the rotation axis of the worm gear coincides with the rotation axis of the second transmission gear, and the worm gear and the second transmission gear are rotatable about a third rotation axis;
所述第二传动齿轮固定安装于所述壳体,所述第二传动齿轮与所述齿条啮合;The second transmission gear is fixedly mounted on the housing, and the second transmission gear meshes with the rack;
所述第三旋转轴线垂直于所述齿条。The third rotation axis is perpendicular to the rack.
可选地,所述立架组件包括驱动机构,所述驱动机构安装于所述固定立杆,用于驱动所述移动立杆沿所述固定立杆的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆移动。Optionally, the stand assembly includes a drive mechanism installed on the fixed stand for driving the moving stand to move relative to the fixed stand along the length of the fixed stand .
可选地,所述驱动机构包括齿轮减速组件。Optionally, the driving mechanism includes a gear reduction assembly.
可选地,所述立架组件包括紧固机构和弹性体;Optionally, the stand assembly includes a fastening mechanism and an elastic body;
所述紧固机构安装于所述固定立杆,用于将所述移动立杆固定于所述固定立杆;The fastening mechanism is installed on the fixed vertical pole, and is used to fix the movable vertical pole to the fixed vertical pole;
所述弹性体连接于所述固定立杆的底部和所述移动立杆之间,并且至少当所述移动立杆移动至最低高度时,所述弹性体处于压缩状态。The elastic body is connected between the bottom of the fixed upright rod and the movable upright rod, and at least when the movable upright rod moves to the lowest height, the elastic body is in a compressed state.
可选地,所述横梁组件包括安装座,所述安装座由所述立架组件支持,所述连接部设置于所述安装座中,并通过所述安装座由所述立架组件支持。Optionally, the beam assembly includes a mounting seat, the mounting seat is supported by the stand assembly, and the connecting portion is arranged in the mounting seat and supported by the stand assembly through the mounting seat.
可选地,所述安装座设置在所述立架组件的顶表面。Optionally, the mounting seat is provided on the top surface of the stand assembly.
可选地,所述安装座围设形成一安装通道,并且所述安装通道不闭合且留有缺口,所述连接部安装于所述安装通道内,所述缺口用于方便将所述连接部通过所述缺口安装于所述安装通道内,并且方便通过所述缺口将所述连接部从所述安装通道取出。Optionally, the mounting seat is surrounded to form a mounting channel, and the mounting channel is not closed and a gap is left, the connecting portion is installed in the mounting channel, and the gap is used to facilitate the connecting portion It is installed in the installation channel through the notch, and it is convenient to take out the connecting part from the installation channel through the notch.
可选地,所述安装座包括第一定位机构,所述连接部包括与所述第一定位机构相适配的第二定位机构;Optionally, the mounting base includes a first positioning mechanism, and the connecting portion includes a second positioning mechanism adapted to the first positioning mechanism;
所述第一定位机构与所述第二定位机构配合,将所述连接部定位于所述安装座内。The first positioning mechanism cooperates with the second positioning mechanism to position the connecting portion in the mounting seat.
可选地,所述安装座设置有固定机构,所述固定机构从与水平方向成预设角度的方向将所述连接部压紧在所述安装座上,以使得将所述连接部压紧在所述安装座的底面及一个侧面上,所述预设角度大于0度小于90度。Optionally, the mounting seat is provided with a fixing mechanism, and the fixing mechanism presses the connecting portion on the mounting seat from a direction at a preset angle to the horizontal, so that the connecting portion is pressed tightly On the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat, the preset angle is greater than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees.
可选地,所述预设角度为30度、45度或60度。Optionally, the preset angle is 30 degrees, 45 degrees or 60 degrees.
可选地,所述横梁组件包括调节机构,所述调节机构与所述安装座连接,用于调节所述连接部的水平角度。Optionally, the crossbeam assembly includes an adjustment mechanism connected to the mounting base for adjusting the horizontal angle of the connecting portion.
可选地,所述调节机构包括第一弹性件,转动件和调节杆;Optionally, the adjusting mechanism includes a first elastic member, a rotating member and an adjusting rod;
所述转动件与所述安装座连接,并且所述转动件可绕调节旋转轴线相对于所述安装座转动,所述调节旋转轴线竖直设置;The rotating member is connected to the mounting seat, and the rotating member can rotate relative to the mounting seat around an adjustment rotation axis, the adjustment rotation axis being vertically arranged;
所述第一弹性件的一端固定于所述安装座,另一端固定于所述转动件;One end of the first elastic member is fixed to the mounting seat, and the other end is fixed to the rotating member;
所述调节杆安装于所述安装座,并且与所述安装座螺纹配合;The adjusting rod is mounted on the mounting seat and is threadedly matched with the mounting seat;
转动所述调节杆,使得所述调节杆推动所述安装座绕所述调节旋转轴线相对于所述转动件转动,可调节所述安装座和所述连接部的水平角度;Rotating the adjusting rod so that the adjusting rod pushes the mounting seat to rotate relative to the rotating member around the adjusting rotation axis, so that the horizontal angle of the mounting seat and the connecting portion can be adjusted;
转动所述调节杆,使得所述调节杆远离所述安装座,通过所述第一弹性件可拉动所述安装座绕所述调节旋转轴线相对于所述转动件转动复位。Rotate the adjusting rod so that the adjusting rod is away from the mounting seat, and the mounting seat can be pulled by the first elastic member to rotate and reset relative to the rotating member around the adjusting rotation axis.
可选地,所述调节机构包括支承轴和轴承座;Optionally, the adjustment mechanism includes a supporting shaft and a bearing seat;
所述支承轴固定安装于所述安装座,所述支承轴的中心轴线与所述调节旋转轴线重合;The support shaft is fixedly mounted on the mounting seat, and the central axis of the support shaft coincides with the adjustment rotation axis;
所述转动件套设于所述轴承座;The rotating part is sleeved on the bearing seat;
所述支承轴插入所述轴承座,所述支承轴与所述安装座可一同绕所述调节旋转轴线相对于所述转动件和所述轴承座转动。The supporting shaft is inserted into the bearing seat, and the supporting shaft and the mounting seat can rotate together about the adjusting rotation axis relative to the rotating part and the bearing seat.
可选地,所述横梁组件包括至少一个托杆,所述托杆用于托举标靶以防坠落。Optionally, the beam assembly includes at least one supporting rod, and the supporting rod is used to lift the target to prevent falling.
可选地,所述托杆可枢转地连接于所述左横梁部、所述右横梁部、所述连接部中的一者。Optionally, the support rod is pivotally connected to one of the left cross beam portion, the right cross beam portion, and the connecting portion.
可选地,所述左横梁部、所述右横梁部、所述连接部中的至少一者包含有托杆导轨,所述托杆被所述托杆导轨支撑,并且可以沿所述托杆导轨移动。Optionally, at least one of the left cross-beam part, the right cross-beam part, and the connecting part includes a supporting rod guide rail, and the supporting rod is supported by the supporting rod guide rail and can be along the supporting rod The guide rail moves.
可选地,所述托杆包括托杆本体与托件,所述托杆本体设置有卡槽,所述左横梁部、所述右横梁部、所述连接部中的至少一者设置有卡块,或者所述左横梁部、所述右横梁部、所述连接部中的至少一者设置有卡槽,所述托杆本体设置有卡块;并且Optionally, the support rod includes a support rod body and a support member, the support rod body is provided with a card slot, and at least one of the left beam portion, the right beam portion, and the connecting portion is provided with a card Block, or at least one of the left cross beam portion, the right cross beam portion, and the connecting portion is provided with a card slot, and the support rod body is provided with a card block; and
所述卡块可卡入所述卡槽,将所述托杆卡接于所述左横梁部、所述右横梁部、所述连接部中的所述至少一者。The clamping block can be clamped into the clamping slot to clamp the supporting rod to the at least one of the left cross beam portion, the right cross beam portion, and the connecting portion.
可选地,所述横梁组件包括第一搭扣件和第二搭扣件;Optionally, the beam assembly includes a first fastener and a second fastener;
所述左横梁部和所述连接部两者之一的一端铰接一个所述第一搭扣件,另一者的一端设置一个所述第二搭扣件,所述第一搭扣件和第二搭扣件可相互搭扣,将所述左横梁部扣紧于所述连接部。One end of one of the left beam portion and the connecting portion is hinged to the first fastener, and one end of the other is provided with the second fastener, the first fastener and the first fastener The two buckle members can buckle each other to fasten the left crossbeam part to the connecting part.
可选地,所述横梁组件包括至少一个关节机构,所述关节机构连接于所述左横梁部与所述连接部之间,或者连接于所述右横梁部与所述连接部之间;Optionally, the cross beam assembly includes at least one joint mechanism, the joint mechanism is connected between the left cross beam portion and the connecting portion, or connected between the right cross beam portion and the connecting portion;
所述关节机构包括第一固定件和第二固定件,其中:The joint mechanism includes a first fixing part and a second fixing part, wherein:
所述第一固定件包括卡扣件,转轴,第二弹性件,所述转轴固定连接在所述第一固定件的内壁上,所述卡扣件安装在所述转轴上并可绕所述转轴转动,所述卡扣件包括第一端与第二端,所述第一端与所述第二端分别处于所述转轴的两端,所述第二弹性件连接于所述第一固定件的内壁及所述卡扣件的所述第一端之间;The first fixing member includes a locking member, a rotating shaft, and a second elastic member. The rotating shaft is fixedly connected to the inner wall of the first fixing member, and the locking member is installed on the rotating shaft and can rotate around the The rotating shaft rotates, the buckle includes a first end and a second end, the first end and the second end are respectively located at two ends of the rotating shaft, and the second elastic element is connected to the first fixing Between the inner wall of the piece and the first end of the buckle piece;
所述第二固定件包括卡凸,所述卡凸与所述卡扣件的所述第二端相配合,并能够在所述第二弹性件的作用下与所述卡扣件实现卡合。The second fixing member includes a locking protrusion, the locking protrusion is matched with the second end of the locking member, and can be engaged with the locking member under the action of the second elastic member .
可选地,所述关节机构还包括锁紧机构,所述锁紧机构设置在所述横梁组 件外壁处并穿过所述第一固定件,能够旋紧以使得与所述卡扣件的所述第一端或所述第二端抵紧,从而使得所述第一端卡紧所述卡凸。Optionally, the joint mechanism further includes a locking mechanism, which is arranged at the outer wall of the cross beam assembly and passes through the first fixing member, and can be screwed to make it contact with the fastening member. The first end or the second end is pressed tightly, so that the first end clamps the locking protrusion.
可选地,所述关节机构还包括按钮,并且所述卡扣件的第二端包括凸块;Optionally, the joint mechanism further includes a button, and the second end of the buckle includes a bump;
所述按钮穿过所述第二固定件,在按下的状态下能够抵持所述凸块,从而使得所述卡凸与所述卡扣件分离。The button passes through the second fixing member and can resist the protrusion in a pressed state, so that the locking protrusion is separated from the locking member.
可选地,所述关节机构还包括锁紧机构,所述锁紧机构包括安装支座,锁紧凸轮手柄,顶柱和第三弹性件。所述安装支座安装于所述第一固定件,所述锁紧凸轮手柄安装于安装支座,并且锁紧凸轮手柄可相对于安装支座转动,以驱动顶柱抵紧卡扣件,使得第一固定件和第二固定件扣紧。所述顶柱穿过第一固定件,其一端用于抵靠锁紧凸轮手柄,另一端用于抵靠卡扣件。所述第三弹性件套设于顶柱,其一端固定于顶柱,另一端抵靠卡扣件。Optionally, the joint mechanism further includes a locking mechanism, and the locking mechanism includes a mounting support, a locking cam handle, a top post and a third elastic member. The mounting support is mounted on the first fixing member, the locking cam handle is mounted on the mounting support, and the locking cam handle is rotatable relative to the mounting support to drive the top column against the buckle, so that The first fixing part and the second fixing part are fastened. The top post passes through the first fixing member, one end of which is used to abut against the locking cam handle, and the other end is used to abut against the buckle. The third elastic member is sleeved on the top column, one end of which is fixed to the top column, and the other end is against the buckle member.
本发明实施例解决其技术问题还提供以下技术方案:The embodiments of the present invention also provide the following technical solutions to solve the technical problems:
一种标定支架,包括:A calibration bracket includes:
底座;Base
固定立杆,所述固定立杆的一端安装于所述底座;A fixed vertical pole, one end of the fixed vertical pole is installed on the base;
移动立杆,所述移动立杆设置在所述固定立杆之内或套于所述固定立杆之外,并且所述移动立杆可以沿所述固定立杆的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆移动;以及A movable vertical pole, the movable vertical pole is arranged in the fixed vertical pole or sleeved outside the fixed vertical pole, and the movable vertical pole can be relative to the fixed vertical pole along the length direction of the fixed vertical pole. Pole movement; and
横梁组件,所述横梁组件包括可折叠的横梁,所述横梁用于安装标定元件,所述横梁组件由所述移动立杆的顶面支持。A cross beam assembly, the cross beam assembly includes a foldable cross beam, the cross beam is used to install a calibration element, and the cross beam assembly is supported by the top surface of the movable vertical rod.
可选地,所述横梁组件还包括安装座,所述横梁设置于所述安装座中,所述安装座设置在所述移动立杆的顶面上。Optionally, the cross beam assembly further includes a mounting seat, the cross beam is arranged in the mounting seat, and the mounting seat is arranged on the top surface of the movable vertical pole.
可选地,所述安装座包括固持件,所述固持件为勾状。Optionally, the mounting seat includes a holding member, and the holding member is hook-shaped.
可选地,所述安装座包括固定机构,所述固定机构设置在所述固持件上,所述固定机构从与水平方向成预设角度的方向将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上,以使得将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座的底面及一个侧面上,所述预设角度大于0度小于90度。Optionally, the mounting seat includes a fixing mechanism that is arranged on the holding member, and the fixing mechanism presses the beam on the mounting seat from a direction at a predetermined angle to the horizontal direction , So that the beam is pressed tightly on the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat, and the preset angle is greater than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees.
可选地,所述横梁组件还包括调节机构,所述调节机构用于调节所述横梁的水平角度,并且所述调节机构设置在所述移动立杆的顶面上,所述安装座设置于所述调节机构之上。Optionally, the cross beam assembly further includes an adjustment mechanism for adjusting the horizontal angle of the cross beam, and the adjustment mechanism is arranged on the top surface of the movable pole, and the mounting seat is arranged on Above the adjustment mechanism.
可选地,所述固定立杆及所述移动立杆的横截面为非圆形。Optionally, the cross-sections of the fixed pole and the movable pole are non-circular.
可选地,所述固定立杆与所述移动立杆中的一者包含有导轨,另一者受所述导轨的导引仅可沿所述固定立杆的长度方向移动。Optionally, one of the fixed vertical pole and the movable vertical pole includes a guide rail, and the other can only move along the length direction of the fixed vertical pole under the guidance of the guide rail.
本发明实施例解决其技术问题还提供以下技术方案:The embodiments of the present invention also provide the following technical solutions to solve the technical problems:
一种标定支架,包括:A calibration bracket includes:
底座;Base
立架组件,固定连接于所述底座;The stand assembly is fixedly connected to the base;
可折叠的横梁,所述横梁用于安装标定元件;以及A foldable beam used to install calibration elements; and
安装座,所述安装座由所述立架组件支持,所述横梁设置于所述安装座内,所述安装座上设置有固定机构,所述固定机构从与水平方向成一预设角度方向将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上,以使得将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座的底面及一个侧面上,所述预设角度大于0度小于90度。Mounting seat, the mounting seat is supported by the stand assembly, the cross beam is arranged in the mounting seat, the mounting seat is provided with a fixing mechanism, and the fixing mechanism moves from a direction at a predetermined angle to the horizontal The cross beam is compressed on the mounting seat so that the cross beam is compressed on the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat, and the preset angle is greater than 0 degree and less than 90 degrees.
可选地,所述横梁上设置有与所述固定机构相适配的固定表面,所述固定机构抵紧所述固定表面以将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上。Optionally, a fixing surface adapted to the fixing mechanism is provided on the cross beam, and the fixing mechanism abuts the fixing surface to press the cross beam on the mounting seat.
可选地,所述固定表面与水平方向成第二角度,所述第二角度与所述第一角度相适配。Optionally, the fixing surface forms a second angle with the horizontal direction, and the second angle is adapted to the first angle.
可选地,所述第一角度和所述第二角度为30度、45度或60度。Optionally, the first angle and the second angle are 30 degrees, 45 degrees or 60 degrees.
可选地,所述固定机构为固定杆。Optionally, the fixing mechanism is a fixing rod.
可选地,所述固定杆包括至少一段螺杆,以使得所述固定杆可以被旋紧以将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上。Optionally, the fixed rod includes at least a section of screw, so that the fixed rod can be tightened to press the cross beam on the mounting seat.
可选地,所述固定机构为凸轮手柄,所述凸轮手柄安装于所述安装座,并且所述凸轮手柄可相对于所述安装座转动,以使所述凸轮手柄抵紧所述横梁,使得所述凸轮手柄将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座的底面及一个侧面上,或者以使所述凸轮手柄脱离所述横梁,使得所述横梁可从所述安装座取下。Optionally, the fixing mechanism is a cam handle, the cam handle is mounted on the mounting seat, and the cam handle is rotatable relative to the mounting seat, so that the cam handle is pressed against the beam, so that The cam handle presses the cross beam on the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat, or makes the cam handle separate from the cross beam, so that the cross beam can be removed from the mounting seat.
可选地,所述安装座由所述立架组件的顶表面支持。Optionally, the mounting seat is supported by the top surface of the stand assembly.
可选地,所述安装座上设置有第一定位机构,所述横梁上设置有与所述第一定位机构相配合的第二定位机构;Optionally, a first positioning mechanism is provided on the mounting seat, and a second positioning mechanism that cooperates with the first positioning mechanism is provided on the cross beam;
所述第一定位机构与所述第二定位机构配合,将所述横梁定位于所述安装座内。The first positioning mechanism cooperates with the second positioning mechanism to position the cross beam in the mounting seat.
本发明实施例解决其技术问题还提供以下技术方案:The embodiments of the present invention also provide the following technical solutions to solve the technical problems:
一种标定系统,包括标定元件和以上所述的标定支架,所述标定元件可挂载于所述标定支架。A calibration system includes a calibration element and the above-mentioned calibration bracket, and the calibration element can be mounted on the calibration bracket.
本发明实施例还提供以下技术方案:The embodiments of the present invention also provide the following technical solutions:
一种标定支架,包括:A calibration bracket includes:
底座;Base
立架组件,安装于所述底座;以及A stand assembly installed on the base; and
横梁组件,由所述立架组件支持,所述横梁组件包括可折叠的横梁,所述横梁用于安装标定元件,所述横梁包括第一横梁部与第二横梁部,所述第一横梁部与所述第二横梁部之间可枢转地连接,所述第一横梁部与所述第二横梁部之中一者的管壁内设置有卡扣件,所述第一横梁部与所述第二横梁部之中另一者的管壁内设置有卡凸,所述卡凸与所述卡扣件相配合以实现所述第一横梁部与所述第二横梁部之间的卡合。The cross beam assembly is supported by the stand assembly, the cross beam assembly includes a foldable cross beam, the cross beam is used to install the calibration element, the cross beam includes a first cross beam part and a second cross beam part, the first cross beam part Is pivotally connected to the second cross-beam portion, a fastener is provided in the tube wall of one of the first cross-beam portion and the second cross-beam portion, and the first cross-beam portion is connected to the The pipe wall of the other one of the second beam portions is provided with a locking projection, and the locking projection cooperates with the buckle to realize the locking between the first beam portion and the second beam portion. Together.
可选地,在所述卡扣件或所述卡凸对应的横梁管壁外侧设置有锁紧机构,所述锁紧机构穿过横梁管壁,并能够与所述卡扣件抵紧,从而使得所述卡扣件卡紧所述卡凸。Optionally, a locking mechanism is provided on the outer side of the wall of the crossbeam corresponding to the buckle or the hook, the locking mechanism passes through the wall of the crossbeam and can be pressed against the buckle, thereby So that the buckle member clamps the buckle.
可选地,在所述卡凸对应的横梁管壁外侧设置有按钮,所述卡扣件与所述 卡凸配合的端部设置有凸块,所述按钮按下时推动所述凸块,以使得所述卡扣件与所述卡凸分离。Optionally, a button is provided on the outer side of the tube wall of the cross beam corresponding to the locking projection, and the end of the buckle fitting with the locking projection is provided with a projection, and the projection is pushed when the button is pressed, So as to separate the buckle from the buckle.
可选地,所述第一横梁部的管壁内侧设置有第一固定件,所述第二横梁部的管壁内侧设置有第二固定件,其中:Optionally, a first fixing member is provided on the inner side of the tube wall of the first beam portion, and a second fixing member is provided on the inner side of the tube wall of the second beam portion, wherein:
所述第一固定件包括所述卡扣件,转轴,第一弹性件,所述转轴固定连接在所述第一固定件的内壁上,所述卡扣件安装在所述转轴上并可绕所述转轴转动,所述卡扣件包括第一端与第二端,所述第一端与所述第二端分别处于所述转轴的两端,所述第一弹性件连接于所述第一固定件的侧壁及所述卡扣件的所述第一端;The first fixing member includes the locking member, a rotating shaft, and a first elastic member. The rotating shaft is fixedly connected to the inner wall of the first fixing member, and the locking member is installed on the rotating shaft and can be wound around. When the rotating shaft rotates, the buckle member includes a first end and a second end, the first end and the second end are respectively located at two ends of the rotating shaft, and the first elastic member is connected to the first end. A side wall of a fixing member and the first end of the fastener;
所述第二固定件包括所述卡凸,所述卡凸与所述卡扣件的所述第二端相配合,并能够在所述第一弹性件的作用下与所述卡扣件实现卡合。The second fixing member includes the locking projection, the locking projection is matched with the second end of the locking member, and can be realized with the locking member under the action of the first elastic member Snap.
可选地,在所述卡扣件或所述卡凸对应的横梁管壁外侧设置有锁紧机构,所述锁紧机构穿过横梁管壁,并能够旋紧以与所述卡扣件抵紧,从而使得所述卡扣件卡紧所述卡凸。Optionally, a locking mechanism is provided on the outer side of the crossbeam tube wall corresponding to the buckle or the buckle, and the locking mechanism passes through the crossbeam tube wall and can be screwed to abut against the buckle. Tightly, so that the buckle can clamp the buckle.
可选地,在所述卡凸对应的横梁管壁外侧设置有按钮,所述卡扣件的所述第二端设置有凸块,所述按钮按下时推动所述凸块,以使得所述卡扣件与所述卡凸分离。Optionally, a button is provided on the outer side of the pipe wall of the cross beam corresponding to the hook, and the second end of the buckle is provided with a bump, and when the button is pressed, the bump is pushed to make the The fastener is separated from the protrusion.
可选地,所述立架组件还包括锁紧机构,所述锁紧机构包括安装支座,锁紧凸轮手柄,顶柱和第二弹性件;Optionally, the stand assembly further includes a locking mechanism, and the locking mechanism includes a mounting support, a locking cam handle, a top post and a second elastic member;
所述安装支座安装于所述第一固定件,所述锁紧凸轮手柄安装于安装支座,并且锁紧凸轮手柄可相对于安装支座转动,以驱动顶柱抵紧卡扣件,使得第一固定件和第二固定件扣紧;The mounting support is mounted on the first fixing member, the locking cam handle is mounted on the mounting support, and the locking cam handle is rotatable relative to the mounting support to drive the top column against the buckle, so that The first fixing part and the second fixing part are fastened;
所述顶柱穿过第一固定件,其一端用于抵靠锁紧凸轮手柄,另一端用于抵靠卡扣件;The top post passes through the first fixing member, one end of which is used to abut against the locking cam handle, and the other end is used to abut against the buckle;
所述第二弹性件套设于顶柱,其一端固定于顶柱,另一端抵靠卡扣件。The second elastic member is sleeved on the top column, one end of which is fixed to the top column, and the other end is against the buckle member.
本发明实施例还提供以下技术方案:The embodiments of the present invention also provide the following technical solutions:
一种标定支架,包括:A calibration bracket includes:
底座;Base
立架组件,固定连接于所述底座;以及A stand assembly fixedly connected to the base; and
横梁组件,由所述立架组件支持,所述横梁组件包括可折叠的横梁,所述横梁用于安装标定元件,所述横梁包括至少第一横梁部与第二横梁部,所述第一横梁部与所述第二横梁部之间可枢转地连接,所述第一横梁部与所述第二横梁部至少一者的管壁上设置有锁紧机构,可以将所述第一横梁部与所述第二横梁部处于展开状态时锁紧至彼此。The cross beam component is supported by the stand component, the cross beam component includes a foldable cross beam, the cross beam is used to install the calibration element, the cross beam includes at least a first cross beam portion and a second cross beam portion, the first cross beam Part and the second beam part are pivotally connected, a locking mechanism is provided on the tube wall of at least one of the first beam part and the second beam part, and the first beam part And the second crossbeam part is locked to each other when in the unfolded state.
可选地,所述第一横梁部与所述第二横梁部之中一者的管壁内设置有卡扣件,所述第一横梁部与所述第二横梁部之中另一者的管壁内设置有卡凸,所述卡凸与所述卡扣件相配合以实现所述第一横梁部与所述第二横梁部之间的卡合。Optionally, a fastener is provided in the tube wall of one of the first beam portion and the second beam portion, and the other of the first beam portion and the second beam portion A locking protrusion is provided in the pipe wall, and the locking protrusion cooperates with the buckle to realize the engagement between the first beam portion and the second beam portion.
可选地,所述第一横梁部与所述第二横梁部各自的管壁内分别设置有第一固定件和第二固定件;Optionally, a first fixing member and a second fixing member are respectively provided in the respective tube walls of the first beam portion and the second beam portion;
所述第一固定件包括所述卡扣件,转轴,第一弹性件,所述转轴固定连接在所述第一固定件的内壁上,所述卡扣件安装在所述转轴上并可绕所述转轴转动,所述卡扣件包括第一端与第二端,所述第一端与所述第二端分别处于所述转轴的两端,所述第一弹性件连接于所述第一固定件的内壁及所述卡扣件的所述第一端;The first fixing member includes the locking member, a rotating shaft, and a first elastic member. The rotating shaft is fixedly connected to the inner wall of the first fixing member, and the locking member is installed on the rotating shaft and can be wound around. When the rotating shaft rotates, the buckle member includes a first end and a second end, the first end and the second end are respectively located at two ends of the rotating shaft, and the first elastic member is connected to the first end. The inner wall of a fixing piece and the first end of the buckle piece;
所述第二固定件包括所述卡凸,所述卡凸与所述卡扣件的所述第二端相配合,并能够在所述第一弹性件的作用下与所述卡扣件实现卡合。The second fixing member includes the locking projection, the locking projection is matched with the second end of the locking member, and can be realized with the locking member under the action of the first elastic member Snap.
可选地,所述锁紧机构包括安装支座,锁紧凸轮手柄,顶柱和第二弹性件;Optionally, the locking mechanism includes a mounting support, a locking cam handle, a top post and a second elastic member;
所述安装支座安装于所述第一固定件,所述锁紧凸轮手柄安装于安装支座,并且锁紧凸轮手柄可相对于安装支座转动,以驱动顶柱抵紧卡扣件,使得第一固定件和第二固定件扣紧;The mounting support is mounted on the first fixing member, the locking cam handle is mounted on the mounting support, and the locking cam handle is rotatable relative to the mounting support to drive the top column against the buckle, so that The first fixing part and the second fixing part are fastened;
所述顶柱穿过第一固定件,其一端用于抵靠锁紧凸轮手柄,另一端用于抵靠卡扣件;The top post passes through the first fixing member, one end of which is used to abut against the locking cam handle, and the other end is used to abut against the buckle;
所述第二弹性件套设于顶柱,其一端固定于顶柱,另一端抵靠卡扣件。The second elastic member is sleeved on the top column, one end of which is fixed to the top column, and the other end is against the buckle member.
本发明实施例还提供以下技术方案:The embodiments of the present invention also provide the following technical solutions:
一种标定支架,包括:A calibration bracket includes:
底座;Base
立架组件,固定连接于所述底座;The stand assembly is fixedly connected to the base;
横梁组件,所述横梁组件包括横梁与至少一个托杆,所述横梁与至少一个托杆相连接,所述横梁用于安装标定元件;以及A cross beam assembly, the cross beam assembly includes a cross beam and at least one supporting rod, the cross beam is connected to the at least one supporting rod, and the cross beam is used for installing a calibration element; and
两个固定块,所述横梁支持着所述两个固定块,所述两个固定块可沿所述横梁移动,每个所述固定块用于安装一个小型标定元件,所述两个固定块与所述至少一个托杆可协同支持一个大型标定元件,并且所述两个固定块分别从左右两端固定所述大型标定元件,所述至少一个托杆从所述大型标定元件的下方托举所述大型标定元件。Two fixed blocks, the cross beam supports the two fixed blocks, the two fixed blocks can move along the cross beam, each of the fixed blocks is used to install a small calibration element, the two fixed blocks It can cooperate with the at least one supporting rod to support a large-scale calibration element, and the two fixing blocks respectively fix the large-scale calibration element from the left and right ends, and the at least one supporting rod is lifted from below the large-scale calibration element The large-scale calibration element.
可选地,所述横梁组件被所述立架组件的顶表面支持。Optionally, the beam assembly is supported by the top surface of the stand assembly.
可选地,所述两个固定块包括第一固持机构和第二固持机构,所述第一固持机构和所述第二固持机构相向设置,并且用于分别从左右两端夹持所述大型标定元件。Optionally, the two fixing blocks include a first holding mechanism and a second holding mechanism, the first holding mechanism and the second holding mechanism are arranged opposite to each other, and are used to clamp the large Calibration components.
可选地,所述第一固持机构和所述第二固持机构中的每一个为卡槽或凸块。Optionally, each of the first holding mechanism and the second holding mechanism is a card slot or a protrusion.
可选地,所述两个固定块皆包括磁性材料,用于分别从左右两端吸住所述大型标定元件。Optionally, both of the two fixing blocks include magnetic materials for attracting the large-scale calibration element from the left and right ends respectively.
可选地,所述横梁组件包括安装座,所述安装座由所述立架组件支持,所述横梁设置于所述安装座中,并通过所述安装座由所述立架组件支持。Optionally, the cross beam assembly includes a mounting seat supported by the stand assembly, and the cross beam is disposed in the mounting seat and supported by the stand assembly through the mounting seat.
可选地,所述大型标定元件通过挂钩挂在所述至少两个固定块上。Optionally, the large-scale calibration element is hung on the at least two fixed blocks by hooks.
可选地,所述安装座的挂载面开设有收容槽;Optionally, the mounting surface of the mounting seat is provided with a receiving groove;
所述安装座包括垫板,所述垫板连接于所述安装座,并且所述垫板可相对于所述安装座在第一位置与第二位置之间转动,所述垫板包括挂载面;The mounting seat includes a backing plate, the backing plate is connected to the mounting seat, and the backing plate is rotatable relative to the mounting seat between a first position and a second position, and the backing plate includes a mount surface;
在第一位置时,所述垫板卡紧于所述收容槽内,以使所述垫板的挂载面和所述安装座的挂载面朝向同一方向,并且所述垫板的挂载面与两个所述固定块的挂载面齐平;When in the first position, the backing plate is clamped in the receiving groove so that the mounting surface of the backing plate and the mounting surface of the mounting seat face the same direction, and the mounting of the backing plate The surface is flush with the mounting surfaces of the two fixed blocks;
在第二位置时,所述垫板从所述收容槽脱离,所述安装座的挂载面与所述大型标定元件被两个所述固定块分别从左右两端固定时的背面平齐或比该背面靠后。In the second position, the backing plate is detached from the receiving groove, and the mounting surface of the mounting seat is flush with the back surface of the large calibration element when the two fixing blocks are fixed from the left and right ends respectively. Be behind the back.
可选地,所述垫板还包括内表面,所述垫板的挂载面和内表面相对设置,所述垫板的内表面包括磁性材料,用于与所述至少两个固定块一同吸住所述大型标定元件。Optionally, the backing plate further includes an inner surface, the mounting surface and the inner surface of the backing plate are arranged opposite to each other, and the inner surface of the backing plate includes a magnetic material for sucking together with the at least two fixed blocks. To house the large calibration element.
可选地,所述垫板的挂载面上设置有第一定位凸起,用于挂载小型标定元件。Optionally, a first positioning protrusion is provided on the mounting surface of the backing plate for mounting small calibration elements.
可选地,所述第一定位凸起包括磁性材料。Optionally, the first positioning protrusion includes a magnetic material.
可选地,两个所述第一定位凸起沿所述横梁的长度方向设置。Optionally, two of the first positioning protrusions are arranged along the length direction of the beam.
可选地,每个所述固定块的挂载面上设置有第二定位凸起,用于挂载小型标定元件。Optionally, a second positioning protrusion is provided on the mounting surface of each fixed block for mounting a small calibration element.
可选地,所述第二定位凸起包括磁性材料。Optionally, the second positioning protrusion includes a magnetic material.
可选地,在每个所述固定块中,两个所述第二定位凸起沿所述横梁的长度方向设置。Optionally, in each of the fixing blocks, two of the second positioning protrusions are arranged along the length direction of the beam.
可选地,在所述垫板位于第一位置时,所述第一定位凸起的端面和第二定位凸起的端面齐平。Optionally, when the backing plate is in the first position, the end surface of the first positioning protrusion and the end surface of the second positioning protrusion are flush.
可选地,每个所述托杆包括托杆本体和托件,所述托杆本体的一端连接于所述横梁,另一端安装所述托件,所述托件开设有第三定位机构;Optionally, each of the support rods includes a support rod body and a support member, one end of the support rod body is connected to the cross beam, and the other end is installed with the support member, and the support member is provided with a third positioning mechanism;
所述第一固持机构、第二固持机构以及第三定位机构位于同一平面。The first holding mechanism, the second holding mechanism and the third positioning mechanism are located on the same plane.
可选地,所述第三定位机构为卡槽或凸块。Optionally, the third positioning mechanism is a card slot or a bump.
可选地,每个所述固定块开设有收容腔,所述横梁卡于所述收容腔内。Optionally, each of the fixing blocks is provided with a receiving cavity, and the beam is clamped in the receiving cavity.
可选地,每个所述固定块包括导引杆,所述导引杆位于所述收容腔内;Optionally, each of the fixed blocks includes a guide rod, and the guide rod is located in the receiving cavity;
所述横梁外壁开设有导引槽,所述导引槽沿所述横梁的长度方向设置,其形状与所述导引杆的形状相适配,以使所述导引槽可卡紧所述导引杆,且所述导引槽和所述导引杆可导引每个所述固定块沿所述横梁的长度方向移动。The outer wall of the cross beam is provided with a guide groove, the guide groove is arranged along the length direction of the cross beam, and the shape of the guide groove is adapted to the shape of the guide rod, so that the guide groove can clamp the A guide rod, and the guide groove and the guide rod can guide each of the fixed blocks to move along the length direction of the beam.
可选地,所述收容腔具有开口,所述横梁的直径大于所述收容腔的开口的宽度。Optionally, the receiving cavity has an opening, and the diameter of the beam is larger than the width of the opening of the receiving cavity.
可选地,所述收容腔为圆柱状,所述横梁的横截面为圆形。Optionally, the receiving cavity is cylindrical, and the cross-section of the beam is circular.
本发明实施例还提供以下技术方案:The embodiments of the present invention also provide the following technical solutions:
一种标定支架,包括:A calibration bracket includes:
底座;Base
立架组件,固定连接于所述底座;以及A stand assembly fixedly connected to the base; and
横梁组件,所述横梁组件由所述立架组件支持,所述横梁组件包括横梁,所述横梁用于安装标定元件,其中,A cross beam assembly, the cross beam assembly is supported by the stand assembly, the cross beam assembly includes a cross beam, and the cross beam is used to install a calibration element, wherein,
所述横梁组件还包括基座、调节涡轮、调节蜗杆,所述调节蜗杆和所述调节蜗轮两者之一安装于所述基座,另一者安装于所述横梁;所述横梁与所述调节涡轮的旋转面平行,并且与所述调节涡轮的旋转中心线垂直,所述调节蜗杆包括蜗杆螺纹,所述调节蜗轮包括蜗轮齿牙,所述蜗轮齿牙与蜗杆螺纹啮合,通过转动所述调节蜗杆,所述蜗杆螺纹可驱动所述蜗轮齿牙相对于所述蜗杆螺纹绕所述调节蜗轮的旋转中心线转动,以带动所述横梁转动,从而调节所述横梁的水平角度。The beam assembly further includes a base, an adjusting turbine, and an adjusting worm. One of the adjusting worm and the adjusting worm gear is installed on the base, and the other is installed on the beam; the beam and the The rotating surface of the adjustment turbine is parallel and perpendicular to the rotation center line of the adjustment turbine. The adjustment worm includes worm threads, the adjustment worm gear includes worm gear teeth, and the worm gear teeth mesh with the worm threads. The adjustment worm, the worm thread can drive the worm gear teeth relative to the worm thread to rotate around the rotation center line of the adjustment worm wheel to drive the cross beam to rotate, thereby adjusting the horizontal angle of the cross beam.
可选地,所述调节涡轮与所述横梁的底面固定连接。Optionally, the regulating turbine is fixedly connected to the bottom surface of the beam.
可选地,所述调节涡轮与所述横梁的侧面固定连接。Optionally, the regulating turbine is fixedly connected to the side surface of the beam.
可选地,所述横梁组件还包括安装座,所述横梁设置于所述安装座中;Optionally, the cross beam assembly further includes a mounting seat, and the cross beam is disposed in the mounting seat;
所述调节蜗杆和所述调节蜗轮两者之一安装于所述基座,另一者安装于所述安装座;One of the adjusting worm and the adjusting worm gear is installed on the base, and the other is installed on the mounting seat;
所述基座由所述立架组件支持。The base is supported by the stand assembly.
可选地,所述基座设置在所述立架组件的顶表面。Optionally, the base is provided on the top surface of the stand assembly.
可选地,所述安装座围设形成一安装通道,并且所述安装通道不闭合且留有缺口,所述横梁安装于所述安装通道内,所述缺口用于方便将所述横梁通过所述缺口安装于所述安装通道内,并且方便通过所述缺口将所述横梁从所述安装通道取出。Optionally, the mounting seat is surrounded to form an installation channel, and the installation channel is not closed with a gap, the beam is installed in the installation channel, and the gap is used to facilitate the passage of the beam through the installation channel. The notch is installed in the installation channel, and it is convenient to take out the beam from the installation channel through the notch.
可选地,所述安装座包括第一定位机构,所述横梁包括与所述第一定位机构相适配的第二定位机构;Optionally, the mounting seat includes a first positioning mechanism, and the cross beam includes a second positioning mechanism that is adapted to the first positioning mechanism;
所述第一定位机构与所述第二定位机构配合,将所述横梁定位于所述安装座内。The first positioning mechanism cooperates with the second positioning mechanism to position the cross beam in the mounting seat.
可选地,所述安装座上设置有固定机构,所述固定机构从与水平方向成预设角度的方向将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上,以使得将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座的底面及一个侧面上,所述预设角度大于0度小于90度。Optionally, a fixing mechanism is provided on the mounting seat, and the fixing mechanism presses the beam on the mounting seat from a direction at a preset angle to the horizontal, so that the beam is pressed on On the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat, the preset angle is greater than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees.
可选地,所述横梁上设置有与所述固定机构相适配的固定表面,所述固定机构抵紧所述固定表面以将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上。Optionally, a fixing surface adapted to the fixing mechanism is provided on the cross beam, and the fixing mechanism abuts the fixing surface to press the cross beam on the mounting seat.
可选地,所述预设角度为30度、45度或60度。Optionally, the preset angle is 30 degrees, 45 degrees or 60 degrees.
可选地,所述固定机构为固定杆。Optionally, the fixing mechanism is a fixing rod.
可选地,所述固定杆包括至少一段螺杆,以使得所述固定杆可以被旋紧以将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上。Optionally, the fixed rod includes at least a section of screw, so that the fixed rod can be tightened to press the cross beam on the mounting seat.
可选地,所述固定机构为凸轮手柄,所述凸轮手柄安装于所述安装座,并且所述凸轮手柄可相对于所述安装座转动,以使所述凸轮手柄抵紧所述横梁,使得所述凸轮手柄将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座的底面及一个侧面上,或者以使所述凸轮手柄脱离所述横梁,使得所述横梁可从所述安装座取下。Optionally, the fixing mechanism is a cam handle, the cam handle is mounted on the mounting seat, and the cam handle is rotatable relative to the mounting seat, so that the cam handle is pressed against the beam, so that The cam handle presses the cross beam on the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat, or makes the cam handle separate from the cross beam, so that the cross beam can be removed from the mounting seat.
本发明实施例还提供以下技术方案:The embodiments of the present invention also provide the following technical solutions:
一种标定支架,包括:A calibration bracket includes:
底座;Base
固定立杆,所述固定立杆的一端安装于所述底座;A fixed vertical pole, one end of the fixed vertical pole is installed on the base;
移动立杆,所述移动立杆设置在所述固定立杆之内或或套于所述固定立杆之外,并且所述移动立杆可以沿所述固定立杆的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆移动;以及A movable vertical pole, the movable vertical pole is arranged in the fixed vertical pole or sleeved outside the fixed vertical pole, and the movable vertical pole can be relative to the fixed vertical pole along the length direction of the fixed vertical pole. Fixed pole movement; and
横梁组件,由所述移动立杆支持,所述横梁组件包括可折叠的横梁,所述横梁用于安装标定元件。The beam assembly is supported by the movable vertical rod, the beam assembly includes a foldable beam, and the beam is used for installing a calibration element.
可选地,所述移动立杆仅可沿所述固定立杆的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆移动。Optionally, the moving upright can only move relative to the fixed upright along the length of the fixed upright.
可选地,所述固定立杆及所述移动立杆的横截面为非圆形。Optionally, the cross-sections of the fixed pole and the movable pole are non-circular.
可选地,所述固定立杆与所述移动立杆中的一者包含有导轨,另一者受所述导轨的导引仅可沿所述固定立杆的长度方向移动。Optionally, one of the fixed vertical pole and the movable vertical pole includes a guide rail, and the other can only move along the length direction of the fixed vertical pole under the guidance of the guide rail.
可选地,所述标定支架还包括驱动机构,所述驱动机构安装于所述固定立杆,用于驱动所述移动立杆沿所述固定立杆的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆移动。Optionally, the calibration bracket further includes a driving mechanism installed on the fixed vertical rod for driving the movable vertical rod to move relative to the fixed vertical rod along the length direction of the fixed vertical rod .
可选地,所述固定立杆的一端安装于所述底座,所述移动立杆从所述固定立杆的另一端套设于所述固定立杆;Optionally, one end of the fixed vertical rod is installed on the base, and the movable vertical rod is sleeved on the fixed vertical rod from the other end of the fixed vertical rod;
所述移动立杆开设导槽,所述导槽沿所述移动立杆的长度方向设置;The movable vertical rod is provided with a guide groove, and the guide groove is arranged along the length direction of the movable vertical rod;
所述驱动机构包括齿轮轴承,丝杆,驱动齿轮和手柄;The driving mechanism includes a gear bearing, a screw rod, a driving gear and a handle;
所述手柄穿过所述导槽,并且可沿所述导槽滑动,所述手柄的一端设置斜齿轮,所述斜齿轮与所述驱动齿轮啮合,所述斜齿轮可绕第一转动轴线旋转,以驱动所述驱动齿轮转动;The handle passes through the guide groove and can slide along the guide groove, one end of the handle is provided with a helical gear, the helical gear meshes with the driving gear, and the helical gear can rotate around a first rotation axis , To drive the drive gear to rotate;
所述驱动齿轮套设于所述丝杆,所述驱动齿轮与所述丝杆螺纹配合,所述驱动齿轮可绕第二转动轴线转动,以驱动所述丝杆沿所述第二转动轴线运动,所述第一转动轴线和第二转动轴线相互垂直且相交;The driving gear is sleeved on the screw rod, the driving gear is threadedly matched with the screw rod, and the driving gear can rotate around a second rotation axis to drive the screw rod to move along the second rotation axis , The first rotation axis and the second rotation axis are perpendicular to and intersect each other;
所述丝杆的顶端固定于所述移动立杆的顶部;The top end of the screw rod is fixed to the top of the movable vertical rod;
所述齿轮轴承套设于所述驱动齿轮,并且所述齿轮轴承固定于所述固定立杆的内壁,所述驱动齿轮仅可绕第二转动轴线相对于齿轮轴承转动。The gear bearing is sleeved on the drive gear, and the gear bearing is fixed on the inner wall of the fixed pole. The drive gear can only rotate relative to the gear bearing about a second rotation axis.
可选地,所述移动立杆设置在所述固定立杆内;所述驱动机构包括齿轮减速组件。Optionally, the movable vertical rod is arranged in the fixed vertical rod; the driving mechanism includes a gear reduction assembly.
可选地,所述移动立杆设置在所述固定立杆内;Optionally, the movable vertical pole is arranged in the fixed vertical pole;
所述驱动机构安装于所述固定立杆,用于驱动所述移动立杆沿所述固定立杆的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆移动,并且所述驱动机构包括齿条,壳体,蜗杆,蜗轮和第二传动齿轮;The driving mechanism is installed on the fixed vertical rod and is used for driving the movable vertical rod to move relative to the fixed vertical rod along the length direction of the fixed vertical rod, and the driving mechanism includes a rack, a housing, Worm, worm gear and second transmission gear;
所述齿条固定安装于所述移动立杆,所述齿条沿所述移动立杆的长度方向设置,并且所述齿条形成所述导轨;The rack is fixedly installed on the movable pole, the rack is arranged along the length of the movable pole, and the rack forms the guide rail;
所述壳体固定安装于所述固定立杆;The housing is fixedly installed on the fixed pole;
所述蜗杆与所述蜗轮啮合;The worm meshes with the worm gear;
所述蜗轮固定安装于所述第二传动齿轮,所述蜗轮的旋转轴线与所述第二传动齿轮的旋转轴线重合,所述蜗轮与所述第二传动齿轮可绕第三旋转轴线转动;The worm gear is fixedly mounted on the second transmission gear, the rotation axis of the worm gear coincides with the rotation axis of the second transmission gear, and the worm gear and the second transmission gear are rotatable about a third rotation axis;
所述第二传动齿轮固定安装于所述壳体,所述第二传动齿轮与所述齿条啮合;The second transmission gear is fixedly mounted on the housing, and the second transmission gear meshes with the rack;
所述第三旋转轴线垂直于所述齿条。The third rotation axis is perpendicular to the rack.
可选地,所述移动立杆设置在所述固定立杆内;Optionally, the movable vertical pole is arranged in the fixed vertical pole;
所述标定支架包括紧固机构和弹性体;The calibration bracket includes a fastening mechanism and an elastic body;
所述紧固机构安装于所述固定立杆,用于将所述移动立杆固定于所述固定立杆;The fastening mechanism is installed on the fixed vertical pole, and is used to fix the movable vertical pole to the fixed vertical pole;
所述弹性体连接于所述固定立杆的底部和所述移动立杆之间,并且所述弹性体在所述移动立杆处于最低位置时处于压缩状态。The elastic body is connected between the bottom of the fixed vertical rod and the movable vertical rod, and the elastic body is in a compressed state when the movable vertical rod is at the lowest position.
与现有技术相比较,在本实施例的所述标定支架中,所述左横梁部和所述右横梁部可分别相对于所述连接部相向转动,以使所述横梁组件折叠,可减小所述标定支架的体积,以方便装运。Compared with the prior art, in the calibration bracket of this embodiment, the left cross beam portion and the right cross beam portion can be rotated relative to the connecting portion, respectively, so that the cross beam assembly can be folded and reduced The volume of the calibration bracket is small to facilitate shipment.
本发明实施例还提供以下技术方案:The embodiments of the present invention also provide the following technical solutions:
一种标定支架,包括:底座;立架组件,固定连接于所述底座;可折叠的横梁,所述横梁用于安装标定元件;安装座,所述安装座由所述立架组件支持,所述横梁设置于所述安装座内;以及固定机构,所述固定机构安装于所述安装座,所述固定机构将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上。A calibration support includes: a base; a stand assembly fixedly connected to the base; a foldable cross beam, the cross beam is used to install a calibration element; a mounting seat, the mounting seat is supported by the stand assembly, so The cross beam is arranged in the mounting seat; and a fixing mechanism, the fixing mechanism is installed on the mounting seat, and the fixing mechanism presses the cross beam on the mounting seat.
在一些实施例中,所述固定机构包括凸轮手柄和限位杆;所述凸轮手柄安装于所述安装座,并且所述凸轮手柄可相对于所述安装座转动;所述限位杆安装于所述安装座,并且所述限位杆可相对于所述安装座移动,所述限位杆的一端抵接于所述凸轮手柄;当所述凸轮手柄相对于所述安装座转动时,所述限位杆相对于所述安装座移动,以使得所述限位杆的另一端将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上,或者以使所述限位杆的另一端脱离所述横梁,以使得所述横梁可从所述安装座取下。In some embodiments, the fixing mechanism includes a cam handle and a limit rod; the cam handle is mounted on the mounting seat, and the cam handle is rotatable relative to the mounting seat; the limit rod is mounted on The mounting seat, and the limiting rod can move relative to the mounting seat, one end of the limiting rod abuts the cam handle; when the cam handle rotates relative to the mounting seat, The limit rod moves relative to the mounting seat, so that the other end of the limit rod presses the cross beam on the mounting seat, or the other end of the limit rod separates from the cross beam , So that the beam can be removed from the mounting seat.
在一些实施例中,所述固定机构还包括压紧弹簧,所述压紧弹簧用于使所述限位杆的一端与所述凸轮手柄保持抵接。In some embodiments, the fixing mechanism further includes a compression spring for keeping one end of the limiting rod in contact with the cam handle.
在一些实施例中,所述安装座设置有滑槽,所述限位杆穿设所述滑槽。In some embodiments, the mounting seat is provided with a sliding groove, and the limiting rod penetrates the sliding groove.
在一些实施例中,所述限位杆的一端设置有限位部,所述限位部的横截面尺寸大于所述滑槽的横截面尺寸;所述限位杆的一端通过所述限位部与所述凸轮手柄相抵接。In some embodiments, one end of the limiting rod is provided with a limiting portion, and the cross-sectional size of the limiting portion is larger than the cross-sectional size of the sliding groove; one end of the limiting rod passes through the limiting portion Abut the cam handle.
在一些实施例中,所述滑槽的槽壁设有环形挡部,所述限位杆套设于所述环形挡部;所述压紧弹簧套设于所述限位杆,并且所述压紧弹簧抵接于所述环形挡部与所述限位部之间。In some embodiments, the groove wall of the chute is provided with an annular stop, the limit rod is sleeved on the annular stop; the compression spring is sleeved on the limit rod, and the The compression spring abuts between the annular blocking portion and the limiting portion.
在一些实施例中,当所述限位杆的另一端将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上时,所述横梁压紧在所述安装座的底面及一个侧面上。In some embodiments, when the other end of the limiting rod presses the beam on the mounting seat, the beam is pressed on the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat.
在一些实施例中,所述限位杆的另一端设置有压紧部,所述压紧部具有压紧斜面,所述压紧斜面相对于所述安装座的底面倾斜;所述限位杆的另一端通过所述压紧斜面将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上。In some embodiments, the other end of the limiting rod is provided with a pressing part, the pressing part has a pressing inclined surface, and the pressing inclined surface is inclined with respect to the bottom surface of the mounting seat; the limiting rod The other end of the cross beam is pressed against the mounting seat through the pressing inclined surface.
在一些实施例中,所述压紧部还具有压紧平面,所述压紧平面相对于所述安装座的底面平行;所述限位杆的另一端通过所述压紧斜面和所述压紧平面一并将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上。In some embodiments, the pressing portion further has a pressing plane, the pressing plane is parallel to the bottom surface of the mounting seat; the other end of the limit rod passes through the pressing inclined surface and the pressing plane. Tighten the plane and press the beam on the mounting seat.
另一方面,提供一种标定系统,包括标定元件和如上所述的标定支架,所述标定元件可挂载于所述标定支架。In another aspect, a calibration system is provided, which includes a calibration element and the calibration bracket as described above, and the calibration element can be mounted on the calibration bracket.
与现有技术相比,通过可折叠的横梁,并且固定机构将横梁压紧在安装座上,在需要的时候可以将横梁与立架组件分离,以实现标定支架便于搬迁。Compared with the prior art, a foldable cross beam and a fixing mechanism press the cross beam on the mounting seat, and the cross beam can be separated from the stand assembly when needed, so as to realize the calibration bracket and facilitate the relocation.
本发明实施例还提供以下技术方案,在能够方便搬运的同时还能满足传感器标定所需的对高度的精确控制。The embodiments of the present invention also provide the following technical solutions, which can meet the precise control of height required for sensor calibration while being convenient to carry.
一种标定支架,包括底座、立架组件以及横梁组件,所述立架组件包括固定立杆、移动立杆以及驱动机构,所述固定立杆的一端固定安装于所述底座,所述移动立杆安装于所述固定立杆,所述移动立杆可相对于所述固定立杆升降,所述横梁组件安装于所述移动立杆,所述横梁组件用于挂载标定元件;所述驱动机构包括:单向转动组件,所述单向转动组件包括固定支座和转动件,所述固定支座固定安装于所述固定立杆,所述转动件安装于所述固定支座,所述转动件仅可绕所述预设轴线并朝第一转动方向相对于所述固定支座转动;抱簧,所述抱簧套设并抱紧所述转动件;第一回转体,所述第一回转体安装于所述固定支座,所述第一回转体可绕所述预设轴线相对于所述固定支座转动,所述第一回转体用于挤压抱簧,当所述第一回转体朝所述第一转动方向挤压所述抱簧时,所述抱簧带动所述转动件转动,当所述第一回转体朝第二转动方向挤压所述抱簧时,所述抱簧松开所述转动件并相对于所述转动件转动,所述第二转动方向与所述第一转动方向相反;第二回转体,所述第二回转体安装于所述第一回转体,所述第二回转体可绕所述预设轴线相对于所述第一回转体在第一位置和第二位置间转动,所述第二位置在所述第一位置朝所述第一转动方向的一侧,所述第二回转体用于推动所述第一回转体转动,当所述第二回转体转动至所述第一位置时,所述第二回转体可朝所述第一转动方向推动所述第一回转体,当所述第二回转体转动至所述第二位置时,所述第二回转体可朝所述第二转动方向推动所述第一回转体,当所述第二回转体转动至所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间,并且所述第二回转体朝所述第二转动方向转动时,所述抱簧抵住所述第二回转体,以阻碍所述第二回转体继续转动;及传动组件,所述传动组件连接所述第二回转体和所述移动立杆,当所述第二回转体朝所述第一转动方向转动时,所述第二回转体通过所述传动组件带动所述移动立杆上升,当所述第一回转体朝所述第二转动方向转动时,所述第二回转体通过所述传动组 件带动所述移动立杆下降。A calibration bracket includes a base, a vertical frame assembly and a beam assembly. The vertical frame assembly includes a fixed vertical rod, a movable vertical rod and a driving mechanism. One end of the fixed vertical rod is fixedly installed on the base, and the movable vertical The rod is installed on the fixed vertical rod, the movable vertical rod can be raised and lowered relative to the fixed vertical rod, the cross beam assembly is installed on the movable vertical rod, and the cross beam assembly is used to mount the calibration element; the drive The mechanism includes: a one-way rotating assembly, the one-way rotating assembly includes a fixed support and a rotating part, the fixed support is fixedly mounted on the fixed pole, the rotating part is mounted on the fixed support, the The rotating member can only rotate relative to the fixed support around the preset axis and in a first rotation direction; a wrap spring, the wrap spring sleeves and embraces the rotating member; the first rotating body, the second A revolving body is installed on the fixed support, the first revolving body can rotate relative to the fixed support about the preset axis, and the first revolving body is used for squeezing the holding spring. When a revolving body squeezes the holding spring in the first rotation direction, the holding spring drives the rotating part to rotate, and when the first revolving body squeezes the holding spring in the second rotation direction, The holding spring loosens the rotating member and rotates relative to the rotating member, the second rotating direction is opposite to the first rotating direction; the second rotating body, the second rotating body is mounted on the first rotating body A revolving body, the second revolving body can rotate about the preset axis relative to the first revolving body between a first position and a second position, and the second position is facing the first position in the first position On one side of a rotation direction, the second rotating body is used to push the first rotating body to rotate, and when the second rotating body rotates to the first position, the second rotating body can face the The first rotating body is pushed in a first rotation direction, and when the second rotating body rotates to the second position, the second rotating body can push the first rotating body in the second rotating direction, When the second rotating body rotates between the first position and the second position, and the second rotating body rotates in the second rotating direction, the holding spring resists the second rotating body Body, to hinder the second rotating body from continuing to rotate; and a transmission assembly that connects the second rotating body and the moving upright, when the second rotating body rotates in the first rotation direction When the second rotating body is driven by the transmission assembly to raise the movable pole, when the first rotating body rotates in the second rotation direction, the second rotating body is driven by the transmission assembly The movable pole descends.
在一些实施例中,所述抱簧包括螺旋部和抵接部;所述螺旋部套设并抱紧所述转动件;所述抵接部连接并突出于所述螺旋部,所述第一回转体用于挤压所述抵接部;当所述第一回转体朝所述第一转动方向挤压所述抵接部时,所述螺旋部带动所述转动件转动,当所述第一回转体朝所述第二转动方向挤压所述抵接部时,所述螺旋部松开所述转动件并相对于所述转动件转动;当所述第二回转体转动至所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间,并且所述第二回转体朝所述第二转动方向转动时,所述抵接部抵住所述第二回转体,以阻碍所述第二回转体继续转动。In some embodiments, the holding spring includes a spiral portion and an abutting portion; the spiral portion is sleeved and hugs the rotating member; the abutting portion is connected to and protrudes from the spiral portion, and the first The rotating body is used to squeeze the abutting part; when the first rotating body squeezes the abutting part in the first rotation direction, the spiral part drives the rotating part to rotate. When a rotating body presses the abutting part in the second rotating direction, the spiral part loosens the rotating part and rotates relative to the rotating part; when the second rotating body rotates to the first Between a position and the second position, and when the second rotating body rotates in the second rotating direction, the abutting portion abuts against the second rotating body to prevent the second rotating body from continuing Rotate.
在一些实施例中,所述抵接部包括第一抵接部和第二抵接部;所述第一抵接部和所述第二抵接部皆连接并突出于所述螺旋部,所述第一回转体用于挤压所述第一抵接部或者所述第二抵接部;当所述第一回转体朝所述第一转动方向挤压所述第一抵接部时,所述螺旋部带动所述转动件转动,当所述第一回转体朝所述第二转动方向挤压所述第二抵接部时,所述螺旋部松开所述转动件并相对于所述转动件转动;当所述第二回转体转动至所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间,并且所述第二回转体朝所述第二转动方向转动时,所述第一抵接部抵住所述第二回转体,并阻碍所述第二回转体继续转动。In some embodiments, the abutting portion includes a first abutting portion and a second abutting portion; the first abutting portion and the second abutting portion are both connected and protruding from the spiral portion, so The first revolving body is used to press the first abutting portion or the second abutting portion; when the first revolving body presses the first abutting portion in the first rotation direction, The spiral part drives the rotating part to rotate. When the first rotating body presses the second abutting part in the second rotation direction, the spiral part loosens the rotating part and moves relative to the rotating part. The rotating member rotates; when the second rotating body rotates between the first position and the second position, and the second rotating body rotates in the second rotation direction, the first abutment The connecting portion abuts the second rotating body and prevents the second rotating body from continuing to rotate.
在一些实施例中,所述第二抵接部位于所述第一抵接部朝所述第一转动方向的一侧。In some embodiments, the second abutting portion is located on a side of the first abutting portion facing the first rotation direction.
在一些实施例中,所述第一回转体包括第一回转主体和止挡部;所述第一回转主体安装于所述固定支座,所述第一回转主体可绕所述预设轴线相对于所述固定支座转动;所述止挡部设于所述第一回转主体朝向所述抱簧的一面;当所述止挡部朝所述第一转动方向挤压所述第一抵接部时,所述螺旋部带动所述转动件转动,当所述止挡部朝所述第二转动方向挤压所述第二抵接部时,所述螺旋部松开所述转动件并相对于所述转动件转动。In some embodiments, the first revolving body includes a first revolving body and a stopper; the first revolving body is mounted on the fixed support, and the first revolving body can be opposed to each other around the preset axis. Rotating on the fixed support; the stopper portion is provided on the side of the first rotating body facing the wrap spring; when the stopper portion presses the first abutment in the first rotation direction When the screw part drives the rotating part to rotate, when the stop part presses the second abutting part in the second rotation direction, the screw part loosens the rotating part and faces each other. The rotating member rotates.
在一些实施例中,所述止挡部包括第一止挡部和第二止挡部;所述第一止挡部和所述第二止挡部皆设于所述第一回转主体朝向所述抱簧的一面,所述第一止挡部用于挤压所述第一抵接部,所述第二止挡部用于挤压所述第二抵接部;当所述第一止挡部朝所述第一转动方向挤压所述第一抵接部时,所述螺旋部带动所述转动件转动,当所述第二止挡部朝所述第二转动方向挤压所述第二抵接部时,所述螺旋部松开所述转动件并相对于所述转动件转动。In some embodiments, the stopper includes a first stopper and a second stopper; both the first stopper and the second stopper are provided on the first revolving body facing the On one side of the holding spring, the first stop portion is used to squeeze the first abutting portion, and the second stop portion is used to squeeze the second abutting portion; when the first stop When the stop portion presses the first abutting portion in the first rotation direction, the spiral portion drives the rotation member to rotate, and when the second stop portion presses the first contact portion in the second rotation direction When the second abutting part is used, the spiral part loosens the rotating part and rotates relative to the rotating part.
在一些实施例中,所述第一抵接部和所述第二抵接部皆在所述第一转动方向上位于所述第一止挡部和所述第二止挡部之间,并且所述第一止挡部更靠近所述第一抵接部,所述第二止挡部更靠近所述第二抵接部。In some embodiments, the first abutment portion and the second abutment portion are both located between the first stop portion and the second stop portion in the first rotation direction, and The first stop part is closer to the first abutment part, and the second stop part is closer to the second abutment part.
在一些实施例中,所述第二回转体包括第二回转主体和限位杆;所述第二回转主体安装于所述第一回转体,所述第二回转主体可绕所述预设轴线相对于所述第一回转体转动;所述限位杆设于所述第二回转主体朝向所述第一回转体的一面,所述限位杆越过所述第一回转体,并在所述第一转动方向上位于所述 第一抵接部和所述第二抵接部之间,所述限位杆用于推动所述第一回转体转动;当所述第二回转主体转动至所述第一位置时,所述限位杆可朝所述第一转动方向推动所述第一回转体,当所述第二回转主体转动至所述第二位置时,所述限位杆可朝所述第二转动方向推动所述第一回转体,当所述第二回转主体转动至所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间,并且所述第二回转主体朝所述第二转动方向转动时,所述第一抵接部抵住所述限位杆,以阻碍所述第二回转体继续转动。In some embodiments, the second revolving body includes a second revolving body and a limit rod; the second revolving body is installed on the first revolving body, and the second revolving body can be moved around the predetermined axis. Rotate relative to the first revolving body; the limiting rod is provided on the side of the second revolving body facing the first revolving body, the limiting rod crosses the first revolving body, and is positioned at the Located between the first abutting portion and the second abutting portion in the first rotation direction, the limit rod is used to push the first rotating body to rotate; when the second rotating body rotates to the In the first position, the limit lever can push the first rotating body in the first rotation direction, and when the second rotating body rotates to the second position, the limit lever can move toward The second rotating direction pushes the first rotating body, when the second rotating body rotates between the first position and the second position, and the second rotating body rotates towards the second When rotating in a direction, the first abutting portion abuts the limiting rod to prevent the second rotating body from continuing to rotate.
在一些实施例中,所述第一回转体开设有弧形缺口,所述弧形缺口具有第一端和第二端,所述限位杆穿过所述弧形缺口;当所述第二回转主体转动至所述第一位置时,所述限位杆位于所述第一端处,当所述第二回转主体转动至所述第二位置时,所述限位杆位于所述第二端处,当所述第二回转主体转动至所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间时,所述限位杆位于所述第一端和所述第二端之间。In some embodiments, the first revolving body is provided with an arc-shaped notch, the arc-shaped notch has a first end and a second end, and the limiting rod passes through the arc-shaped notch; when the second When the rotating body rotates to the first position, the limiting rod is located at the first end, and when the second rotating body rotates to the second position, the limiting rod is located at the second At the end, when the second rotating body rotates between the first position and the second position, the limit rod is located between the first end and the second end.
在一些实施例中,所述第二端位于所述第一端朝所述第一转动方向的一侧。In some embodiments, the second end is located on a side of the first end facing the first rotation direction.
在一些实施例中,所述传动组件包括牵引绳;所述牵引绳的一端缠绕于所述第二回转体,所述牵引绳的另一端固定安装于所述移动立杆。In some embodiments, the transmission assembly includes a traction rope; one end of the traction rope is wound around the second rotating body, and the other end of the traction rope is fixedly installed on the movable pole.
在一些实施例中,所述传动组件还包括滑轮;In some embodiments, the transmission assembly further includes a pulley;
所述滑轮安装于所述固定立杆,所述牵引绳的另一端经由所述滑轮固定安装于所述固定立杆。The pulley is installed on the fixed pole, and the other end of the traction rope is fixedly installed on the fixed pole via the pulley.
在一些实施例中,所述第二回转体包括绳轴体和挡板;所述牵引绳的一端缠绕于所述绳轴体,所述绳轴体可绕所述预设轴线相对于所述第一回转体转动;所述挡板设于所述绳轴体的末端,所述挡板的横截面尺寸大于所述绳轴体的横轴面尺寸。In some embodiments, the second revolving body includes a rope shaft body and a baffle; one end of the traction rope is wound around the rope shaft body, and the rope shaft body can be relative to the predetermined axis. The first revolving body rotates; the baffle is arranged at the end of the rope shaft body, and the cross-sectional size of the baffle is larger than the horizontal axis surface size of the rope shaft body.
在一些实施例中,所述挡板包括第一挡板和第二挡板;所述第一挡板设于所述绳轴体靠近所述第一回转体的一端,所述第二挡板设于所述绳轴体远离所述第一回转体的另一端,所述第一挡板的横截面尺寸和所述第二挡板的横截面尺寸皆大于所述绳轴体的横截面尺寸。In some embodiments, the baffle includes a first baffle and a second baffle; the first baffle is provided at an end of the rope shaft body close to the first revolving body, and the second baffle Located at the other end of the rope shaft away from the first revolving body, the cross-sectional size of the first baffle and the cross-sectional dimension of the second baffle are both larger than the cross-sectional size of the rope shaft .
在一些实施例中,所述单向转动组件为棘轮组件;所述转动件为内啮合式棘轮。In some embodiments, the one-way rotating assembly is a ratchet assembly; the rotating part is an internal meshing ratchet.
在一些实施例中,所述移动立杆套设于所述固定立杆。In some embodiments, the movable vertical rod is sleeved on the fixed vertical rod.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动机构还包括手轮;所述手轮固定安装于所述第二回转体,所述手轮与所述第二回转体可一同绕所述预设轴线相对于所述第一回转体转动。In some embodiments, the driving mechanism further includes a hand wheel; the hand wheel is fixedly mounted on the second revolving body, and the hand wheel and the second revolving body can be relative to each other around the predetermined axis. The first rotating body rotates.
一种标定系统,包括标定元件和如上所述的标定支架,所述标定元件可挂载于所述标定支架。A calibration system includes a calibration element and a calibration bracket as described above, and the calibration element can be mounted on the calibration bracket.
与现有技术相比较,在本实施例的所述标定支架中,通过第一回转体转动,可通过传动机构带动移动立杆相对于固定立杆升降,显著地降低了标定支架高 度,方便了标定支架的搬运,同时还能实现对标定标靶高度的精确控制。Compared with the prior art, in the calibration bracket of this embodiment, through the rotation of the first revolving body, the movable vertical rod can be driven to rise and fall relative to the fixed vertical rod through the transmission mechanism, which significantly reduces the height of the calibration bracket and facilitates The transportation of the calibration bracket can also realize the precise control of the height of the calibration target.
本发明实施例还提供以下技术方案,可解决现有技术中部分零件加工精度要求较高的技术问题:The embodiments of the present invention also provide the following technical solutions, which can solve the technical problem of higher requirements for machining accuracy of some parts in the prior art:
一种立杆组件,包括:A pole assembly includes:
底座和立杆组件,所述立杆组件安装于所述底座上;A base and a pole assembly, the pole assembly is installed on the base;
所述立杆组件包括:固定滚珠组件、浮动滚珠组件、内套管及外套管;The pole assembly includes: a fixed ball assembly, a floating ball assembly, an inner sleeve and an outer sleeve;
所述固定滚珠组件和所述浮动滚珠组件分别固定安装于所述内套管的内表面,且所述固定滚珠组件和所述浮动滚珠组件在所述内套管的位置相对;The fixed ball assembly and the floating ball assembly are respectively fixedly installed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve, and the fixed ball assembly and the floating ball assembly are opposite to each other in the inner sleeve;
所述浮动滚珠组件部分突出于所述内套管外表面,且所述浮动滚珠组件的突出部分可弹性收缩或舒展,且其始终抵接于所述外套管的内表面;The floating ball assembly partially protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve, and the protruding portion of the floating ball assembly can be elastically contracted or stretched, and it always abuts against the inner surface of the outer sleeve;
所述固定滚珠组件部分突出于所述内套管的外表面,且所述固定滚珠组件的突出部分不可弹性收缩或舒展,且其抵接于所述外套管的内表面。The fixed ball component partially protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve, and the protruding portion of the fixed ball component cannot be elastically contracted or stretched, and it abuts against the inner surface of the outer sleeve.
可选地,所述内套管和所述外套管的横截面形状相同;Optionally, the cross-sectional shape of the inner sleeve and the outer sleeve are the same;
当所述内套管和所述外套管的横截面形状包含至少3个边时,所述固定滚珠组件的数量为至少2个,所述浮动滚珠组件的数量为至少1个,至少两个所述固定滚珠组件分别固定安装于所述内套管的连续相邻的内表面。When the cross-sectional shape of the inner sleeve and the outer sleeve includes at least 3 sides, the number of the fixed ball components is at least two, the number of the floating ball components is at least one, and the number of the floating ball components is at least one. The fixed ball components are respectively fixedly installed on successively adjacent inner surfaces of the inner sleeve.
可选地,所述内套管开设有第一容置孔和第二容置孔;Optionally, the inner sleeve is provided with a first accommodation hole and a second accommodation hole;
所述固定滚珠组件可部分贯穿所述第一容置孔,并突出于所述内套管外表面;The fixed ball component may partially penetrate the first accommodating hole and protrude from the outer surface of the inner sleeve;
所述浮动滚珠组件可部分贯穿所述第二容置孔,并突出于所述内套管外表面。The floating ball assembly may partially penetrate the second accommodating hole and protrude from the outer surface of the inner sleeve.
可选地,所述固定滚珠组件包括限位滚珠、固定座和安装座;Optionally, the fixed ball assembly includes a limit ball, a fixed seat and a mounting seat;
所述安装座固定于所述内套管内表面,所述固定座固定收容于所述安装座;The mounting seat is fixed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve, and the fixing seat is fixedly housed in the mounting seat;
所述限位滚珠部分收容于所述固定座,所述限位滚珠可在所述固定座内朝任意角度随意滚动且不脱离于所述固定座;The limiting ball is partially accommodated in the fixing seat, and the limiting ball can roll freely at any angle in the fixing seat without departing from the fixing seat;
所述限位滚珠部分突出于所述内套管外表面,并且始终抵接于所述外套管的内表面。The limiting ball part protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve, and always abuts against the inner surface of the outer sleeve.
可选地,所述固定座上开设有滚动腔,所述限位滚珠部分收容于所述滚动腔;Optionally, a rolling cavity is opened on the fixed seat, and the limit ball is partially contained in the rolling cavity;
所述固定座在所述滚动腔的边缘处设置有固定卡合部,所述固定卡合部将部分突出于所述内套管外表面的限位滚珠卡合于所述内套管的外表面。The fixed seat is provided with a fixed engaging portion at the edge of the rolling cavity, and the fixed engaging portion engages the limiting ball partially protruding from the outer surface of the inner sleeve to the outer surface of the inner sleeve. surface.
可选地,所述浮动滚珠组件包括浮动滚珠、支撑座、弹性件和基座;Optionally, the floating ball assembly includes a floating ball, a support seat, an elastic member and a base;
所述基座安装固定于所述内套管内表面;The base is installed and fixed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve;
所述支撑座和所述弹性件收容于所述基座相对两侧;所述弹性件的一端固定连接于所述支撑座底部,所述弹性件的另一端固定连接于所述基座;The supporting base and the elastic member are accommodated on opposite sides of the base; one end of the elastic member is fixedly connected to the bottom of the supporting base, and the other end of the elastic member is fixedly connected to the base;
所述浮动滚珠部分收容于所述支撑座,所述浮动滚珠可在所述支撑座内朝任意角度随意滚动且不脱离于所述支撑座;The floating ball is partially accommodated in the support seat, and the floating ball can roll freely at any angle in the support seat without leaving the support seat;
所述浮动滚珠的另一部分突出于所述内套管外表面,所述弹性件可带动所述支撑座在所述基座内移动,以使所述浮动滚珠始终抵接于所述外套管的内表面。Another part of the floating ball protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve, and the elastic member can drive the support seat to move in the base so that the floating ball always abuts against the outer surface of the outer sleeve. The inner surface.
可选地,所述基座一面开设有第一容置腔,所述基座相对应的另一面开设有第二容置腔;Optionally, a first accommodating cavity is opened on one side of the base, and a second accommodating cavity is opened on the opposite side of the base;
所述第一容置腔与所述第二容置腔相连通;The first accommodating cavity is communicated with the second accommodating cavity;
所述支撑座收容于所述第一容置腔;The support seat is received in the first accommodating cavity;
所述弹性件收容于所述第二容置腔。The elastic member is accommodated in the second accommodating cavity.
可选地,所述第一容置腔和所述第二容置腔均为圆柱形腔体,且第一容置腔的直径大于所述第二容置腔的直径,在所述第一容置腔和所述第二容置腔的连接处形成一环形台阶,所述支撑座的底部可抵靠于所述环形台阶。Optionally, the first accommodating cavity and the second accommodating cavity are both cylindrical cavities, and the diameter of the first accommodating cavity is larger than the diameter of the second accommodating cavity. The connection between the accommodating cavity and the second accommodating cavity forms an annular step, and the bottom of the support seat can abut against the annular step.
可选地,所述外套管一端的设置有固定部,所述固定部套设于所述外套管的外表面,用于当所述内套管移动到所述外套管的预设固定位置时,将所述内套管固定于所述外套管上。Optionally, a fixing portion is provided at one end of the outer sleeve, and the fixing portion is sleeved on the outer surface of the outer sleeve for when the inner sleeve moves to a preset fixed position of the outer sleeve , Fix the inner sleeve on the outer sleeve.
可选地,所述标定支架包括紧固机构和弹性体;Optionally, the calibration bracket includes a fastening mechanism and an elastic body;
所述紧固机构安装于所述外套管,用于当所述内套管移动到所述外套管的预设固定位置时,将所述内套管固定于所述外套管;The fastening mechanism is installed on the outer sleeve, and is used to fix the inner sleeve to the outer sleeve when the inner sleeve moves to a preset fixed position of the outer sleeve;
所述弹性体连接于所述外套管的底部和所述内套管之间,并且所述弹性体在所述内套管处于最低位置时处于压缩状态。The elastic body is connected between the bottom of the outer sleeve and the inner sleeve, and the elastic body is in a compressed state when the inner sleeve is at the lowest position.
与现有技术相比较,在本实施例的所述标定支架的立杆组件通过在所述内套管内设置所述浮动滚珠组件,由于部分突出于所述内套管外表面的所述浮动滚珠组件可弹性收缩或舒展,使其始终抵接于所述外套管的内表面,从而使所述内套管和所述外套管始终紧密贴合,不至于卡死或者松弛,可大大减小零件的加工精度,实现设备的量产化。Compared with the prior art, in the vertical rod assembly of the calibration bracket of this embodiment, the floating ball assembly is arranged in the inner sleeve, because the floating ball partially protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve The component can be elastically contracted or stretched so that it always abuts against the inner surface of the outer sleeve, so that the inner sleeve and the outer sleeve are always in close fit without jamming or slack, which can greatly reduce parts The processing accuracy of the machine can realize the mass production of the equipment.
本发明实施例还提供以下技术方案:The embodiments of the present invention also provide the following technical solutions:
一种标定支架,包括:底座;立架组件,所述立架组件安装于所述底座;支撑组件,所述支撑组件包括横梁,所述横梁与所述立架组件相连,所述横梁包括至少两节横梁部,所述至少两节横梁部中的相邻横梁部可在水平面内折叠地连接,所述横梁用于支撑标定元件,所述标定元件用于标定车辆的辅助驾驶系统中的设备。A calibration bracket, comprising: a base; a stand assembly, the stand assembly is installed on the base; a support assembly, the support assembly includes a beam, the beam is connected to the stand assembly, the beam includes at least Two cross-beam parts, adjacent cross-beam parts of the at least two cross-beam parts can be foldably connected in a horizontal plane, the cross-beam is used to support a calibration element, and the calibration element is used to calibrate the equipment in the driving assistance system of the vehicle .
在一些实施例中,所述相邻横梁部通过合页、关节或者转动轴连接。In some embodiments, the adjacent beam portions are connected by hinges, joints or rotation shafts.
在一些实施例中,所述横梁设置有紧固部,所述紧固部用于在所述横梁非折叠的状态下,固定所述相邻横梁部的连接。In some embodiments, the cross beam is provided with a fastening part, and the fastening part is used to fix the connection of the adjacent cross beam parts when the cross beam is not folded.
在一些实施例中,所述横梁的宽度范围为10厘米至15厘米。In some embodiments, the width of the beam ranges from 10 cm to 15 cm.
在一些实施例中,所述横梁的承重范围为大于5千克。In some embodiments, the load-bearing range of the beam is greater than 5 kg.
在一些实施例中,所述横梁的宽度范围为12厘米至13厘米,所述横梁承重范围为大于6千克。In some embodiments, the width of the beam ranges from 12 cm to 13 cm, and the load-bearing range of the beam is greater than 6 kg.
在一些实施例中,所述横梁由板件围合成型。In some embodiments, the crossbeam is enclosed by plates.
在一些实施例中,所述横梁安装于所述立架组件上下两端之间或所述立架组件的顶部。In some embodiments, the beam is installed between the upper and lower ends of the stand assembly or on the top of the stand assembly.
在一些实施例中,所述横梁与所述立架组件可拆卸地连接。In some embodiments, the beam is detachably connected to the stand assembly.
在一些实施例中,所述支撑组件还包括挂载件;所述挂载件安装于所述横梁,所述挂载件用于挂载标定元件。In some embodiments, the support assembly further includes a mounting member; the mounting member is installed on the beam, and the mounting member is used to mount the calibration element.
在一些实施例中,所述横梁设有导向结构,所述导向结构用于引导所述挂载件沿所述横梁的长度方向相对于所述横梁移动。In some embodiments, the cross beam is provided with a guide structure for guiding the hanging member to move relative to the cross beam along the length direction of the cross beam.
在一些实施例中,所述导向结构为导槽,所述导槽沿所述横梁的长度方向延伸;所述挂载件包括挂载部以及与所述挂载部相连的滑动部,所述挂载部用于挂载标定元件,所述滑动部陷入所述导槽,所述滑动部可沿所述横梁的长度方向在所述导槽内移动。In some embodiments, the guide structure is a guide groove extending along the length of the beam; the mounting member includes a mounting part and a sliding part connected to the mounting part, the The mounting part is used for mounting the calibration element, the sliding part is sunk into the guide groove, and the sliding part can move in the guide groove along the length direction of the beam.
在一些实施例中,所述横梁包括两个所述滑动部,两个所述滑动部夹持所述横梁,其中一个所述滑动部陷入一个所述导槽。In some embodiments, the cross beam includes two sliding parts, the two sliding parts clamp the cross beam, and one of the sliding parts sinks into one of the guide grooves.
在一些实施例中,所述横梁设有两个所述导槽,两个所述导槽开设于所述横梁相背的两面上,两个所述滑动部分别陷入两个所述导槽。In some embodiments, the cross beam is provided with two guide grooves, the two guide grooves are opened on the opposite sides of the cross beam, and the two sliding parts are respectively trapped in the two guide grooves.
在一些实施例中,所述滑动部为滚轮,所述滚轮可相对于所述挂载部转动。In some embodiments, the sliding part is a roller, and the roller is rotatable relative to the mounting part.
在一些实施例中,所述挂载件还包括锁紧部,所述锁紧部可沿预设方向抵接于所述横梁,以使得所述挂载件可与所述横梁保持固定,所述预设方向与所述横梁的长度方向呈夹角。In some embodiments, the hanging member further includes a locking portion that can abut against the cross beam in a predetermined direction, so that the hanging member can be fixed to the cross beam. The preset direction forms an angle with the length direction of the beam.
在一些实施例中,所述预设方向与所横梁的长度方向相垂直。In some embodiments, the predetermined direction is perpendicular to the length direction of the beam.
在一些实施例中,所述锁紧部与所述挂载部相螺纹配合,以使得所述锁紧部可沿预设方向靠近或者远离所述横梁。In some embodiments, the locking portion is threadedly engaged with the mounting portion, so that the locking portion can approach or move away from the beam in a predetermined direction.
在一些实施例中,所述支撑组件还包括托杆,所述托杆安装于所述横梁,所述托杆用于托举标定元件。In some embodiments, the support assembly further includes a support rod, the support rod is installed on the cross beam, and the support rod is used to support the calibration element.
在一些实施例中,所述托杆可拆卸地与所述横梁连接。In some embodiments, the support rod is detachably connected to the cross beam.
在一些实施例中,所述托杆的一端设有限位板,所述限位板的横截面尺寸大于所述托杆的横截面尺寸,所述托杆的另一端用于托举标定元件;所述横梁设有托杆支座,所述托杆支座包括连接壁和两个限位块,两个所述限位块在水平方向上相间隔,并且两个所述限位块在竖直方向上皆与所述横梁相间隔,所述两个限位块皆通过所述连接壁与所述横梁相连接;所述托杆位于两个所述限位块之间,并且两个所述限位块共同承托所述限位板。In some embodiments, one end of the supporting rod is provided with a limiting plate, the cross-sectional size of the limiting plate is larger than the cross-sectional size of the supporting rod, and the other end of the supporting rod is used to lift the calibration element; The beam is provided with a support rod support, the support rod support includes a connecting wall and two limit blocks, the two limit blocks are spaced apart in the horizontal direction, and the two limit blocks are in the vertical direction. Are spaced from the beam in the vertical direction, and the two limit blocks are connected to the beam by the connecting wall; the support rod is located between the two limit blocks, and the two stop The limit blocks jointly support the limit plate.
在一些实施例中,所述限位板与所述限位块通过螺栓固定。In some embodiments, the limiting plate and the limiting block are fixed by bolts.
与现有技术相比较,在本发明实施例的所述标定支架中,通过所述相邻横梁在水平面内折叠地连接,在横梁折叠后,横梁的长度变短,从而使得所述标定支架便于携带。Compared with the prior art, in the calibration bracket of the embodiment of the present invention, the adjacent beams are folded and connected in a horizontal plane. After the beam is folded, the length of the beam becomes shorter, so that the calibration bracket is convenient carry.
附图说明Description of the drawings
一个或多个实施例通过与之对应的附图中的图片进行示例性说明,这些示 例性说明并不构成对实施例的限定,附图中具有相同参考数字标号的元件表示为类似的元件,除非有特别申明,附图中的图不构成比例限制。One or more embodiments are exemplified by the pictures in the corresponding drawings. These exemplified descriptions do not constitute a limitation on the embodiments. Elements with the same reference numerals in the drawings are represented as similar elements. Unless otherwise stated, the figures in the attached drawings do not constitute a scale limitation.
图1为本发明其中一实施例提供的一种标定支架的立体图,其中所述标定支架挂载多线激光器;Figure 1 is a perspective view of a calibration bracket provided by one of the embodiments of the present invention, wherein the calibration bracket is mounted with a multi-line laser;
图2为图1所示的标定支架的另一角度的立体图;Figure 2 is a perspective view of the calibration bracket shown in Figure 1 from another angle;
图3为图1所示的标定支架的立体图,其中标定支架的横梁组件处于折叠状态;3 is a perspective view of the calibration bracket shown in FIG. 1, in which the beam assembly of the calibration bracket is in a folded state;
图4为本发明其中一实施例提供的标定支架的立体图;4 is a perspective view of a calibration bracket provided by one embodiment of the present invention;
图5为图4所示的标定支架的爆炸视图;Figure 5 is an exploded view of the calibration bracket shown in Figure 4;
图6为图4所示的标定支架的横梁组件的立体图,其中横梁组件的横梁处于未折叠状态;Figure 6 is a perspective view of the beam assembly of the calibration bracket shown in Figure 4, wherein the beam of the beam assembly is in an unfolded state;
图7为图4所示的标定支架的横梁组件的立体图,其中横梁组件的横梁处于折叠状态;Figure 7 is a perspective view of the beam assembly of the calibration bracket shown in Figure 4, wherein the beam of the beam assembly is in a folded state;
图8为图6所示的横梁组件的局部放大图;Figure 8 is a partial enlarged view of the beam assembly shown in Figure 6;
图9为图6所示的横梁组件的另一个角度的局部放大图;Figure 9 is a partial enlarged view of the beam assembly shown in Figure 6 from another angle;
图10为图4所示的标定支架的位置调节机构的立体图,其中位置调节机构的固定板被虚化;10 is a perspective view of the position adjustment mechanism of the calibration bracket shown in FIG. 4, in which the fixed plate of the position adjustment mechanism is blurred;
图11为图4所示的标定支架的位置调节机构另一个角度的立体图,其中位置调节机构的活动板被虚化;11 is another perspective view of the position adjustment mechanism of the calibration bracket shown in FIG. 4, in which the movable plate of the position adjustment mechanism is blurred;
图12为图1所示的标定支架的局部的立体图;Figure 12 is a partial perspective view of the calibration bracket shown in Figure 1;
图13为利用图1所示的标定支架的挂载多线激光器将标定系统对准汽车的示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of using the mounted multi-line laser of the calibration bracket shown in FIG. 1 to align the calibration system with a car;
图14为图1所示的标定支架的立架组件的立体图;Figure 14 is a perspective view of the stand assembly of the calibration bracket shown in Figure 1;
图15为本发明其中一实施例提供的一种立杆组件,也可称为立架组件的立体图;15 is a perspective view of a pole assembly provided by one of the embodiments of the present invention, which may also be referred to as a stand assembly;
图16为图15所示的立杆组件的俯视图;Figure 16 is a top view of the pole assembly shown in Figure 15;
图17为图15所示的立杆组件的固定滚珠组件的立体图;Figure 17 is a perspective view of the fixed ball assembly of the pole assembly shown in Figure 15;
图18为图15所示的立杆组件的固定滚珠组件的剖视图;Figure 18 is a cross-sectional view of the fixed ball assembly of the pole assembly shown in Figure 15;
图19为图15所示的立杆组件的浮动滚珠组件的立体图;Figure 19 is a perspective view of the floating ball assembly of the pole assembly shown in Figure 15;
图20为图15所示的立杆组件的浮动滚珠组件的爆炸图;Figure 20 is an exploded view of the floating ball assembly of the pole assembly shown in Figure 15;
图21为图15所示的立杆组件的浮动滚珠组件的剖视图;21 is a cross-sectional view of the floating ball assembly of the pole assembly shown in FIG. 15;
图22为本发明其中一实施例提供的一种标定支架的立体图;Figure 22 is a perspective view of a calibration bracket provided by one of the embodiments of the present invention;
图23为图15所示的立杆组件的紧固机构和弹性体的立体图;Figure 23 is a perspective view of the fastening mechanism and elastic body of the pole assembly shown in Figure 15;
图24为图15所示的立杆组件的紧固机构和弹性体的爆炸图;Figure 24 is an exploded view of the fastening mechanism and elastic body of the pole assembly shown in Figure 15;
图25为图14所示的立架组件的立体图,其中部分元件被省略;Figure 25 is a perspective view of the stand assembly shown in Figure 14, in which some elements are omitted;
图26为根据一些实施例示出的立架组件的立体图,其中部分元件被省略;Figure 26 is a perspective view of a stand assembly according to some embodiments, in which some elements are omitted;
图27为一些实施例示出的立架组件的局部放大图;Figure 27 is a partial enlarged view of a stand assembly shown in some embodiments;
图28为图247所示的立架组件的驱动机构的爆炸图;Figure 28 is an exploded view of the drive mechanism of the stand assembly shown in Figure 247;
图29为图28所示的驱动机构的处于第一状态的透视图;Figure 29 is a perspective view of the drive mechanism shown in Figure 28 in a first state;
图30为图28所示的驱动机构的处于第二状态的透视图;Figure 30 is a perspective view of the driving mechanism shown in Figure 28 in a second state;
图31为图28所示的驱动机构的处于第三状态的透视图;Figure 31 is a perspective view of the drive mechanism shown in Figure 28 in a third state;
图32为根据又一些实施例示出的立架组件的立体图;Figure 32 is a perspective view of a stand assembly according to still other embodiments;
图33为图32所示的立架组件的爆炸图;Figure 33 is an exploded view of the stand assembly shown in Figure 32;
图34为根据再一些实施例示出的立架组件的立体图;Figure 34 is a perspective view of a stand assembly according to still other embodiments;
图35为图34所示的立架组件的爆炸图;Figure 35 is an exploded view of the stand assembly shown in Figure 34;
图36为图34所示的立架组件的局部剖视图;Figure 36 is a partial cross-sectional view of the stand assembly shown in Figure 34;
图37为图1所示的标定支架的横梁组件的立体图;Fig. 37 is a perspective view of the beam assembly of the calibration bracket shown in Fig. 1;
图38为图37所示的横梁组件的剖视图;Figure 38 is a cross-sectional view of the beam assembly shown in Figure 37;
图39为图37所示的横梁组件的爆炸图;Figure 39 is an exploded view of the beam assembly shown in Figure 37;
图40为图37中A部分的局部放大图;Figure 40 is a partial enlarged view of part A in Figure 37;
图41为图37所示的横梁组件的调节机构的爆炸图;Figure 41 is an exploded view of the adjustment mechanism of the beam assembly shown in Figure 37;
图42为图37所示的调节机构的另一角度的爆炸图;Figure 42 is an exploded view of the adjustment mechanism shown in Figure 37 from another angle;
图43为根据一些实施例示出的安装座与横梁的装配图;Figure 43 is an assembly diagram of a mounting base and a beam according to some embodiments;
图44为图43所示的安装座的凸轮手柄的立体图;Figure 44 is a perspective view of the cam handle of the mounting seat shown in Figure 43;
图45为根据另一些实施例示出的安装座与横梁的装配图;FIG. 45 is an assembly diagram of a mounting seat and a beam according to other embodiments;
图46为图45所示的安装座与横梁的爆炸图;Figure 46 is an exploded view of the mounting base and beam shown in Figure 45;
图47为图45所示的安装座与横梁的剖视图;Figure 47 is a cross-sectional view of the mounting base and beam shown in Figure 45;
图48为图45所示的安装座的限位杆与横梁相脱离的剖视图;Figure 48 is a cross-sectional view of the stop rod of the mounting seat shown in Figure 45 separated from the beam;
图49为根据一些实施例示出的安装座与调节机构的装配图;Figure 49 is an assembly diagram of a mounting seat and an adjustment mechanism according to some embodiments;
图50为图49所示的安装座与调节机构的装配图,其中部分部件被省略;Figure 50 is an assembly diagram of the mounting seat and adjustment mechanism shown in Figure 49, with some parts omitted;
图51为图37所示的横梁组件的关节机构的立体图;Figure 51 is a perspective view of the joint mechanism of the beam assembly shown in Figure 37;
图52为图51所示的关节机构的另一角度的立体图;Figure 52 is a perspective view of the joint mechanism shown in Figure 51 from another angle;
图53为图51所示的关节机构的剖视图;Figure 53 is a cross-sectional view of the joint mechanism shown in Figure 51;
图54为根据一些实施例示出的关节机构的立体图;Figure 54 is a perspective view of a joint mechanism according to some embodiments;
图55为图54所示的关节机构的剖面图;Figure 55 is a cross-sectional view of the joint mechanism shown in Figure 54;
图56为根据一些实施例示出的第一搭扣件和第二搭扣件相互搭的示意图;Figure 56 is a schematic diagram showing the first fastener and the second fastener to overlap each other according to some embodiments;
图57为根据又一些实施例示出的关节机构的立体图;Fig. 57 is a perspective view of a joint mechanism according to still other embodiments;
图58为图57所示的关节机构的锁定凸轮手柄的立体图;Figure 58 is a perspective view of the locking cam handle of the joint mechanism shown in Figure 57;
图59为另一实施例提供的一种标定系统的立体图,其中标定系统包括标定支架和标定元件,标定元件为反光镜,挂载于标定支架;FIG. 59 is a perspective view of a calibration system provided by another embodiment, wherein the calibration system includes a calibration bracket and a calibration element, the calibration element is a reflector and is mounted on the calibration bracket;
图60为图59所示的标定系统的立体图,其中反光镜替换为图案板,图案板挂载于标定支架;Figure 60 is a three-dimensional view of the calibration system shown in Figure 59, in which the reflector is replaced with a pattern plate, which is mounted on the calibration bracket;
图61为根据一些实施例示出的横梁组件与立架组件的装配图,其中横梁组件挂载有第一固定件和第二固定件,用于挂载小标定元件;Figure 61 is an assembly diagram of a beam assembly and a stand assembly according to some embodiments, wherein the beam assembly is mounted with a first fixing part and a second fixing part for mounting small calibration elements;
图62为图61所示的横梁组件与立架组件的另一角度的装配图;Figure 62 is an assembly view of the beam assembly and stand assembly shown in Figure 61 from another angle;
图63为图61所示的横梁组件与立架组件的又一角度的装配图,在此状态所述标定支架用于挂载大标定元件,如图案板;Figure 63 is an assembly view of the beam assembly and the stand assembly shown in Figure 61 from another angle. In this state, the calibration bracket is used to mount large calibration elements, such as pattern boards;
图64为根据一些实施例示出的标靶挂载件与横梁的横截面图。Figure 64 is a cross-sectional view of a target mount and a beam according to some embodiments.
具体实施方式detailed description
为了便于理解本发明,下面结合附图和具体实施例,对本发明进行更详细的说明。需要说明的是,当元件被表述“固定于”另一个元件,它可以直接在另一个元件上、或者其间可以存在一个或多个居中的元件。当一个元件被表述“连接”另一个元件,它可以是直接连接到另一个元件、或者其间可以存在一个或多个居中的元件。本说明书所使用的术语“上”、“下”、“内”、“外”、“垂直的”、“水平的”等指示的方位或位置关系为基于附图所示的方位或位置关系,仅是为了便于描述本发明和简化描述,而不是指示或暗示所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作,因此不能理解为对本发明的限制。此外,术语“第一”、“第二”等仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性。In order to facilitate the understanding of the present invention, the present invention will be described in more detail below with reference to the drawings and specific embodiments. It should be noted that when an element is expressed as being "fixed to" another element, it may be directly on the other element, or there may be one or more elements in between. When an element is said to be "connected" to another element, it can be directly connected to the other element, or there may be one or more intervening elements in between. The terms "upper", "lower", "inner", "outer", "vertical", "horizontal", etc. used in this specification indicate the orientation or positional relationship based on the orientation or positional relationship shown in the drawings. It is only for the convenience of describing the present invention and simplifying the description, rather than indicating or implying that the device or element referred to must have a specific orientation, be constructed and operated in a specific orientation, and therefore cannot be understood as a limitation of the present invention. In addition, the terms "first", "second", etc. are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance.
除非另有定义,本说明书所使用的所有的技术和科学术语与属于本发明的技术领域的技术人员通常理解的含义相同。在本发明的说明书中所使用的术语只是为了描述具体的实施例的目的,不是用于限制本发明。本说明书所使用的术语“和/或”包括一个或多个相关的所列项目的任意的和所有的组合。Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used in this specification have the same meaning as commonly understood by those skilled in the technical field of the present invention. The terms used in the description of the present invention are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments, and are not used to limit the present invention. The term "and/or" as used in this specification includes any and all combinations of one or more related listed items.
此外,下面所描述的本发明不同实施例中所涉及的技术特征只要彼此之间未构成冲突就可以相互结合。In addition, the technical features involved in the different embodiments of the present invention described below can be combined with each other as long as they do not conflict with each other.
请一并参阅图1,图2和图3,本发明其中一实施例提供的标定支架100,包括底座10,立架组件20以及横梁组件30,所述立架组件20固定连接于所述底座10,所述横梁组件30包括第一横梁部32,第二横梁部34和连接部36,所述连接部36安装于所述立架组件20,所述连接部36的一端铰接于所述第一横梁部32,所述连接部36的另一端铰接于所述第二横梁部34。所述第一横梁部32和所述第二横梁部34可分别相对于所述连接部36相向转动,以使所述横梁组件30折叠,所述第一横梁部32和所述第二横梁部34也可分别相对于所述连接部36背向转动,以使所述横梁组件30展开。Please refer to FIG. 1, FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 together. The calibration bracket 100 provided by one embodiment of the present invention includes a base 10, a stand assembly 20, and a beam assembly 30. The stand assembly 20 is fixedly connected to the base 10. The crossbeam assembly 30 includes a first crossbeam portion 32, a second crossbeam portion 34, and a connecting portion 36. The connecting portion 36 is mounted on the stand assembly 20, and one end of the connecting portion 36 is hinged to the first A beam portion 32. The other end of the connecting portion 36 is hinged to the second beam portion 34. The first cross-beam portion 32 and the second cross-beam portion 34 can respectively rotate relative to the connecting portion 36 to fold the cross-beam assembly 30. The first cross-beam portion 32 and the second cross-beam portion 34 can also be rotated back relative to the connecting portion 36 to expand the beam assembly 30.
在本实施例中,第一横梁部32为左横梁部,第二横梁部34为右横梁部。为了方便说明,后续使用“左横梁部”与“右横梁部”来指代上述的第一横梁部32与第二横梁部34。所述“左”与“右”是相对的,在本实施例描述中以面向标定支架100来确定“左”与“右”。应该理解,这仅是部件名称的更改 而不涉及技术方案的实质改变。In this embodiment, the first cross beam portion 32 is a left cross beam portion, and the second cross beam portion 34 is a right cross beam portion. For the convenience of description, “left cross beam portion” and “right cross beam portion” are used to refer to the aforementioned first cross beam portion 32 and second cross beam portion 34 in the following. The "left" and "right" are relative. In the description of this embodiment, the calibration bracket 100 is used to determine the "left" and "right". It should be understood that this is only a change in the name of the component and does not involve a substantial change in the technical solution.
在本说明书中,所述“安装”包括焊接、螺接、卡接、粘合等方式将某一元件或装置固定或限制于特定位置或地方,所述元件或装置可在特定位置或地方保持不动也可在限定范围内活动,所述元件或装置固定或限制于特定位置或地方后可进行拆卸也可不能进行拆卸,在本发明实施例中不作限制。如图所示,所述连接部36安装于所述立架组件20之上,但所述连接部36可以以其他方式受所述立架组件20的支持,例如,所述连接部36可以安装于所述立架组件20的某一个合适的侧面。In this specification, the "installation" includes welding, screwing, clamping, bonding, etc. to fix or restrict a certain element or device to a specific position or place, and the element or device can be held in a specific position or place. It can also move within a limited range without moving. The element or device can be disassembled or cannot be disassembled after being fixed or restricted to a specific position or place, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention. As shown in the figure, the connecting portion 36 is installed on the stand assembly 20, but the connecting portion 36 may be supported by the stand assembly 20 in other ways, for example, the connecting portion 36 may be installed On a suitable side of the stand assembly 20.
在本发明实施例中,所述“支持”是指承受某一元件或装置的重量,使其不会因自身重量而向下运动。In the embodiment of the present invention, the “support” refers to bearing the weight of a certain element or device so that it will not move downward due to its own weight.
所述横梁组件30可用于挂载标定元件,例如,多线激光器200、标定标靶、雷达反射或吸收装置等,以对车载辅助驾驶系统进行标定。The beam assembly 30 can be used to mount a calibration element, for example, a multi-line laser 200, a calibration target, a radar reflection or absorption device, etc., to calibrate the vehicle-mounted auxiliary driving system.
在本实施例的所述标定支架100中,所述左横梁部32和所述右横梁部34可分别相对于所述连接部36可枢转地转动。以使所述横梁组件30折叠,可减小所述标定支架100的体积,以方便装运。In the calibration bracket 100 of this embodiment, the left cross-beam portion 32 and the right cross-beam portion 34 can be pivotally rotated relative to the connecting portion 36 respectively. In order to fold the cross beam assembly 30, the volume of the calibration bracket 100 can be reduced to facilitate shipment.
所述左横梁部32,所述右横梁部34和所述连接部36构成横梁。The left cross beam portion 32, the right cross beam portion 34 and the connecting portion 36 constitute a cross beam.
可选的,所述横梁组件安装在所述移动立杆的顶面。这使得相比起传统的标定架,横梁组件的重心更加接近立杆重心,可以增加标定架的稳定性,并且可以使用面积更小的底座。Optionally, the cross beam assembly is installed on the top surface of the movable vertical pole. This makes the center of gravity of the beam assembly closer to the center of gravity of the vertical pole compared to the traditional calibration frame, which can increase the stability of the calibration frame and can use a smaller area base.
可选的,左横梁部32和右横梁部34可相对于所述连接部36相向地转动,例如,它们可以一起向下折叠,也可以一起向上、向前、向后折叠。可选的,当左横梁部32和右横梁部34向下折叠时,连接部36的长度可以相对较短,并且左横梁部32和右横梁部34呈下垂状态,这样横梁组件30可以无需从立架组件20上取下来,标定支架100占用空间也会显著减小,可以方便使用交通工具携带。当左横梁部32和右横梁部34向上、向前、向后折叠时,可以设置使横梁转动的装置,从而使左横梁部32和右横梁部34的最终折叠方向向下,也可以使得这两者呈下垂状态;或者可以使连接部36的长度相对较长,折叠后得左横梁部32和右横梁部34可以与连接部36紧贴放置,并且通过可松开的固定装置固定在连接部36上。在后一种情况中,为了进一步减小标定支架100所占用空间,横梁组件30可以从立架组件20上取下来,携带到需要使用的地方后,再安装在立架组件20上。Optionally, the left cross-beam portion 32 and the right cross-beam portion 34 can be rotated relative to the connecting portion 36, for example, they can be folded together downward, or can be folded upward, forward, and backward together. Optionally, when the left cross beam portion 32 and the right cross beam portion 34 are folded down, the length of the connecting portion 36 can be relatively short, and the left cross beam portion 32 and the right cross beam portion 34 are in a drooping state, so that the cross beam assembly 30 can be removed from When the stand assembly 20 is removed, the space occupied by the calibration bracket 100 will also be significantly reduced, which can be conveniently carried by means of transportation. When the left cross member 32 and the right cross member 34 are folded upwards, forwards, and backwards, a device can be provided to rotate the cross member so that the final folding direction of the left cross member 32 and the right cross member 34 is downward, which can also make this The two are in a drooping state; or the length of the connecting portion 36 can be relatively long, after folding, the left cross beam portion 32 and the right cross beam portion 34 can be placed close to the connecting portion 36, and fixed in the connection by a releasable fixing device Section 36 on. In the latter case, in order to further reduce the space occupied by the calibration bracket 100, the beam assembly 30 can be removed from the stand assembly 20, carried to the place where it is needed, and then installed on the stand assembly 20.
本领域技术人员可以理解,横梁组件30的折叠方式不限于上述方式。例如,横梁可以折叠为两端,此时没有连接部36;横梁也可以折为四段或更多段。但优选为三段,因为这使得横梁中段无断口,那么可以在中段处只使用一个紧固部件,就可以将横梁稳定且平衡地固定在立杆上。Those skilled in the art can understand that the folding manner of the beam assembly 30 is not limited to the above-mentioned manner. For example, the beam can be folded into two ends without the connecting portion 36; the beam can also be folded into four or more sections. However, three sections are preferred, because this makes the middle section of the cross beam no fracture, so that only one fastening component can be used at the middle section to fix the cross beam on the pole stably and balancedly.
下面结合附图举例描述一种向后折叠的横梁应用于标定支架的实现方式。需要说明的是,下述支撑组件30’可以理解为其他实施例中的横梁组件30。The following describes an implementation manner in which a back-folded beam is applied to the calibration bracket with reference to the accompanying drawings. It should be noted that the following support assembly 30' can be understood as the beam assembly 30 in other embodiments.
请一并参阅图4,图5和图6,本发明其中一实施例提供的标定支架100’, 包括底座10’,立架组件20’以及支撑组件30’,所述立架组件20’固定连接于所述底座10’。Please refer to FIG. 4, FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 together. The calibration bracket 100' provided by one embodiment of the present invention includes a base 10', a stand assembly 20' and a support assembly 30', and the stand assembly 20' is fixed Connected to the base 10'.
所述支撑组件30’包括横梁31’,所述横梁与所述立架组件20’相连,所述横梁31’包括至少两节横梁部310’,所述至少两节横梁部310’中的相邻横梁部310’可在水平面内折叠地连接’,也即相邻横梁部310’中的一个相对于另一个朝前或者朝后折叠,所述横梁31’用于支撑标定元件,所述标定元件用于标定车辆的辅助驾驶系统中的设备。通过所述相邻横梁310’在水平面内折叠地连接,在横梁31’折叠完全后,横梁31’的长度变小的同时,折叠后的横梁31’宽度H(即在竖直方向上的尺寸)和厚度S(即在水平且垂直横梁31’的长度L方向的尺寸)相靠近,从而便于搬运,此外,与横梁31’在非水平面内折叠相比,可以保证横梁31’在保持体积(体积与质量成正比)不变的情况,可以尽可能增大横梁31’的宽度H,提高了横梁31’的抗弯折能力,以提高横梁31’的承载能力。The support assembly 30' includes a cross beam 31' that is connected to the stand assembly 20', and the cross beam 31' includes at least two cross beam portions 310', and the at least two cross beam portions 310' The adjacent beam portions 310' can be folded and connected in a horizontal plane. That is, one of the adjacent beam portions 310' is folded forward or backward relative to the other. The beam 31' is used to support the calibration element. The components are used to calibrate the equipment in the vehicle's driving assistance system. The adjacent beams 310' are folded and connected in the horizontal plane. After the beams 31' are completely folded, the length of the beams 31' becomes smaller. At the same time, the width H of the folded beams 31' (that is, the size in the vertical direction) ) Is close to the thickness S (that is, the dimension in the length L direction of the horizontal and vertical beam 31'), which is convenient for handling. In addition, compared with the cross beam 31' folded in a non-horizontal plane, it can ensure that the beam 31' maintains the volume ( If the volume is proportional to the mass), the width H of the beam 31' can be increased as much as possible, and the bending resistance of the beam 31' can be improved to improve the bearing capacity of the beam 31'.
需要说明的是,相邻横梁310’在水平面内折叠,即指相邻横梁310’的运动方向皆是水平的,例如朝水平方向转动。It should be noted that the adjacent beams 310' are folded in a horizontal plane, that is, the movement directions of the adjacent beams 310' are all horizontal, for example, they rotate in the horizontal direction.
对于三节横梁部310’可以理解为是上述实施例中的左横梁部、右横梁部和连接部,相邻横梁部310’即指左横梁部与连接部,或者右横梁部与连接部,左横梁部可相对于连接部向后枢转,和/或,右横梁部可相对于连接部向后枢转,以减小横梁的运输体积。The three-section beam part 310' can be understood as the left beam part, the right beam part and the connecting part in the above-mentioned embodiment. The adjacent beam part 310' refers to the left beam part and the connecting part, or the right beam part and the connecting part, and the left The cross beam part can pivot backward relative to the connection part, and/or the right cross beam part can pivot backward relative to the connection part to reduce the transportation volume of the cross beam.
在本实施例的所述标定支架100’中,请参阅图8,所述相邻的横梁部310’通过合页312’连接,根据实际情况,所述合页312’可以替换成关节或者转动轴,或者本申请实施例中描述的任意一种关节机构。In the calibration bracket 100' of this embodiment, please refer to FIG. 8. The adjacent beam portions 310' are connected by hinges 312'. According to actual conditions, the hinges 312' can be replaced with joints or rotating Shaft, or any of the joint mechanisms described in the embodiments of this application.
在本实施例的所述标定支架100’中,所述横梁31’设置有紧固部314’,所述紧固部314’用于在所述横梁31’处于非折叠的状态下,固定所述相邻横梁部310’的连接。所述紧固部314’包括第一搭扣件3140’和第二搭扣件3142’,所述第一搭扣件3140’铰接于所述相邻横梁部310’的一个,所述第二搭扣件3142’设置于所述相邻横梁部310的另一个,所述第一搭扣件3140’与所述第二搭扣件3142’可相互搭扣,以固定所述相邻横梁部310’的连接。In the calibration bracket 100' of this embodiment, the cross beam 31' is provided with a fastening portion 314', and the fastening portion 314' is used to fix the cross beam 31' in a non-folded state. The connection of adjacent beam portions 310' is described. The fastening portion 314' includes a first fastener 3140' and a second fastener 3142'. The first fastener 3140' is hinged to one of the adjacent beam portions 310', and the second fastener 3140' The fastener 3142' is disposed on the other of the adjacent beam portion 310, and the first fastener 3140' and the second fastener 3142' can be fastened to each other to fix the adjacent beam portion 310' connection.
其中,紧固部314’的实现还可以参考其他实施例中的锁紧机构。The realization of the fastening portion 314' can also refer to the locking mechanism in other embodiments.
在本实施例的所述标定支架100’中,所述横梁31’由板件围合成型,可减少所述横梁31’的质量,以减低横梁31’自重的影响。In the calibration bracket 100' of this embodiment, the cross beam 31' is surrounded by plates and formed into a shape, which can reduce the mass of the cross beam 31' to reduce the influence of the weight of the cross beam 31'.
在本实施例中,所述横梁31’的宽度H范围为10厘米至15厘米。In this embodiment, the width H of the beam 31' ranges from 10 cm to 15 cm.
所述横梁31’的承重范围大于5千克。The load-bearing range of the beam 31' is greater than 5 kg.
进一步地,所述横梁31’的宽度H范围为12厘米至13厘米。Further, the width H of the beam 31' ranges from 12 cm to 13 cm.
所述横梁31’的承重范围为大于6千克。The load-bearing range of the beam 31' is greater than 6 kg.
请参阅图9,标定元件可以只通过螺栓等方式直接挂载于横梁31’上,但大多数标定元件由于其功能不同,所述标定元件的结构也不大相同,例如图案板等标定元件较大,可以采用托举的方式,又例如反光镜等标定元件较小,可 通过挂载件挂载于横梁31’上。Please refer to Figure 9, the calibration components can be directly mounted on the beam 31' by means of bolts, etc. However, most calibration components have different functions, and the structure of the calibration components is also different. For example, the calibration components such as pattern plates are relatively different. Larger, it can be lifted. For example, the calibration element such as the reflector is small and can be hung on the beam 31' by a hanger.
所述支撑组件30’还可以包括挂载件32’,所述挂载件32’安装于所述横梁31’,所述挂载件32’用于挂载反光镜等标定元件。The supporting assembly 30' may further include a mounting member 32', the mounting member 32' is mounted on the beam 31', and the mounting member 32' is used to mount a calibration element such as a reflector.
为了便于标定元件在沿横梁31’的长度L方向对汽车上的传感器进行标定时,便于标定元件对准传感器,所述挂载件32’被配置为可沿所述横梁31’的长度L方向相对于所述横梁31’移动。所述横梁31’设有导向结构,所述导向结构用于引导所述挂载件32’沿所述横梁31’的长度L方向相对于所述横梁31’移动。In order to facilitate the calibration element to calibrate the sensor on the car in the direction along the length L of the beam 31' and facilitate the alignment of the calibration element to the sensor, the mount 32' is configured to be along the length L direction of the beam 31' Move relative to the beam 31'. The cross beam 31' is provided with a guiding structure for guiding the hanging member 32' to move relative to the cross beam 31' along the length L direction of the cross beam 31'.
具体地,所述导向结构为导槽316’,所述导槽316’沿所述横梁31’的长度L方向延伸。所述挂载件32’包括挂载部320’以及与所述挂载部320’相连的滑动部322’,所述滑动部322’可沿所述横梁31’的长度L方向在所述导槽316’内移动。根据实际情况,所述导向结构可以替换成导柱,所述导柱沿所述横梁31’的长度L方向延伸,所述滑动部322’可以替换成滑套,通过滑套套设于所述导柱,所述滑套可沿所述横梁31’的长度L方向相对于所述导柱移动。Specifically, the guide structure is a guide groove 316', and the guide groove 316' extends along the length L direction of the beam 31'. The hanging member 32' includes a hanging portion 320' and a sliding portion 322' connected to the hanging portion 320', and the sliding portion 322' can move in the guide along the length L direction of the beam 31'. Move within the groove 316'. According to actual conditions, the guide structure can be replaced with a guide post extending along the length L of the beam 31', and the sliding portion 322' can be replaced with a sliding sleeve, which is sleeved on the guide Column, the sliding sleeve can move relative to the guide column along the length L direction of the beam 31'.
可选地,所述横梁31’设有两个所述导槽316’,两个所述导槽316’开设于所述横梁31’相背的两面上,两个所述滑动部322’分别陷入两个所述导槽316’,可提高挂载件32’与横梁31’的连接可靠度。Optionally, the cross beam 31' is provided with two guide grooves 316', the two guide grooves 316' are opened on the opposite sides of the cross beam 31', and the two sliding parts 322' are respectively Sinking into the two guide grooves 316' can improve the reliability of the connection between the hanging member 32' and the beam 31'.
可选地,所述滑动部322’为滚轮,所述滚轮可相对于所述挂载部320’转动,可减少挂载件32’与横梁31’之间的摩擦力。Optionally, the sliding portion 322' is a roller, which can rotate relative to the hanging portion 320', which can reduce the friction between the hanging member 32' and the beam 31'.
进一步地,所述挂载件32’还可以包括锁紧部324’,所述锁紧部324’可沿预设方向抵接于所述横梁31’,以使得所述挂载件32’与所述横梁31’保持固定,所述预设方向与所述横梁31’的长度L方向呈夹角。在标定元件对准传感器后,通过锁紧部324’抵住横梁31’,从而使标定元件能够稳定地对准传感器。Further, the hanging member 32' may further include a locking portion 324', and the locking portion 324' can abut against the beam 31' in a predetermined direction, so that the hanging member 32' and The beam 31' is kept fixed, and the preset direction forms an angle with the length L direction of the beam 31'. After the calibration element is aligned with the sensor, the locking portion 324' abuts the beam 31', so that the calibration element can be aligned with the sensor stably.
较优地,所述预设方向与所述横梁31’的长度L方向相垂直,使得锁紧部324’能够正向抵接横梁31’,使得横梁31’左移右移时,锁紧部324’皆能够抵住横梁31’。Preferably, the preset direction is perpendicular to the length L direction of the beam 31', so that the locking portion 324' can abut the beam 31' in the positive direction, so that when the beam 31' moves left and right, the locking portion 324' can hold the beam 31'.
具体地,所述锁紧部324’与所述挂载部320’相螺纹配合,以使得所述锁紧部324’可沿所述预设方向靠近或者远离所述横梁31’,通过螺纹配合,可在锁紧部324’跟挂载部320’可以灵活调节的情况下,锁紧部324’抵住横梁31’较为牢固。根据实际情况,所述锁紧部324’还可以通过弹簧抵住横梁31’。Specifically, the locking portion 324' is threadedly engaged with the mounting portion 320', so that the locking portion 324' can be close to or away from the beam 31' in the preset direction, through threaded fitting , When the locking portion 324' and the hanging portion 320' can be flexibly adjusted, the locking portion 324' can resist the beam 31' more firmly. According to the actual situation, the locking portion 324' can also be used to resist the cross beam 31' by a spring.
请复参阅图6,所述支撑组件30’还包括托杆33’,所述托杆33’安装于所述横梁31’,所述托杆33’用于托举标定元件。Please refer to Fig. 6 again. The supporting assembly 30' also includes a supporting rod 33', the supporting rod 33' is mounted on the cross beam 31', and the supporting rod 33' is used to lift the calibration element.
具体地,所述托杆33’可拆卸地与所述横梁31’连接。Specifically, the support rod 33' is detachably connected to the cross beam 31'.
所述托杆33’的一端设有限位板330,所述限位板330’的横截面尺寸大于所述托杆33’的横截面尺寸,所述托杆33’的另一端用于托举标定元件;One end of the supporting rod 33' is provided with a limiting plate 330, the cross-sectional size of the limiting plate 330' is larger than the cross-sectional size of the supporting rod 33', and the other end of the supporting rod 33' is used for lifting Calibration element
所述横梁31’设有托杆支座318’,所述托杆支座318’包括连接壁3180’和两个限位块3182’,两个所述限位块3182’在水平方向上相间隔,并且两个所述限位块3182’在竖直方向上皆与所述横梁31’相间隔,所述两个限位块3182皆通过所述连接壁3180’与所述横梁31’相连接;The beam 31' is provided with a support rod support 318', the support rod support 318' includes a connecting wall 3180' and two limit blocks 3182', the two limit blocks 3182' are opposite in the horizontal direction And the two limiting blocks 3182' are spaced from the beam 31' in the vertical direction, and the two limiting blocks 3182 are both opposite to the beam 31' through the connecting wall 3180' connection;
所述托杆33’位于两个所述限位块3182’之间,并且两个所述限位块3182’共同承托所述限位板330’。The supporting rod 33' is located between the two limiting blocks 3182', and the two limiting blocks 3182' jointly support the limiting plate 330'.
所述限位板330’与所述限位块3182’通过螺栓固定。The limiting plate 330' and the limiting block 3182' are fixed by bolts.
请参阅图7和图8,所述横梁组件30’还可以包括位置调节机构29,所述位置调节机构29包括固定板290、活动支座292、活动板294、偏移调节模块296以及偏转调节模块298。所述固定板290固定安装于所述立架组件20,所述活动支座292安装于所述固定板290,所述活动板294安装于所述活动支座292,所述横梁31固定安装于所述活动板294。7 and 8, the beam assembly 30' may further include a position adjustment mechanism 29, the position adjustment mechanism 29 includes a fixed plate 290, a movable support 292, a movable plate 294, an offset adjustment module 296, and a deflection adjustment Module 298. The fixed plate 290 is fixedly mounted on the stand assembly 20, the movable support 292 is mounted on the fixed plate 290, the movable plate 294 is mounted on the movable support 292, and the beam 31 is fixedly mounted on The movable board 294.
所述活动支座292可沿预设方向O1相对于所述固定板290移动,所述预设方向O1垂直于所述立架组件20’的长度方向,所述偏移调节模块296连接所述固定板290和活动支座292,所述偏移调节模块296用于驱动所述活动支座292沿所述预设方向O1相对于所述固定板290移动,从而调整所述横梁31’相对于所述立架组件20’的水平位置。The movable support 292 can move relative to the fixed plate 290 along a preset direction O1, which is perpendicular to the length direction of the stand assembly 20', and the offset adjustment module 296 is connected to the The fixed plate 290 and the movable support 292, the offset adjustment module 296 is used to drive the movable support 292 to move relative to the fixed plate 290 along the preset direction O1, thereby adjusting the cross beam 31' relative to The horizontal position of the stand assembly 20'.
所述活动板294可绕预设轴线O2相对于所述活动支座292转动,所述预设轴线O2平行于所述第一杆体22的长度方向,所述偏转调节模块298连接所述活动支座292和活动板294,所述偏转调节模块298用于驱动所述活动板294沿所述预设轴线O2相对于所述活动支座292移动,从而调整所述支撑组件30’,即调整横梁相对于立架组件20’的水平朝向。所述活动支座292包括安装壁2920和支撑壁2922。两个所述安装壁2920水平且相对,所述支撑壁2922竖直且连接于两个所述安装壁2920之间。The movable plate 294 is rotatable relative to the movable support 292 about a preset axis O2, which is parallel to the length direction of the first rod 22, and the deflection adjustment module 298 is connected to the movable support The seat 292 and the movable plate 294, the deflection adjustment module 298 is used to drive the movable plate 294 to move relative to the movable support 292 along the preset axis O2, thereby adjusting the support assembly 30', that is, the adjustment beam Relative to the horizontal orientation of the stand assembly 20'. The movable support 292 includes a mounting wall 2920 and a supporting wall 2922. The two mounting walls 2920 are horizontal and opposite, and the supporting wall 2922 is vertical and connected between the two mounting walls 2920.
所述支撑壁2922朝向所述固定板290的一面固定有滑动块2924。所述固定板290朝向所述支撑壁2922的一面设有相分隔的第一凸块2900和第二凸块2902,所述第一凸块2900和第二凸块2902之间连接有沿所述预设方向O1延伸的导向柱2904。所述滑动块2924套设于所述导向柱2904,所述滑动块2924可沿所述导向柱2904相对于所述固定板290移动,从而带动所述活动支座292一同移动。A sliding block 2924 is fixed on the side of the supporting wall 2922 facing the fixing plate 290. The side of the fixing plate 290 facing the supporting wall 2922 is provided with a first convex block 2900 and a second convex block 2902 separated from each other. The first convex block 2900 and the second convex block 2902 are connected with each other along the A guide post 2904 extending in the preset direction O1. The sliding block 2924 is sleeved on the guide post 2904, and the sliding block 2924 can move along the guide post 2904 relative to the fixed plate 290, thereby driving the movable support 292 to move together.
两个所述安装壁2920之间设有调节转轴2926,所述调节转轴2926的旋转轴线与所述预设轴线O2相重合,所述活动板294固定安装于所述调节转轴2926。An adjustment shaft 2926 is provided between the two mounting walls 2920, the rotation axis of the adjustment shaft 2926 coincides with the preset axis O2, and the movable plate 294 is fixedly installed on the adjustment shaft 2926.
所述偏移调节模块296包括调节块2960、第一调节杆2962、第一调节旋钮2964以及万向节2966。The offset adjustment module 296 includes an adjustment block 2960, a first adjustment rod 2962, a first adjustment knob 2964, and a universal joint 2966.
所述第一调节杆2962沿所述预设方向O1延伸,所述第一调节杆2962的一端仅可转动地安装于所述第一凸块2900,具体地是所述第一调节杆2962的一端设有轴颈,并且所述轴颈穿设所述第一凸块2900,所述第一调节杆2962 的另一端设有螺纹结构,所述调节块2960固定安装于所述支撑壁2922,所述调节块2960套设于所述第一调节杆2962的另一端,并与所述第一调节杆2962的另一端螺纹连接。当所述第一调节杆2962绕所述预设方向O1相对于所述固定板290转动时,所述调节块2960沿所述预设方向O1相对于所述固定板290移动,从而带动所述活动支座292一同移动。The first adjustment rod 2962 extends along the preset direction O1, and one end of the first adjustment rod 2962 is only rotatably mounted on the first protrusion 2900, specifically the first adjustment rod 2962 A shaft journal is provided at one end, and the first protrusion 2900 is penetrated through the shaft journal. The other end of the first adjusting rod 2962 is provided with a thread structure. The adjusting block 2960 is fixedly installed on the supporting wall 2922, The adjusting block 2960 is sleeved on the other end of the first adjusting rod 2962 and is threadedly connected with the other end of the first adjusting rod 2962. When the first adjusting rod 2962 rotates relative to the fixed plate 290 around the preset direction O1, the adjusting block 2960 moves relative to the fixed plate 290 along the preset direction O1, thereby driving the The movable support 292 moves together.
所述万向节2966具有输入端和输出端,所述输入端可相对于所述输入端朝任意方向转动。所述万向节2966的输出端固定安装于所述第一调节杆2962的一端,所述输入端与所述输出端呈夹角,所述输入端穿设所述固定板290并固定安装于所述第一调节旋钮2964。所述第一调节旋钮2964旋转时通过所述万向节2966带动第一调节杆2962一同旋转。The universal joint 2966 has an input end and an output end, and the input end can rotate in any direction relative to the input end. The output end of the universal joint 2966 is fixedly installed at one end of the first adjusting rod 2962, the input end forms an angle with the output end, and the input end passes through the fixing plate 290 and is fixedly installed on The first adjustment knob 2964. When the first adjusting knob 2964 rotates, the universal joint 2966 drives the first adjusting rod 2962 to rotate together.
可以理解的是,所述固定板290可以省略,也即,所述活动支座292直接安装于所述立架组件20,所述偏移调节模块296直接连接所述立架组件20和活动支座292,所述偏移调节模块296用于直接驱动所述活动支座292沿所述预设方向O1相对于所述立架组件20移动。It is understandable that the fixing plate 290 can be omitted, that is, the movable support 292 is directly installed on the stand assembly 20, and the offset adjustment module 296 is directly connected to the stand assembly 20 and the movable support. Seat 292, the offset adjustment module 296 is used to directly drive the movable support 292 to move relative to the stand assembly 20 along the preset direction O1.
所述偏转调节模块298包括第二调节杆2980、第二旋钮2982以及弹性件(图未示)。The deflection adjusting module 298 includes a second adjusting rod 2980, a second knob 2982, and an elastic member (not shown).
所述第二旋钮2982固定安装于所述第二调节杆2980的一端,所述第二调节杆2980的另一端穿设所述支撑壁2922并抵接于所述活动板294,所述第二调节杆2980设有螺纹结构,所述第二调节杆2980与所述支撑壁2922螺纹连接,通过拧动所述第二调节杆2980,以使得所述第二调节杆2980的另一端朝所述活动板294的方向推进,从而使所述活动板294正向偏转。所述弹性件可以为弹簧或者扭簧,所述弹性件设于所述活动板294与所述支撑壁2922之间,所述弹性件用于提供所述活动板294抵接于所述第二调节杆2980另一端的弹力,一方面,当所述第二调节杆2980的另一端朝远离所述活动板294的方向缩回时,通过所述弹力使所述活动板294反向偏转,另一方面,拧动所述第二调节杆2980到指定位置后,通过所述弹力使所述活动板294与所述第二调节杆2980的另一端保持静止。The second knob 2982 is fixedly installed at one end of the second adjusting rod 2980, and the other end of the second adjusting rod 2980 penetrates the supporting wall 2922 and abuts against the movable plate 294. The adjusting rod 2980 is provided with a threaded structure, and the second adjusting rod 2980 is threadedly connected with the supporting wall 2922. By screwing the second adjusting rod 2980, the other end of the second adjusting rod 2980 faces the The direction of the movable plate 294 advances, so that the movable plate 294 is forwardly deflected. The elastic member may be a spring or a torsion spring. The elastic member is provided between the movable plate 294 and the supporting wall 2922, and the elastic member is used to provide the movable plate 294 to abut against the second The elastic force of the other end of the adjusting rod 2980, on the one hand, when the other end of the second adjusting rod 2980 retracts away from the movable plate 294, the movable plate 294 is reversely deflected by the elastic force, and the other On the one hand, after the second adjusting rod 2980 is screwed to a designated position, the movable plate 294 and the other end of the second adjusting rod 2980 are kept still by the elastic force.
其中,偏转调节模块298的其他实现方式可以参考一些实施例中所描述的调节机构。For other implementations of the deflection adjustment module 298, reference may be made to the adjustment mechanism described in some embodiments.
可以理解的是,在其他一些实施例中,所述位置调节机构29可以省略,所述横梁31’直接安装于所述立架组件20’上。It is understandable that in some other embodiments, the position adjustment mechanism 29 may be omitted, and the cross beam 31' is directly mounted on the stand assembly 20'.
所述底座10’包括底座本体12’,滚轮14’、高度调节件16’和拉环18’。The base 10' includes a base body 12', a roller 14', a height adjusting member 16' and a pull ring 18'.
所述底座本体12’为三角爪状,包括三个爪部,三个所述爪部分别沿三个不同的方向延伸。所述底座本体12’可由金属材料制得。The base body 12' has a triangular claw shape and includes three claws, each of which extends in three different directions. The base body 12' can be made of metal materials.
所述滚轮14’安装于所述底座本体12’的底表面,所述滚轮14’的数量可以为三个,每个所述滚轮14’安装于对应的一个所述爪部的末端,用于方便移动所述底座本体12’。在本实施例中,所述滚轮14’为万向移动滚轮, 使得所述底座本体12’可以前后左右任意移动。The roller 14' is mounted on the bottom surface of the base body 12', the number of the roller 14' may be three, and each roller 14' is mounted on the end of a corresponding claw for It is convenient to move the base body 12'. In this embodiment, the roller 14' is a universally movable roller, so that the base body 12' can move arbitrarily back and forth, left and right.
所述高度调节件16’安装于所述底座本体12’,用于调节所述底座本体12的高度。在本实施例中,所述高度调节件16’为调节旋钮,数量为三个,旋钮下方包含至少一段螺旋杆,该螺旋杆与底座本体12’处通孔的螺纹相配合,可以实现高度调节。每个所述高度调节件16’安装于对应的一个所述爪部,并且靠近对应的一个所述滚轮14’,三个所述高度调节件16’呈正三角形分布。The height adjusting member 16' is installed on the base body 12' for adjusting the height of the base body 12. In this embodiment, the height adjusting member 16' is an adjusting knob, the number is three, and the knob contains at least a section of screw rod underneath the knob, and the screw rod is matched with the thread of the through hole at the base body 12' to achieve height adjustment . Each of the height adjusting members 16' is installed on a corresponding one of the claws and is close to a corresponding one of the rollers 14', and the three height adjusting members 16' are distributed in a regular triangle.
所述拉环18’可以安装于其中的一个所述爪部的上表面,用于方便拉动所述标定支架100’。The pull ring 18' can be installed on the upper surface of one of the claws to facilitate pulling the calibration bracket 100'.
可以理解的是,在一些其它实施例中,所述底座本体12’的形状可以根据实际需求变化,而不限于为三角爪状,例如所述底座本体12’可为矩形或圆形;所述滚轮14’和所述高度调节件16’的数量可以分别根据实际需求增减,例如,对于三角爪状的底座本体12’,高度调节件可以为两个,再配合一个固定高度的支脚以调节底座本体12’的角度。It is understandable that in some other embodiments, the shape of the base body 12' can be changed according to actual needs, and is not limited to being triangular claw-shaped. For example, the base body 12' can be rectangular or circular; The number of the roller 14' and the height adjustment member 16' can be increased or decreased according to actual requirements. For example, for the triangular claw-shaped base body 12', the height adjustment member can be two, and a fixed height foot can be used for adjustment. The angle of the base body 12'.
与现有技术相比,本发明实施例提供一种标定支架100’中,通过所述相邻横梁310’在水平面内折叠地连接,在横梁31’折叠后,横梁31’的长度L变短,从而使得所述标定支架100’便于携带。Compared with the prior art, the embodiment of the present invention provides a calibration bracket 100' in which the adjacent beams 310' are folded and connected in a horizontal plane. After the beams 31' are folded, the length L of the beams 31' becomes shorter , So that the calibration bracket 100' is easy to carry.
在一些实施例中,请参阅图12,所述底座本体12还开设有凹陷122,两个所述爪部分别位于所述凹陷122的相对两侧,并且相对于所述凹陷122对称。请参阅图13,在将标定支架100对准汽车时,所述多线激光器200安装于所述横梁组件30,所述多线激光器200发出垂直于地面并且相互垂直且相交的两扇面光线210,所述两扇面光线210穿过所述凹陷122,以对准地面上设置的十字标220。在所述底座本体12上开设所述凹陷122,结构简单,还可方便标定支架100对准汽车的操作。可以理解,该凹陷122用于使用两条相交并垂直的激光线形成的交点来为标定支架100定位的情形。当底座本体12为其他形状时,可以类似地在底座本体12的相应位置设置凹陷或孔洞,以使用于给标定支架100定位的激光线交点能够打在地面上。In some embodiments, referring to FIG. 12, the base body 12 is further provided with a recess 122, and the two claw portions are respectively located on opposite sides of the recess 122 and are symmetrical with respect to the recess 122. Referring to FIG. 13, when the calibration bracket 100 is aligned with the car, the multi-line laser 200 is installed on the beam assembly 30, and the multi-line laser 200 emits two sectors of light 210 perpendicular to the ground and perpendicular to each other and intersecting. The light rays 210 from the two sectors pass through the recess 122 to align with the cross mark 220 on the ground. The recess 122 is provided on the base body 12, which has a simple structure and can also facilitate the alignment of the calibration bracket 100 to the car. It can be understood that the recess 122 is used in a situation where the intersection formed by two intersecting and perpendicular laser lines is used to position the calibration bracket 100. When the base body 12 has other shapes, depressions or holes can be similarly provided in the corresponding positions of the base body 12, so that the intersection of laser lines used for positioning the calibration bracket 100 can be hit on the ground.
请一并参阅图14和图22,所述立架组件20可以包括固定立杆22,移动立杆24和驱动机构26,所述移动立杆24套设于所述固定立杆22内,所述移动立杆24可沿所述固定立杆22的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆22移动,所述驱动机构26安装于所述固定立杆22,用于驱动所述移动立杆24沿所述固定立杆22的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆22移动。14 and 22 together, the stand assembly 20 may include a fixed stand bar 22, a movable stand bar 24 and a driving mechanism 26, the moving stand bar 24 is sleeved in the fixed stand bar 22, so The movable vertical rod 24 can move relative to the fixed vertical rod 22 along the length direction of the fixed vertical rod 22, and the driving mechanism 26 is installed on the fixed vertical rod 22 for driving the movable vertical rod 24 along The length direction of the fixed upright rod 22 moves relative to the fixed upright rod 22.
所述横梁组件30安装于所述移动立杆24的顶面,这使得相比起传统的标定架,横梁组件30的重心更加接近立架组件20的重心,可以增加标定架的稳定性,并且可以使用面积更小的底座本体12。The cross beam assembly 30 is installed on the top surface of the movable vertical rod 24, which makes the center of gravity of the cross beam assembly 30 closer to the center of gravity of the vertical frame assembly 20 compared with the traditional calibration frame, which can increase the stability of the calibration frame, and The base body 12 with a smaller area can be used.
使用移动立杆24与固定立杆22套设连接的方式,立架组件20的高度可以减为接近原来的一半,配合横杆组件30的折叠,可以使立架组件20非常适合放置在汽车等交通工具的后尾箱内携带。Using the way that the movable vertical rod 24 and the fixed vertical rod 22 are sleeved and connected, the height of the vertical frame assembly 20 can be reduced to nearly half of the original height. With the folding of the cross-bar assembly 30, the vertical frame assembly 20 can be very suitable for placement in automobiles, etc. Carry it in the trunk of the vehicle.
可以理解,也可以视需要将固定立杆作为内杆,移动立杆作为外杆,驱动机构26安装于所述固定立杆22,用于驱动所述移动立杆24沿所述固定立杆22的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆22移动。It can be understood that, if necessary, the fixed vertical rod can be used as the inner rod, and the movable vertical rod can be used as the outer rod. The driving mechanism 26 is installed on the fixed vertical rod 22 to drive the movable vertical rod 24 along the fixed vertical rod 22. The length direction of φ moves relative to the fixed pole 22.
可选的,所述固定立杆22和所述移动立杆24分别为方通,所述移动立杆24紧密地套设于所述固定立杆22内,可使得所述移动立杆24仅能沿所述固定立杆22的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆22移动,并且可防止所述移动立杆24相对于所述固定立杆22朝其它方向运动。这种构造对标定支架100实现可折叠非常重要,因为在标定过程中,通常需要利用标定支架100各部件之间固定的相对位置关系,例如,有可能在固定立杆22的外表面固定一个激光器,使用该激光器来定位车辆中心轴线,从而确定横梁组件30上所携带标靶与车辆之间的相对位置。因此,如果各部件之间的相对位置有些许变化,都会使标定精度受到影响,或者需要增设额外的微调机构来弥补。如果各部件之间的相对位置变化较大,还有可能导致增设的额外微调机构失效。因此,在套叠方式下,移动立杆24与固定立杆22之间除了沿长度方向之外的相对运动,例如相对转动,是需要排除的。一个简便的方法是移动立杆24与固定立杆22同为方通,这样能确保两者之间只发生沿长度方向的相对运动。Optionally, the fixed upright pole 22 and the movable upright pole 24 are respectively square-shaped, and the movable upright pole 24 is tightly sleeved in the fixed upright pole 22, so that the movable upright pole 24 is only It can move relative to the fixed stand 22 along the length direction of the fixed stand 22, and can prevent the movable stand 24 from moving in other directions relative to the fixed stand 22. This configuration is very important for the calibration bracket 100 to be foldable, because in the calibration process, it is usually necessary to use the fixed relative position relationship between the components of the calibration bracket 100. For example, it is possible to fix a laser on the outer surface of the fixed pole 22 The laser is used to locate the center axis of the vehicle, so as to determine the relative position between the target carried on the beam assembly 30 and the vehicle. Therefore, if the relative position of each component changes slightly, the calibration accuracy will be affected, or an additional fine-tuning mechanism needs to be added to compensate. If the relative position of each component changes greatly, it may cause the additional fine-tuning mechanism to fail. Therefore, in the telescopic mode, the relative movement between the movable vertical rod 24 and the fixed vertical rod 22 except along the length direction, such as relative rotation, needs to be eliminated. A simple method is to move the vertical rod 24 and the fixed vertical rod 22 as a square pass, which can ensure that only relative movement along the length occurs between the two.
可以理解的是,在一些其它实施例中,所述固定立杆22和所述移动立杆24也可为其它形状的管材,例如,截面为相互配合的多边形的管材,可使得所述移动立杆24仅能沿所述固定立杆22的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆22移动,并且可防止所述移动立杆24相对于所述固定立杆22朝其它方向运动。此处“相互配合”不一定要求固定立杆22与移动立杆24的截面必须相同,例如设置在外的固定立杆22的截面可以为六边形,设置在内的移动立杆24的截面可以为与该六边形相接的四边形,同样可以实现使得移动立杆24仅能沿固定立杆22的长度方向相对于固定立杆22移动的效果。固定立杆22和所述移动立杆24的截面也可以为相互配合的椭圆形的圆柱形管材,椭圆形的截面同样可以在一定程度上限制两者之间的相对转动。It is understandable that, in some other embodiments, the fixed upright rod 22 and the movable upright rod 24 may also be pipes of other shapes, for example, pipes with mutually matched polygonal cross-sections, which can make the movable vertical The rod 24 can only move relative to the fixed vertical rod 22 along the length direction of the fixed vertical rod 22, and can prevent the movable vertical rod 24 from moving in other directions relative to the fixed vertical rod 22. Here, “cooperating with each other” does not necessarily require that the cross-sections of the fixed upright 22 and the movable upright 24 must be the same. For example, the cross-section of the fixed upright 22 arranged outside may be hexagonal, and the cross-section of the movable upright 24 arranged inside may be Being a quadrilateral connected with the hexagon, the effect that the movable vertical rod 24 can only move relative to the fixed vertical rod 22 along the length direction of the fixed vertical rod 22 can also be achieved. The cross section of the fixed upright 22 and the movable upright 24 can also be elliptical cylindrical pipes that cooperate with each other, and the elliptical cross section can also restrict relative rotation between the two to a certain extent.
当所述固定立杆及所述移动立杆的横截面为非圆形时,相当于以整个固定立杆的管壁作为导轨,对移动立杆的移动方向进行导引。When the cross sections of the fixed vertical rod and the movable vertical rod are non-circular, it is equivalent to using the entire tube wall of the fixed vertical rod as a guide rail to guide the moving direction of the movable vertical rod.
所述固定立杆22和所述移动立杆24也可以分别为截面为圆形的圆柱形管材,此时可以通过导向机构防止所述固定立杆22相对于所述移动立杆24转动,用于引导所述移动立杆24稳定地相对于所述固定立杆22移动,或者在标定支架100的其他部件处增设检测及调整固定立杆22相对于移动立杆24发生除长度方向运动的机构。一种简便的导向机构是导轨及与之配合的滑块装置,可以在固定立杆22和所述移动立杆24相互接触的表面处,在该两者之一上设置导轨,在另一者上设置例如凸块、塑料胶条、滚轮、滚珠、齿轮等的滑块装置,此时滑块装置将被限制在导轨上运动,也能确保两个立杆之间只发生沿长度方向的相对运动。导轨可以是附加设置在立杆管壁上的凹槽、线状凸起、齿条等,也可以是立杆管壁自身形成的凹槽、线状凸起、两条线状凸起之间形成的凹槽 等,即立杆使用异形管壁,管壁本身形状就带有凹槽、线状凸起等可以作为导轨使用的部分。同样,滑块装置可以是附加设置在立杆管壁上的额外部件,也可以是依靠立杆管壁自身形成的凸起结构,而无需在立杆管壁处设置额外部件。此外,齿条等通过啮合来实现传动的机构,本身也有导向作用,本说明书也将其归入导轨范畴内。如下面实施例所描述的齿轮与齿条的传动机构,也能实现导向效果。可选的,齿条可以设置在凹槽导轨内。The fixed upright rod 22 and the movable upright rod 24 may also be cylindrical pipes with a circular cross-section. At this time, a guide mechanism can be used to prevent the fixed upright rod 22 from rotating relative to the movable upright rod 24. To guide the movable pole 24 to move stably relative to the fixed pole 22, or to add a mechanism for detecting and adjusting the movement of the fixed pole 22 relative to the movable pole 24 in the longitudinal direction at other parts of the calibration bracket 100 . A simple guide mechanism is a guide rail and a sliding block device matched with it. A guide rail can be set on one of the fixed vertical rod 22 and the movable vertical rod 24 at the contact surface, and the other Slider devices such as bumps, plastic rubber strips, rollers, balls, gears, etc. are set on the upper side. At this time, the slider device will be restricted to move on the guide rail, and it can also ensure that only the relative length between the two poles occurs. movement. The guide rail can be a groove, a linear protrusion, a rack, etc. additionally arranged on the wall of the vertical rod, or a groove, a linear protrusion, or between two linear protrusions formed on the wall of the vertical rod. The formed grooves, that is, the vertical rod uses a special-shaped tube wall, and the shape of the tube wall itself has grooves, linear protrusions and other parts that can be used as guide rails. Similarly, the slider device may be an additional component that is additionally provided on the wall of the vertical rod, or it may be a protruding structure formed by the wall of the vertical rod itself, without the need to provide additional components on the wall of the vertical rod. In addition, racks and other mechanisms that achieve transmission through meshing also have a guiding effect, and this specification also includes them in the category of guide rails. The gear and rack transmission mechanism described in the following embodiments can also achieve the guiding effect. Optionally, the rack can be arranged in the groove guide rail.
可以理解的是,导轨与滑块装置的设置位置可以互换,可以导轨设置在移动立杆上、滑块装置设置在固定立杆上,也可以互换。It is understandable that the setting positions of the guide rail and the sliding block device can be interchanged, the guide rail can be arranged on the movable vertical pole, the sliding block device can be arranged on the fixed vertical pole, or can be exchanged.
可以理解的是,导向机构并不限于截面为圆形的固定立杆22和移动立杆24,其他截面形状的固定立杆22和移动立杆24上也可以使用导向机构来增强导向作用,并且获得更加稳定或摩擦力更小的相对运动。对于非圆形的截面形状,也可以不使用导轨,仅使用直线运动装置来获得更稳定或摩擦力更小的相对运动,此时非圆形的外部立杆本身就起到导向作用。It is understandable that the guiding mechanism is not limited to the fixed vertical rod 22 and the movable vertical rod 24 with a circular cross-section, and the fixed vertical rod 22 and the movable vertical rod 24 with other cross-sectional shapes may also use guiding mechanisms to enhance the guiding effect, and Obtain more stable or less frictional relative movement. For non-circular cross-sectional shapes, it is also possible not to use guide rails, and only use linear motion devices to obtain a more stable or less frictional relative movement. At this time, the non-circular external pole itself plays a guiding role.
可以理解的是,固定立杆22与移动立杆24之间的连接方式除了导轨与滑块装置外,还可以有其他的实现方式。It can be understood that, in addition to the guide rail and the sliding block device, the connection between the fixed vertical rod 22 and the movable vertical rod 24 can also be implemented in other ways.
下面结合附图具体描述一种所述固定立杆与所述移动立杆之间的连接结构,在下面的描述中,固定立杆22可被称为“外套管”,移动立杆24可被称为“内套管”。In the following, a connection structure between the fixed vertical rod and the movable vertical rod will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings. In the following description, the fixed vertical rod 22 may be referred to as an "outer tube", and the movable vertical rod 24 may be It is called "inner casing".
请一并参阅图15和图16,本发明其中一实施例提供一种立杆组件10M,包括多个固定滚珠组件12M、多个浮动滚珠组件14M、内套管16M及外套管18M。所述内套管16M套设于所述外套管18M内,所述内套管16M可沿所述外套管18M的长度方向相对于所述外套管18M移动,多个所述固定滚珠组件12M和多个所述浮动滚珠组件14M分别固定安装于所述内套管16M内,每个所述固定滚珠组件12M部分突出于所述内套管16M的外表面,且所述部分突出的所述固定滚珠组件12M不可弹性收缩或舒展,每个所述浮动滚珠组件14M部分突出于所述内套管16M外表面,且所述部分突出的所述浮动滚珠组件14M可弹性收缩或舒展,且其始终抵接于所述外套管18M的内表面。所述固定滚珠组件12M和所述浮动滚珠组件14M分别位于所述内套管16M的相对两侧;在安装时,所述固定滚珠组件12M的突出部分顶靠于外套管18M的一侧,所述浮动滚珠组件14M的突出部分顶靠于外套管18的相对一侧,由于固定滚珠组件12M的突出部分不可收缩或舒展,在安装时可起定位作用,由于浮动滚珠组件14M的突出部分可收缩或舒展,因此便于将所述外套管18M套设于内套管16M内,起到便于安装的作用,同时由于固定滚珠组件12M和所述浮动滚珠组件16M的突出部分始终抵接于所述外套管18M的内表面,从而可消除内套管16M和外套管18M之间的间隙,可以避免大幅度的晃动。每个所述浮动滚珠组件14M部分突出于所述内套管16M外表面,且所述部分突出的所述浮动滚珠组件14M可弹性收缩或舒展,且其始终抵接于所述外套管18的内表面,从而使所述内套管16M始终和所述外套管18M紧密贴合,不至于卡死或者松弛,可大大减小内套管和外套管 的加工精度,实现量产化。固定滚珠组件与浮动滚珠组件的配合可以在保证内套管16M始终与外套管18M紧密贴合,以保持内套管16M与外套管18M相对移动的稳定性外,还可以保证立杆组件在伸缩过程中的顺畅移动,提升用户体验。15 and 16 together, one embodiment of the present invention provides a pole assembly 10M, including a plurality of fixed ball assemblies 12M, a plurality of floating ball assemblies 14M, an inner sleeve 16M, and an outer sleeve 18M. The inner sleeve 16M is sleeved in the outer sleeve 18M, the inner sleeve 16M can move relative to the outer sleeve 18M along the length direction of the outer sleeve 18M, a plurality of the fixed ball assemblies 12M and A plurality of the floating ball assemblies 14M are respectively fixedly installed in the inner sleeve 16M, each of the fixed ball assemblies 12M partially protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve 16M, and the partially protruding fixed The ball components 12M cannot be elastically contracted or stretched. Each of the floating ball components 14M partially protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve 16M, and the partially protruding floating ball components 14M can be elastically contracted or stretched. Abuts against the inner surface of the outer sleeve 18M. The fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 14M are respectively located on opposite sides of the inner sleeve 16M; during installation, the protruding part of the fixed ball assembly 12M abuts one side of the outer sleeve 18M, so The protruding part of the floating ball assembly 14M abuts against the opposite side of the outer sleeve 18. Since the protruding part of the fixed ball assembly 12M cannot be contracted or stretched, it can play a role in positioning during installation. Because the protruding part of the floating ball assembly 14M can shrink Or stretch, so it is convenient to sleeve the outer sleeve 18M in the inner sleeve 16M, and play a role in facilitating installation. At the same time, because the protruding parts of the fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 16M always abut on the outer sleeve The inner surface of the tube 18M can eliminate the gap between the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M, and can avoid large-scale shaking. Each floating ball assembly 14M partially protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve 16M, and the partially protruding floating ball assembly 14M can be elastically contracted or stretched, and it always abuts against the outer surface of the outer sleeve 18 The inner surface, so that the inner sleeve 16M always fits closely with the outer sleeve 18M, will not be stuck or loosened, can greatly reduce the processing accuracy of the inner sleeve and the outer sleeve, and realize mass production. The cooperation of the fixed ball assembly and the floating ball assembly can ensure that the inner sleeve 16M always fits tightly with the outer sleeve 18M, so as to maintain the stability of the relative movement of the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M, and can also ensure that the vertical rod assembly is telescopic Smooth movement in the process improves user experience.
所述内套管16M和所述外套管18M均为方通,所述方通是一种方形体的管型,所述外套管18M套设于所述内套管16M,且所述外套管18M的内径大于所述内套管16M的内径,以使外套管18M与内套管16M之间留有间隙13M。所述间隙13M用于收容部分突出于所述内套管16M外表面的所述固定滚珠组件12M和所述浮动滚珠组件14M。The inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M are both square passes, the square pass is a square tube shape, the outer sleeve 18M is sleeved on the inner sleeve 16M, and the outer sleeve The inner diameter of 18M is larger than the inner diameter of the inner sleeve 16M, so that a gap 13M is left between the outer sleeve 18M and the inner sleeve 16M. The gap 13M is used to accommodate the fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 14M partially protruding from the outer surface of the inner sleeve 16M.
在一些实施例中,所述内套管16M和外套管18M的形状可根据需要设置为其它形状的管材。例如,内套管16M和外套管18M的形状均为圆柱形,在此情形下,可以在内套管16M的内直径的两端分别设置固定滚珠组件和浮动滚珠组件。或者,所述外套管18M和所述内套管16M的横截面形状包含至少3个边,即所述横截面的形状可为任意多边形,例如三边形,四边形和五边形等等。内套管16M与外套管18M的形状可以相同,也可以不同。在一些实施例中,为了使得所述内套管16M仅能沿所述外套管18M的长度方向相对于所述外套管18M移动,并且可防止所述内套管16M相对于所述外套管18M朝其它方向运动。所述外套管18和所述内套管16M的截面为相互配合的多边形的管材,此处“相互配合”不一定要求外套管18M与内套管16M的截面必须相同,例如设置在外的外套管18M的截面可以为六边形,设置在内的内套管16M的截面可以为与该六边形相接的四边形,同样可以实现使得内套管16M仅能沿外套管18M的长度方向相对于外套管18M移动的效果。所述外套管18M和所述内套管16M的截面也可以为相互配合的椭圆形的圆柱形管材,椭圆形的截面同样可以在一定程度上限制两者之间的相对转动。In some embodiments, the shape of the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M can be set to pipes of other shapes as required. For example, the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M are both cylindrical in shape. In this case, a fixed ball assembly and a floating ball assembly can be provided at both ends of the inner diameter of the inner sleeve 16M. Alternatively, the cross-sectional shape of the outer sleeve 18M and the inner sleeve 16M includes at least three sides, that is, the cross-sectional shape can be any polygon, such as a triangle, a quadrilateral, a pentagon, and so on. The shape of the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M may be the same or different. In some embodiments, in order to enable the inner sleeve 16M to move relative to the outer sleeve 18M only along the length direction of the outer sleeve 18M, and to prevent the inner sleeve 16M from moving relative to the outer sleeve 18M Move in the other direction. The cross-sections of the outer sleeve 18 and the inner sleeve 16M are polygonal pipes that cooperate with each other. Here, "cooperating" does not necessarily require that the cross-sections of the outer sleeve 18M and the inner sleeve 16M must be the same, for example, an outer sleeve set outside The cross section of 18M can be a hexagon, and the cross section of the inner sleeve 16M provided inside can be a quadrilateral connected to the hexagon. It can also be achieved that the inner sleeve 16M can only be relative to the length of the outer sleeve 18M. The effect of the movement of the outer sleeve 18M. The cross section of the outer sleeve 18M and the inner sleeve 16M can also be elliptical cylindrical pipes that cooperate with each other, and the elliptical cross section can also restrict relative rotation between the two to a certain extent.
对于设置在内套管上的固定滚珠组件12M和浮动滚珠组件14M的数量,可以与内套管16M的形状相关。例如,内套管16M的横截面为圆形时,可以在一个内直径的两端分别设置相对的固定滚珠组件12M和浮动滚珠组件14M;或者在两个相互垂直的内直径的各端设置相对的固定滚珠组件12M和浮动滚珠组件14M,以保证内套管16M与外套管18M相对滑动的稳定性;内套管16M的横截面为方形时,在相邻的两边设置固定滚珠组件12M,在另外两边设置浮动滚珠组件14M;内套管16M的横截面为三角形时,在其中两边设置固定滚珠组件12,另一边设置浮动滚珠组件14M,或者,在其中一边设置固定滚珠组件12M,另两边设置浮动滚珠组件14M。在此,对于固定滚珠组件12M与浮动滚珠组件14的数量不予限定。The number of fixed ball assemblies 12M and floating ball assemblies 14M provided on the inner sleeve may be related to the shape of the inner sleeve 16M. For example, when the cross section of the inner sleeve 16M is circular, the opposite fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 14M can be provided at both ends of an inner diameter; or the opposite ends of the two inner diameters can be arranged opposite to each other. The fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 14M are used to ensure the relative sliding stability of the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M; when the cross section of the inner sleeve 16M is square, the fixed ball assemblies 12M are set on the adjacent two sides. Floating ball components 14M are provided on the other two sides; when the cross section of the inner sleeve 16M is triangular, the fixed ball components 12 are provided on two sides and the floating ball component 14M is provided on the other side, or the fixed ball components 12M are provided on one side and the other two sides Floating ball assembly 14M. Here, the number of fixed ball assemblies 12M and floating ball assemblies 14 is not limited.
为了保证内套管16M与外套管18M相互贴合的紧密型,固定滚珠组件12M同与其相对的浮动滚珠组件14M的高度相同。In order to ensure a tight fit between the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M, the fixed ball assembly 12M has the same height as the floating ball assembly 14M facing it.
本申请实施例中的固定滚珠组件12M与浮动滚珠组件14M的位置相对可以是指固定滚珠组件12M与浮动滚珠组件14M的高度一致,且位于内套管16M同一横截面的相对两侧;或者,固定滚珠组件12M与浮动滚珠组件14M的位置 相对仅指其位于内套管16M同一横截面的相对两侧。The relative position of the fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 14M in the embodiments of the present application may mean that the fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 14M have the same height and are located on opposite sides of the same cross section of the inner sleeve 16M; or, The relative position of the fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 14M only means that they are located on opposite sides of the same cross section of the inner sleeve 16M.
所述内套管16M开设有多个第一容置孔和多个第二容置孔,每个所述固定滚珠组件12M可部分贯穿所述第一容置孔,并突出于所述内套管16M外表面;每个所述浮动滚珠组件14M可部分贯穿所述第二容置孔,并突出于所述内套管16M外表面。The inner sleeve 16M is provided with a plurality of first accommodating holes and a plurality of second accommodating holes, and each of the fixed ball components 12M can partially penetrate the first accommodating hole and protrude from the inner sleeve The outer surface of the tube 16M; each floating ball assembly 14M can partially penetrate the second accommodating hole and protrude from the outer surface of the inner sleeve 16M.
所述第一容置孔和所述第二容置孔的数量可分别根据所述固定滚珠组件12和所述浮动滚珠组件14M的数量或上述组件中的滚珠的数量设定。在本实施例中,一个所述固定滚珠组件12M可以包括两个滚珠,进而对应两个所述第一容置孔;一个所述浮动滚珠组件14M可以包括两个滚珠,进而对应两个所述第二容置孔。上述结构可以保证内套管16M与外套管18M紧密贴合程度更高,还可以保证立杆组件10M在伸缩过程中的移动的顺畅度增大,提升用户体验。The number of the first accommodating holes and the number of the second accommodating holes can be set according to the number of the fixed ball assembly 12 and the floating ball assembly 14M or the number of balls in the aforementioned assembly, respectively. In this embodiment, one of the fixed ball components 12M may include two balls, which corresponds to the two first accommodating holes; one of the floating ball components 14M may include two balls, which correspond to the two balls. The second housing hole. The above-mentioned structure can ensure that the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M closely adhere to a higher degree, and can also ensure the smoothness of the movement of the pole assembly 10M during the expansion and contraction process, thereby improving the user experience.
所述第一容置孔和所述第二容置孔的形状可分别根据所述固定滚珠组件12和所述浮动滚珠组件14突出部分的形状设置。在本实施例中,所述第一容置孔为圆孔,所述第二容置孔的形状为四方孔。The shapes of the first accommodating hole and the second accommodating hole may be set according to the shapes of the protruding parts of the fixed ball assembly 12 and the floating ball assembly 14 respectively. In this embodiment, the first containing hole is a round hole, and the shape of the second containing hole is a square hole.
所述内套管16M表面开设有多个固定孔,所述固定孔用于将所述固定滚珠组件12M和所述浮动滚珠组件14M固定于所述内套管16M。所述固定孔的形状和数量可根据需要任意设置。A plurality of fixing holes are formed on the surface of the inner sleeve 16M, and the fixing holes are used to fix the fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 14M to the inner sleeve 16M. The shape and number of the fixing holes can be set arbitrarily as required.
所述固定滚珠组件12和所述浮动滚珠组件14M分别固定安装与所述内套管16M的内表面。为了更好的在安装时便于将所述外套管18M套设于所述内套管16,在本实施例中,所述固定滚珠组件12M和所述浮动滚珠组件14M在所述内套管16M的位置相对,多个所述固定滚珠组件12M固定安装于所述内套管16M的相邻的两个内表面,其中一个内表面设置有两个所述固定滚珠组件12M,两个所述固定滚珠组件12M间隔预设距离设置,另一个内表面的中部设置有一个所述固定滚珠组件12M。为了使所述内套管16M和所述外套管18M更好的紧密贴合,不至于卡死或者松弛,多个所述浮动滚珠组件14M固定安装于所述内套管16M的另外相邻的两个内表面,所述另外相邻的两个内表面上分别设置有一个所述浮动滚珠组件14M。The fixed ball assembly 12 and the floating ball assembly 14M are respectively fixedly installed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve 16M. In order to better facilitate the installation of the outer sleeve 18M on the inner sleeve 16, in this embodiment, the fixed ball assembly 12M and the floating ball assembly 14M are in the inner sleeve 16M. The fixed ball components 12M are fixedly installed on two adjacent inner surfaces of the inner sleeve 16M, and one of the inner surfaces is provided with two fixed ball components 12M, and the two fixed ball components 12M The ball assembly 12M is arranged at a predetermined distance, and the fixed ball assembly 12M is arranged in the middle of the other inner surface. In order to make the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M fit better and not to be stuck or loose, a plurality of the floating ball assemblies 14M are fixedly installed on the other adjacent ones of the inner sleeve 16M Two inner surfaces, the other two adjacent inner surfaces are respectively provided with one floating ball assembly 14M.
为了更好的在安装时便于将所述外套管18M套设于所述内套管16M,在一些实施例中,当所述内套管16M和所述外套管18M的横截面形状为多边形时,所述固定滚珠组件12M的数量为至少2个,所述浮动滚珠组件14M的数量为至少1个,至少两个所述固定滚珠组件12M固定安装于所述内套管16M的连续相邻的内表面,至少一个所述浮动滚珠组件14M固定安装于所述内套管16M的另外任意一个或者多个相邻的内表面,只需要保证所述浮动滚珠组件14M至少与其中一个固定滚珠组件12M在所述内套管16M的位置相对即可。In order to better facilitate the installation of the outer sleeve 18M on the inner sleeve 16M during installation, in some embodiments, when the cross-sectional shapes of the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M are polygonal , The number of the fixed ball assembly 12M is at least two, the number of the floating ball assembly 14M is at least one, and at least two of the fixed ball assemblies 12M are fixedly mounted on consecutively adjacent ones of the inner sleeve 16M On the inner surface, at least one of the floating ball assemblies 14M is fixedly mounted on any one or more adjacent inner surfaces of the inner sleeve 16M, and it is only necessary to ensure that the floating ball assembly 14M is at least one of the fixed ball assemblies 12M The position of the inner sleeve 16M may be opposite.
例如:当所述内套管16M和所述外套管18M的横截面形状为三边形时,所述固定滚珠组件12M固定安装于所述内套管16M的其中的两个内表面,所述浮动滚珠组件14M固定安装于所述内套管16M的另外的一个内表面。For example: when the cross-sectional shape of the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M is a triangle, the fixed ball assembly 12M is fixedly installed on two inner surfaces of the inner sleeve 16M, the The floating ball assembly 14M is fixedly installed on the other inner surface of the inner sleeve 16M.
当所述内套管16M和所述外套管18M的横截面形状为方形时,所述固定滚 珠组件12M固定安装于所述内套管16M的连续相邻的两个内表面,所述浮动滚珠组件14M固定安装于所述内套管16M的另外相邻的两个内表面。When the cross-sectional shape of the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M is square, the fixed ball assembly 12M is fixedly installed on two consecutively adjacent inner surfaces of the inner sleeve 16M, and the floating ball The assembly 14M is fixedly installed on the other two adjacent inner surfaces of the inner sleeve 16M.
在一些实施例中,安装于所述内套管16M内表面的所述固定滚珠组件12和所述滚动滚珠组件的数量及安装位置,可根据内套管16M内表面的形状和尺寸任意设置。In some embodiments, the number and installation positions of the fixed ball components 12 and the rolling ball components installed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve 16M can be arbitrarily set according to the shape and size of the inner surface of the inner sleeve 16M.
请一并参阅图17至图18,所述固定滚珠组件12M包括至少一个限位滚珠122M和至少一个固定座124M、至少一个固定件123M和安装座126M。所述安装座126M安装固定于所述内套管16M内表面;若干所述固定座124M固定收容于所述安装座126M;所述限位滚珠122M为圆球形,一个所述限位滚珠122M对应一个所述固定座124M,所述限位滚珠122M部分收容于对应的一个所述固定座124M,Referring to FIGS. 17 to 18 together, the fixed ball assembly 12M includes at least one limiting ball 122M, at least one fixing seat 124M, at least one fixing member 123M, and a mounting seat 126M. The mounting seat 126M is installed and fixed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve 16M; a number of the fixing seats 124M are fixedly housed in the mounting seat 126M; the limiting ball 122M is spherical, and one limiting ball 122M corresponds to One of the fixed seats 124M, and the limit ball 122M is partially received in the corresponding one of the fixed seats 124M,
所述限位滚珠122M可在所述固定座124M内朝任意角度随意滚动且不脱离于所述固定座124M;所述限位滚珠122M的另一部分突出于所述内套管16M外表面。The limiting ball 122M can roll freely at any angle within the fixing seat 124M without departing from the fixing seat 124M; another part of the limiting ball 122M protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve 16M.
所述安装座126M上开设有若干容置腔1262M,若干所述固定座124M和若干所述容置腔1262M一一对应,每个所述固定座124M收容固定于对应的一个所述容置腔1262M。The mounting seat 126M is provided with a plurality of accommodating cavities 1262M, a number of the fixing seats 124M and a number of the accommodating cavities 1262M correspond one-to-one, and each of the fixing seats 124M is received and fixed in a corresponding one of the accommodating cavities 1262M.
在本实施例中,所述安装座126M的两端分别开设有一个容置腔1262M,所述容置腔1262M为圆形;所述固定滚珠组件12M包括两个固定座124M,所述固定座124M为圆柱形,所述容置腔1262M与所述固定座124M相适配,以使两个所述固定座124M分别固定收容于对应的两个所述容置腔1262M内。In this embodiment, both ends of the mounting seat 126M are respectively provided with a receiving cavity 1262M, the receiving cavity 1262M is circular; the fixed ball assembly 12M includes two fixing seats 124M, the fixing seat 124M is cylindrical, and the accommodating cavity 1262M is adapted to the fixing seat 124M, so that the two fixing seats 124M are fixedly housed in the corresponding two accommodating cavities 1262M, respectively.
在一些实施例中,所述容置腔1262M和所述固定座124M的形状可以根据需要任意设定,只需要使所述固定座124M固定收容于所述容置腔1262M即可。例如:所述收容腔1262M和所述固定座124M的形状为四方体和椭圆体等等。In some embodiments, the shapes of the accommodating cavity 1262M and the fixing base 124M can be arbitrarily set as needed, and it is only necessary to fix the fixing base 124M in the accommodating cavity 1262M. For example, the shape of the receiving cavity 1262M and the fixing seat 124M is a square, an ellipsoid, and so on.
在一些实施例中,所述容置腔1262M和所述固定座124M的数量可根据安装座126M的尺寸和形状任意设置,只需要使所述固定座124M和所述容置腔1262一一对应即可。In some embodiments, the number of the accommodating cavity 1262M and the fixing seat 124M can be set arbitrarily according to the size and shape of the mounting seat 126M, and only the fixing seat 124M and the accommodating cavity 1262 need to be in one-to-one correspondence. OK.
所述安装座126M上开设有多个紧固孔1264M,所述固定件123M贯穿所述内套管16M上的固定孔和所述紧固孔1264M,将所述安装座126M固定于所述内套管16M的内表面。The mounting seat 126M is provided with a plurality of fastening holes 1264M, and the fixing member 123M penetrates through the fixing holes on the inner sleeve 16M and the fastening holes 1264M to fix the mounting seat 126M to the inner sleeve 16M. The inner surface of the sleeve 16M.
所述安装座126M开设有多个加固孔1266M,多个所述加固孔1266M开设于所述容置腔1262M的相对两侧,且所述加固孔1266M和所述容置腔1262M相连通,所述固定件123M贯穿所述加固孔1266M,将所述固定座124M固定收容于所述容置腔1262M内。The mounting seat 126M is provided with a plurality of reinforcement holes 1266M, the plurality of reinforcement holes 1266M are opened on opposite sides of the accommodating cavity 1262M, and the reinforcement holes 1266M and the accommodating cavity 1262M are in communication, so The fixing member 123M penetrates the reinforcing hole 1266M, and the fixing seat 124M is fixedly received in the accommodating cavity 1262M.
在本实施例中,所述紧固孔1264M和所述加固孔1266M均为圆形螺孔,所述固定件123M为螺钉或螺栓。在一些实施例中,所述安装座126M与所述内套管16M的固定方式以及所述固定座124M与所述安装座126M的固定方式可根据需要采用其他的固定方式,例如:铆接、键销连接、弹性卡扣连接、焊接和粘 结等等。In this embodiment, the fastening holes 1264M and the reinforcement holes 1266M are both circular screw holes, and the fixing member 123M is a screw or a bolt. In some embodiments, the fixing method of the mounting seat 126M and the inner sleeve 16M and the fixing method of the fixing seat 124M and the mounting seat 126M may adopt other fixing methods as required, such as riveting, keying Pin connection, elastic buckle connection, welding and bonding, etc.
所述固定座124M上开设有滚动腔,所述限位滚珠122M部分收容于所述滚动腔,所述限位滚珠122M与所述滚动腔相适配,以使所述限位滚珠122M可在所述滚动腔内朝任意角度随意滚动且不脱离于所述滚动腔。The fixing seat 124M is provided with a rolling cavity, the limiting ball 122M is partially accommodated in the rolling cavity, and the limiting ball 122M is adapted to the rolling cavity so that the limiting ball 122M can The rolling cavity can roll freely to any angle without leaving the rolling cavity.
所述限位滚珠122M的另一部分突出于所述滚动腔,所述部分突出于所述滚动腔的限位滚珠122M贯穿所述内套管16M的第一容置孔,延伸至所述外套管18M和内套管16M之间的预设间隙13M。Another part of the limiting ball 122M protrudes from the rolling cavity, and the limiting ball 122M partially protruding from the rolling cavity penetrates the first accommodating hole of the inner sleeve 16M and extends to the outer sleeve The preset gap 13M between 18M and the inner sleeve 16M.
所述固定座124M在所述滚动腔的边缘处设置有固定卡合部1242M,所述固定卡合部1242M为一圆形台阶,所述圆形台阶卡合于所述第一容置孔的边缘处,用于将部分突出于所述滚动腔的限位滚珠122M卡合于所述内套管16M的外表面。The fixed seat 124M is provided with a fixed engaging portion 1242M at the edge of the rolling cavity, the fixed engaging portion 1242M is a circular step, and the circular step is locked to the first receiving hole At the edge, the limiting ball 122M partially protruding from the rolling cavity is used to engage the outer surface of the inner sleeve 16M.
请一并参阅图19至图21,所述浮动滚珠组件14M包括至少一个浮动滚珠142M、至少一个支撑座144M、至少一个弹性件146M及基座148M。所述基座148M安装固定于所述内套管16M内表面;所述支撑座144M和所述弹性件146M一一对应,所述支撑座144M和所述弹性件146M收容于所述基座相对两侧;所述弹性件146M的一端固定连接于所述支撑座底部148M,所述弹性件146M的另一端固定连接于所述支撑座144M底部,所述弹性件146M可带动所述支撑座144M在所述基座148M内上下移动;Please also refer to FIGS. 19-21, the floating ball assembly 14M includes at least one floating ball 142M, at least one supporting seat 144M, at least one elastic member 146M and a base 148M. The base 148M is installed and fixed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve 16M; the support base 144M and the elastic member 146M correspond one-to-one, and the support base 144M and the elastic member 146M are housed in the base opposite to each other. On both sides; one end of the elastic member 146M is fixedly connected to the bottom of the support base 148M, the other end of the elastic member 146M is fixedly connected to the bottom of the support base 144M, the elastic member 146M can drive the support base 144M Move up and down within the base 148M;
所述浮动滚珠142M为圆球形,一个所述浮动滚珠142M对应一个所述支撑座144M,所述浮动滚珠142M部分收容于所述支撑座144M,所述浮动滚珠142M可在所述支撑座144M内朝任意角度随意滚动且不脱离于所述支撑座144M,且所述支撑座144M可带动所述浮动滚珠142M上下移动;所述浮动滚珠142M的另一部分突出于所述内套管16M外表面,并始终抵接于所述外套管18M的内表面。The floating ball 142M is spherical, and one floating ball 142M corresponds to one supporting seat 144M. The floating ball 142M is partially accommodated in the supporting seat 144M, and the floating ball 142M can be in the supporting seat 144M. Roll at any angle without departing from the support seat 144M, and the support seat 144M can drive the floating ball 142M to move up and down; another part of the floating ball 142M protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve 16M, And always abuts against the inner surface of the outer sleeve 18M.
所述基座148M还包括第一固定件143M和第二固定件145M,所述第一固定件143M和所述第二固定件145M分别设置于所述基座的相对两侧,所述第一固定件143M用于将部分突出于所述支撑座144M的浮动滚珠142M卡合于所述内套管16M的外表面,同时将所述基座148M固定安装于所述内套管16M内表面。所述第二固定件145M用于将所述弹性件146M的一端固定收容于所述基座148M。The base 148M further includes a first fixing member 143M and a second fixing member 145M. The first fixing member 143M and the second fixing member 145M are respectively disposed on opposite sides of the base. The fixing member 143M is used to engage the floating ball 142M partially protruding from the support base 144M to the outer surface of the inner sleeve 16M, and at the same time fix the base 148M on the inner surface of the inner sleeve 16M. The second fixing member 145M is used for fixing one end of the elastic member 146M in the base 148M.
所述基座148M一面开设有若干第一容置腔1482M,所述基座148M相对应的另一面开设有若干第二容置腔1484M。所述第一容置腔1482M和所述第二容置腔1484M一一对应,且所述第一容置腔1482M连通于对应的一个所述第二容置腔1484M。所述第一容置腔1482M和所述第二容置腔1484M均为圆柱形腔体,所述第一容置腔1482M的直径大于第二容置腔1484M的直径,因此在所述第一容置腔1482M和所述第二容置腔1484M的交合处形成一环形台阶,所述支撑座144M的底部可抵接于所述环形台阶。The base 148M is provided with a plurality of first accommodating cavities 1482M on one side, and the corresponding side of the base 148M is provided with a plurality of second accommodating cavities 1484M. The first accommodating cavity 1482M and the second accommodating cavity 1484M have a one-to-one correspondence, and the first accommodating cavity 1482M is connected to a corresponding one of the second accommodating cavity 1484M. The first accommodating cavity 1482M and the second accommodating cavity 1484M are both cylindrical cavities, and the diameter of the first accommodating cavity 1482M is larger than the diameter of the second accommodating cavity 1484M. The intersection of the accommodating cavity 1482M and the second accommodating cavity 1484M forms an annular step, and the bottom of the supporting seat 144M can abut against the annular step.
在本实施例中,优选地,所述基座148M一面的相对两端分别开设有一个 所述第一容置腔1482M,所述基座148M相对的另一面的两端分别开设有对应的一个所述第二容置腔1484M。In this embodiment, preferably, the base 148M is provided with a first accommodating cavity 1482M at opposite ends of one side, and the base 148M is provided with a corresponding one at both ends of the opposite side. The second accommodating cavity 1484M.
若干所述支撑座144M和若干所述第一容置腔1482M一一对应,每个所述支撑座144M收容于对应的一个所述第一容置腔1482M内。所述支撑座144M与对应的一个所述第一容置腔1482M相适配,以使所述支撑座144M收容于所述第一容置腔1482M内且能在所述弹性件146M的作用下使所述支撑座144M在所述第一容置腔1482M内上下移动。所述支撑座144M在向下移动预设距离后,所述支撑座144M的底面可抵靠于所述环形台阶。A number of the support seats 144M and a number of the first accommodating cavities 1482M correspond one-to-one, and each of the support seats 144M is accommodated in a corresponding one of the first accommodating cavities 1482M. The supporting seat 144M is adapted to the corresponding one of the first accommodating cavity 1482M, so that the supporting seat 144M is received in the first accommodating cavity 1482M and can be under the action of the elastic member 146M The support base 144M is moved up and down in the first accommodating cavity 1482M. After the supporting base 144M moves downward for a predetermined distance, the bottom surface of the supporting base 144M can abut against the annular step.
在一些实施例中,所述第一容置腔1482M和所述支撑座144M的形状可以根据需要任意设定,只需要使所述支撑座144M收容于所述第一容置腔1482M且能使所述支撑座144M在所述第一容置腔1482M内上下移动即可。例如:所述第一容置腔1482M和所述支撑座144M的形状分别为四方体和椭圆体等等。In some embodiments, the shapes of the first accommodating cavity 1482M and the supporting base 144M can be arbitrarily set as required, and only the supporting base 144M needs to be accommodated in the first accommodating cavity 1482M and capable of The support base 144M can move up and down in the first accommodating cavity 1482M. For example, the shapes of the first accommodating cavity 1482M and the supporting seat 144M are tetragonal and ellipsoid, etc., respectively.
在一些实施例中,所述第一容置腔1482M和所述支撑座144M的数量可根据基座148M的尺寸和形状任意设置,只需要使所述支撑座144M和所述第一容置腔1482M一一对应即可。In some embodiments, the number of the first accommodating cavity 1482M and the supporting base 144M can be arbitrarily set according to the size and shape of the base 148M, and only the supporting base 144M and the first accommodating cavity One-to-one correspondence is sufficient for 1482M.
所述支撑座144M开设有浮动滚动腔,所述浮动滚珠142M部分收容于所述浮动滚动腔。所述浮动滚珠142M与所述浮动滚动腔适配,以使所述浮动滚珠142M可在所述滚珠腔内朝任意角度随意滚动且不脱离于所述浮动滚动腔。The supporting seat 144M is provided with a floating rolling cavity, and the floating ball 142M is partially accommodated in the floating rolling cavity. The floating ball 142M is adapted to the floating rolling cavity, so that the floating ball 142M can freely roll at any angle in the ball cavity without leaving the floating rolling cavity.
所述浮动滚珠142M的另一部分突出于所述浮动滚动腔,所述部分突出于所述浮动滚动腔的浮动滚珠142M贯穿所述内套管16M的第二容置孔,延伸至所述外套管18M和内套管16M之间的预设间隙13M,并抵接于所述外套管18M的内表面,从而使所述内套管16M始终和所述外套管18M紧密贴合,不至于卡死或者松弛,可大大减小内套管和外套管的加工精度,实现量产化。Another part of the floating ball 142M protrudes from the floating rolling cavity, and the floating ball 142M partially protruding from the floating rolling cavity penetrates the second receiving hole of the inner sleeve 16M and extends to the outer sleeve There is a preset gap 13M between the 18M and the inner sleeve 16M, and abuts against the inner surface of the outer sleeve 18M, so that the inner sleeve 16M always fits closely with the outer sleeve 18M and will not be stuck Or slack can greatly reduce the processing accuracy of the inner casing and outer casing, and realize mass production.
所述支撑座144M在所述浮动滚动腔的边缘处设置有浮动卡合部,所述浮动卡合部为一圆形台阶,所述圆形台阶卡合于所述第二容置孔的边缘处,用于将部分突出于所述浮动滚动腔的浮动滚珠142M卡合于所述内套管16M的外表面。The supporting seat 144M is provided with a floating engaging portion at the edge of the floating rolling cavity, the floating engaging portion is a circular step, and the circular step is locked to the edge of the second receiving hole Where the floating ball 142M partially protruding from the floating rolling cavity is engaged with the outer surface of the inner sleeve 16M.
所述弹性件146M收容于所述第二容置腔1484M,所述弹性件146M一端固定连接于所述支撑座144M的底部,所述弹性件146M的另一端固定连接于所述基座148M的所述第二固定件145M上。所述弹性件146M能够弹性收缩和展开,所述弹性件146M可以带动所述支撑座144M进行上下移动,进而所述支撑座144M可带动部分突出于所述浮动滚动腔的浮动滚珠142M上下移动,使其始终抵接于所述外套管18M的内表面,所述内套管16M和外套管18M可通过部分突出于所述浮动滚动腔的浮动滚珠142M紧密贴合在一起,不至于卡死或者松弛。The elastic member 146M is accommodated in the second accommodating cavity 1484M, one end of the elastic member 146M is fixedly connected to the bottom of the support base 144M, and the other end of the elastic member 146M is fixedly connected to the base 148M. On the second fixing member 145M. The elastic member 146M can elastically contract and expand, the elastic member 146M can drive the support base 144M to move up and down, and the support base 144M can drive the floating ball 142M partially protruding from the floating rolling cavity to move up and down, To make it always abut on the inner surface of the outer sleeve 18M, the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M can be closely attached to each other by the floating balls 142M partially protruding from the floating rolling cavity, so as not to be stuck or stuck. relaxation.
所述弹性件146M为压缩弹簧,在一些实施中,可根据需要通过改变弹簧的大小、长度以及材质来调整所述内套管16M和所述外套管18M的贴合力度。The elastic member 146M is a compression spring. In some implementations, the size, length, and material of the spring can be changed as needed to adjust the bonding strength of the inner sleeve 16M and the outer sleeve 18M.
在本实施例中,所述基座148M与所述内套管16M的固定方式、所述第一固定件143M与所述基座148M的固定方式以及第二固定件145M与所述基座 148M的固定方式均为螺栓固定,例如:分别在所述基座148M和内套管16M上开设若干螺孔,然后利用螺钉或螺栓贯穿所述螺孔进行固定。In this embodiment, the fixing manner of the base 148M and the inner sleeve 16M, the fixing manner of the first fixing member 143M and the base 148M, and the second fixing member 145M and the base 148M The fixing method is bolt fixing, for example, a number of screw holes are respectively opened on the base 148M and the inner sleeve 16M, and then screws or bolts are used to penetrate the screw holes for fixing.
在一些实施例中,所述基座148M与所述内套管16M的固定方式、所述第一固定件143M与所述基座148M的固定方式以及第二固定件145M与所述基座148M的固定方式可根据需要采用其它不同的固定方式,例如:铆接、螺栓连接、键销连接、弹性卡扣连接、焊接和粘结等等。In some embodiments, the fixing manner of the base 148M and the inner sleeve 16M, the fixing manner of the first fixing member 143M and the base 148M, and the second fixing member 145M and the base 148M The fixing method can adopt other different fixing methods as needed, such as: riveting, bolt connection, key pin connection, elastic buckle connection, welding and bonding, etc.
所述“固定安装”、“固定连接”和“收容固定”包括焊接安装等固定安装,也包括可拆卸安装。The "fixed installation", "fixed connection" and "accommodating fixation" include fixed installation such as welding installation, as well as detachable installation.
所述“固定安装”、“固定连接”和“收容固定”可为不同的固定方式,例如:铆接、螺栓连接、键销连接、弹性卡扣连接、焊接和粘结等等。The "fixed installation", "fixed connection" and "accommodating fixation" can be different fixing methods, such as riveting, bolt connection, key pin connection, elastic buckle connection, welding and bonding, etc.
请参阅图8,本发明另一实施例还提供一种标定支架100M,所述标定支架100M用于支撑标定元件,所述标定元件用于标定车辆的辅助驾驶系统中的设备,所述标定支架100M包括上述任一实施例中的立杆组件10M、底座20M以及横梁组件30M,所述立杆组件10M固定连接于所述底座20M,所述横梁组件30M包括第一横梁部,第二横梁部和连接部,所述连接部安装于所述立杆组件10M,所述连接部的一端铰接于所述第一横梁部,所述连接部的另一端铰接于所述第二横梁部。所述第一横梁部和所述第二横梁部可分别相对于所述连接部相向转动,以使所述横梁组件折叠,所述第一横梁部和所述第二横梁部也可分别相对于所述连接部背向转动,以使所述横梁组件展开。在本实施例的所述标定支架100M中,所述第一横梁部和所述第二横梁部可分别相对于所述连接部相向转动,以使所述横梁组件折叠,可减小所述标定支架100M的体积,以方便装运。Referring to FIG. 8, another embodiment of the present invention also provides a calibration bracket 100M, the calibration bracket 100M is used to support a calibration element, the calibration element is used to calibrate a device in a driving assistance system of a vehicle, the calibration bracket 100M includes a pole assembly 10M, a base 20M, and a beam assembly 30M in any of the above embodiments, the pole assembly 10M is fixedly connected to the base 20M, and the beam assembly 30M includes a first beam part, a second beam part And a connecting part, the connecting part is installed on the pole assembly 10M, one end of the connecting part is hinged to the first cross beam part, and the other end of the connecting part is hinged to the second cross beam part. The first cross-beam portion and the second cross-beam portion can respectively rotate relative to the connecting portion to fold the cross-beam assembly, and the first cross-beam portion and the second cross-beam portion can also be respectively opposite to The connecting part rotates backwards to expand the beam assembly. In the calibration bracket 100M of this embodiment, the first beam portion and the second beam portion can be rotated relative to the connecting portion, respectively, so that the beam assembly is folded, which can reduce the calibration The volume of the bracket is 100M to facilitate shipment.
可以理解的是,所述标定支架100M还包括驱动机构,所述驱动机构设置有齿轮止动机构,例如,棘爪式止动装置等,以使得所述立杆组件10M可停止于需要的位置。It is understandable that the calibration bracket 100M further includes a driving mechanism, the driving mechanism is provided with a gear stop mechanism, for example, a pawl stop device, etc., so that the pole assembly 10M can be stopped at a desired position .
在一些实施例中,在所述外套管18M靠近横梁组件30M的一端的设置有固定部17M,所述固定部17M套设于所述外套管18M的外表面,所述固定部17M和所述外套管18M上分别开设有螺孔,所述固定部17M和所述外套管18M上的螺孔一一对应,且相互连通,当所述内套管16M移动到外套管18M的某个位置时,通过螺钉或螺栓分别贯穿所述固定部17M和所述外套管18M上的所述螺孔,并抵接于所述内套管16M的内表面进行固定,以使得所述立杆组件10M可停止于需要的位置。In some embodiments, a fixing portion 17M is provided at one end of the outer sleeve 18M close to the beam assembly 30M, the fixing portion 17M is sleeved on the outer surface of the outer sleeve 18M, and the fixing portion 17M and the The outer sleeve 18M is provided with screw holes respectively, and the fixing portion 17M corresponds to the screw holes on the outer sleeve 18M and communicates with each other. When the inner sleeve 16M moves to a certain position of the outer sleeve 18M , The screw holes on the fixing portion 17M and the outer sleeve 18M are respectively penetrated by screws or bolts, and abut against the inner surface of the inner sleeve 16M for fixing, so that the upright assembly 10M can Stop where you need it.
在一些实施例中,请一并参阅图9M和图10M,所述立杆组件10M还包括紧固机构17aM和弹性体19M。In some embodiments, please refer to FIGS. 9M and 10M together. The pole assembly 10M further includes a fastening mechanism 17aM and an elastic body 19M.
所述紧固机构17aM可以安装于所述外套管18M的一端,用于将所述内套管16固定于所述外套管18M。所述紧固机构17aM包括紧固环172M和螺栓174M,所述紧固环172M套设于所述外套管18M,所述紧固环172M可由一根金属条弯折而成,所述螺栓174M安装于所述紧固环172M的两端。The fastening mechanism 17aM can be installed at one end of the outer sleeve 18M for fixing the inner sleeve 16 to the outer sleeve 18M. The fastening mechanism 17aM includes a fastening ring 172M and a bolt 174M. The fastening ring 172M is sleeved on the outer sleeve 18M. The fastening ring 172M can be formed by bending a metal strip. The bolt 174M Installed on both ends of the fastening ring 172M.
所述弹性体19M位于所述外套管18和内套管16M内,所述弹性体19M压缩于所述外套管18M的底部和所述内套管16M之间。根据需要,弹性体19M可以与内套管16M连接于内套管16M的底部、顶部或中部某一位置。当所述移动立杆移动至最靠近所述固定立杆的底部时,所述弹性体处于压缩状态。在本实施例中,所述弹性体19M为压簧,可以理解的是,在一些其它实施例中,所述弹性体19M可以为其它弹性元件,如弹片、气压杆、液压杆等。The elastic body 19M is located in the outer sleeve 18 and the inner sleeve 16M, and the elastic body 19M is compressed between the bottom of the outer sleeve 18M and the inner sleeve 16M. According to needs, the elastic body 19M can be connected to the inner sleeve 16M at a position at the bottom, top or middle of the inner sleeve 16M. When the movable vertical rod moves to the bottom closest to the fixed vertical rod, the elastic body is in a compressed state. In this embodiment, the elastic body 19M is a compression spring. It can be understood that, in some other embodiments, the elastic body 19M may be other elastic elements, such as elastic pieces, pneumatic rods, hydraulic rods, etc.
需要将所述内套管16M相对于所述外套管18M上升时,转动所述螺栓174M,使得所述紧固环172M松开所述外套管18M,对所述内套管16M施加向上的力,可使得所述内套管16M沿所述外套管18M的长度方向上升,借助弹性体19M的弹力可减少对所述内套管16M施加的外力,例如,操作人员施加的外力。到达需要位置时,转动所述螺栓174M紧固所述外套管18M,使得所述内套管16M固定在需要的位置。需要将所述内套管16M相对于所述外套管18M下降时,转动所述螺栓174M,使得所述紧固环172M松开所述外套管18M,在所述内套管16M和所述横梁组件30M的重力作用下,可使得所述内套管16M沿所述外套管18M的长度方向下降,借助所述弹性体19M的弹力可降低所述内套管16M的下降速度,避免所述内套管16M下降过快,碰撞所述外套管18M,从而造成损坏。When the inner sleeve 16M needs to be raised relative to the outer sleeve 18M, the bolt 174M is rotated so that the fastening ring 172M loosens the outer sleeve 18M and exerts an upward force on the inner sleeve 16M , The inner sleeve 16M can be made to rise along the length direction of the outer sleeve 18M, and the elastic force of the elastic body 19M can reduce the external force applied to the inner sleeve 16M, for example, the external force applied by the operator. When reaching the required position, the bolt 174M is rotated to tighten the outer sleeve 18M, so that the inner sleeve 16M is fixed at the required position. When the inner sleeve 16M needs to be lowered relative to the outer sleeve 18M, the bolt 174M is rotated so that the fastening ring 172M loosens the outer sleeve 18M, and the inner sleeve 16M and the beam The gravity of the assembly 30M can cause the inner sleeve 16M to descend along the length of the outer sleeve 18M. With the help of the elastic force of the elastic body 19M, the lowering speed of the inner sleeve 16M can be reduced to avoid the inner sleeve 16M. The sleeve 16M descends too fast and collides with the outer sleeve 18M, causing damage.
可以理解的是,在一些其他实施例中,所述紧固机构17aM也可为其它结构,只要能将所述内套管16M固定于需要的位置即可,例如,所述紧固机构17aM可为螺钉,所述螺钉穿过所述外套管18M,并且与所述外套管18M螺纹配合,当所述内套管16M相对于所述外套管18M移动至需要的位置时,转动所述螺钉,使其抵紧所述内套管16M,使所述内套管16M固定于需要的位置。转动所述螺钉,使其脱离所述内套管16M,所述内套管16M可沿所述外套管18M的长度方向相对于所述外套管18M移动。It can be understood that in some other embodiments, the fastening mechanism 17aM may also have other structures, as long as the inner sleeve 16M can be fixed at a desired position. For example, the fastening mechanism 17aM may be It is a screw, which passes through the outer sleeve 18M and is threaded with the outer sleeve 18M. When the inner sleeve 16M moves to a desired position relative to the outer sleeve 18M, rotate the screw, It is pressed against the inner sleeve 16M, and the inner sleeve 16M is fixed at a desired position. Rotate the screw to separate the inner sleeve 16M, and the inner sleeve 16M can move relative to the outer sleeve 18M along the length of the outer sleeve 18M.
在一些实施例中,所述立杆组件10M的固定方式可根据需要采用其它不同的固定方式,例如:铆接、螺栓连接、键销连接、弹性卡扣连接、焊接和粘结等等。In some embodiments, the vertical rod assembly 10M can be fixed by other different fixing methods as required, such as riveting, bolt connection, key pin connection, elastic buckle connection, welding and bonding, etc.
与现有技术相比较,本发明提供了一种立杆组件,所述立杆组件包括浮动滚珠组件、内套管及外套管;所述内套管套设于所述外套管内;所述浮动滚珠组件分别固定安装于所述内套管的内表面,所述浮动滚珠组件部分突出于所述内套管外表面,所述浮动滚珠组件的突出部分可弹性收缩或舒展,且其始终抵接于所述外套管的内表面。通过在所述内套管内设置所述浮动滚珠组件,由于部分突出于所述内套管外表面的所述浮动滚珠组件可弹性收缩或舒展,使其始终抵接于所述外套管的内表面,从而使所述内套管和所述外套管始终紧密贴合,不至于卡死或者松弛,可大大减小零件的加工精度。Compared with the prior art, the present invention provides a pole assembly, the pole assembly includes a floating ball assembly, an inner sleeve, and an outer sleeve; the inner sleeve is sleeved in the outer sleeve; the floating The ball components are respectively fixedly installed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve, the floating ball components partially protrude from the outer surface of the inner sleeve, and the protruding portions of the floating ball components can be elastically contracted or stretched, and they always abut On the inner surface of the outer sleeve. By arranging the floating ball assembly in the inner sleeve, the floating ball assembly partially protruding from the outer surface of the inner sleeve can be elastically contracted or stretched so that it always abuts against the inner surface of the outer sleeve , So that the inner sleeve and the outer sleeve are always in close contact with each other, and will not be stuck or loosened, and the machining accuracy of the parts can be greatly reduced.
对于驱动机构26,一种实现方式中,所述驱动机构26包括齿条260,壳体261,手柄262,及齿轮减速组件。齿轮减速组件包括第一斜齿轮263,第二斜齿轮264,第一传动齿轮265和第二传动齿轮266。For the driving mechanism 26, in one implementation, the driving mechanism 26 includes a rack 260, a housing 261, a handle 262, and a gear reduction assembly. The gear reduction assembly includes a first helical gear 263, a second helical gear 264, a first transmission gear 265 and a second transmission gear 266.
所述齿条260固定安装于所述移动立杆24,并且所述齿条260沿所述移动立杆24的长度方向设置。在所述底座10放置于一水平面时,所述固定立杆22,所述移动立杆24和所述齿条260皆竖直设置。The rack 260 is fixedly installed on the movable vertical rod 24, and the rack 260 is arranged along the length direction of the movable vertical rod 24. When the base 10 is placed on a horizontal plane, the fixed upright 22, the movable upright 24 and the rack 260 are all vertically arranged.
所述壳体261固定安装于所述固定立杆22。The housing 261 is fixedly installed on the fixed pole 22.
所述手柄262安装于所述壳体261,所述手柄262可绕第一旋转轴线O1转动。The handle 262 is mounted on the housing 261, and the handle 262 can rotate around the first rotation axis O1.
齿轮减速组件可以使移动立杆的位置移动更加精确及省力,有利于精确地确定标定标靶的高度。在齿轮减速组件中,所述第一斜齿轮263位于所述壳体261内,并且固定安装于所述手柄262。所述第一斜齿轮263的旋转轴线与所述手柄262的旋转轴线重合,所述第一斜齿轮263与所述手柄262可一同绕所述第一旋转轴线O1转动。The gear reduction assembly can make the position of the movable pole move more accurate and labor-saving, which is beneficial to accurately determine the height of the calibration target. In the gear reduction assembly, the first helical gear 263 is located in the housing 261 and is fixedly installed on the handle 262. The rotation axis of the first helical gear 263 coincides with the rotation axis of the handle 262, and the first helical gear 263 and the handle 262 can rotate together about the first rotation axis O1.
所述第二斜齿轮264安装于所述壳体261内壁,可绕第二旋转轴线O2转动。所述第一斜齿轮263和第二斜齿轮264啮合,所述第一斜齿轮263的直径小于第二斜齿轮264的直径。The second helical gear 264 is mounted on the inner wall of the housing 261 and can rotate around the second rotation axis O2. The first helical gear 263 and the second helical gear 264 mesh, and the diameter of the first helical gear 263 is smaller than the diameter of the second helical gear 264.
所述第一传动齿轮265固定安装于所述第二斜齿轮264,所述第一传动齿轮265的旋转轴线与所述第二斜齿轮264的旋转轴线重合,所述第一传动齿轮265与所述第二斜齿轮264可一同绕所述第二旋转轴线O2转动。The first transmission gear 265 is fixedly mounted on the second helical gear 264, the rotation axis of the first transmission gear 265 coincides with the rotation axis of the second helical gear 264, and the first transmission gear 265 is The second helical gear 264 can rotate together around the second rotation axis O2.
所述第二传动齿轮266安装于所述壳体261内壁,可绕第三旋转轴线O3转动。所述第二传动齿轮266分别与第一传动齿轮265和齿条260啮合。所述第二传动齿轮266设置有凸柱2662,用于与棘轮(未示出)配合,使得所述第二传动齿轮266止动于预设位置。所述第一传动齿轮265和第二传动齿轮266皆为直齿轮,所述第一传动齿轮265的直径小于第二传动齿轮266的直径。The second transmission gear 266 is mounted on the inner wall of the housing 261 and can rotate around the third rotation axis O3. The second transmission gear 266 meshes with the first transmission gear 265 and the rack 260 respectively. The second transmission gear 266 is provided with a protrusion 2662 for cooperating with a ratchet wheel (not shown), so that the second transmission gear 266 is stopped at a preset position. Both the first transmission gear 265 and the second transmission gear 266 are spur gears, and the diameter of the first transmission gear 265 is smaller than the diameter of the second transmission gear 266.
所述第一旋转轴线O1垂直于所述第二旋转轴线O2和第三旋转轴线O3,并且所述第一旋转轴线O1垂直于所述齿条260。所述第二旋转轴线O2和第三旋转轴线O3平行设置,并且所述第二旋转轴线O2和第三旋转轴线O3垂直于所述齿条260。The first rotation axis O1 is perpendicular to the second rotation axis O2 and the third rotation axis O3, and the first rotation axis O1 is perpendicular to the rack 260. The second rotation axis O2 and the third rotation axis O3 are arranged in parallel, and the second rotation axis O2 and the third rotation axis O3 are perpendicular to the rack 260.
所述手柄262绕所述第一旋转轴线O1转动时,驱动所述第一斜齿轮263绕第一旋转轴线O1转动,所述第二斜齿轮264和第一传动齿轮265绕第二旋转轴线O2转动,所述第二传动齿轮266绕第三旋转轴线O3转动。所述第二传动齿轮266在绕第三旋转轴线O3转动时,带动所述齿条260沿所述移动立杆24的长度方向上升或下降,使得所述移动立杆24相对于所述固定立杆22上升或下降。When the handle 262 rotates around the first rotation axis O1, the first helical gear 263 is driven to rotate around the first rotation axis O1, and the second helical gear 264 and the first transmission gear 265 rotate around the second rotation axis O2. When rotating, the second transmission gear 266 rotates around the third rotation axis O3. When the second transmission gear 266 rotates around the third rotation axis O3, it drives the rack 260 to rise or fall along the length direction of the movable vertical rod 24, so that the movable vertical rod 24 is relative to the fixed vertical The rod 22 rises or falls.
在本实施例中,所述第一斜齿轮263和第二斜齿轮264啮合,所述第一传动齿轮265与第二斜齿轮264可一同绕所述第二旋转轴线O2转动,所述第二传动齿轮266分别与第一传动齿轮265和齿条260啮合,可驱动所述移动立杆24相对于所述固定立杆22稳定移动。另外所述第一斜齿轮263的直径小于第二斜齿轮264的直径,所述第一传动齿轮265的直径小于第二传动齿轮266的直径,使得可通过较小的力量驱动所述移动立杆24相对于所述固定立杆22 移动。In this embodiment, the first helical gear 263 and the second helical gear 264 mesh, the first transmission gear 265 and the second helical gear 264 can rotate together about the second rotation axis O2, and the second The transmission gear 266 meshes with the first transmission gear 265 and the rack 260 respectively, and can drive the movable vertical rod 24 to move stably relative to the fixed vertical rod 22. In addition, the diameter of the first helical gear 263 is smaller than the diameter of the second helical gear 264, and the diameter of the first transmission gear 265 is smaller than the diameter of the second transmission gear 266, so that the movable pole can be driven by a relatively small force. 24 moves relative to the fixed pole 22.
可以理解的是,在一些其它实施例中,所述第一斜齿轮263和第二斜齿轮264可省略,所述第一传动齿轮265固定安装于所述手柄262,所述手柄262可绕第二旋转轴线O2转动,从而驱动所述第一传动齿轮265绕第二旋转轴线O2转动。It is understandable that, in some other embodiments, the first helical gear 263 and the second helical gear 264 can be omitted, the first transmission gear 265 is fixedly mounted on the handle 262, and the handle 262 can be wound around the The second rotation axis O2 rotates, thereby driving the first transmission gear 265 to rotate around the second rotation axis O2.
可以理解的是,在一些其它实施例中,所述第一斜齿轮263,第二斜齿轮264和第一传动齿轮265可省略,所述第二传动齿轮266固定安装于所述手柄262,所述手柄262可绕第三旋转轴线O3转动,从而驱动所述第二传动齿轮266绕第三旋转轴线O3转动。It is understandable that in some other embodiments, the first helical gear 263, the second helical gear 264, and the first transmission gear 265 may be omitted, and the second transmission gear 266 is fixedly mounted on the handle 262, so The handle 262 can rotate about the third rotation axis O3, thereby driving the second transmission gear 266 to rotate about the third rotation axis O3.
请参阅图8,在一些实施例中,所述第一斜齿轮263,第二斜齿轮264和第一传动齿轮265可替换成蜗杆机构,所述蜗杆机构包括蜗杆263a和蜗轮265a。Referring to FIG. 8, in some embodiments, the first helical gear 263, the second helical gear 264 and the first transmission gear 265 may be replaced with a worm mechanism, the worm mechanism including a worm 263a and a worm gear 265a.
所述蜗杆263a的一端固定安装于所述手柄262,并且所述蜗杆263a的旋转轴线与所述手柄262的旋转轴线重合,所述蜗杆263a与所述手柄262可一同绕第一旋转轴线O1转动。One end of the worm 263a is fixedly installed on the handle 262, and the rotation axis of the worm 263a coincides with the rotation axis of the handle 262, the worm 263a and the handle 262 can rotate together about the first rotation axis O1 .
所述蜗杆263a为圆柱形,其外表面具有齿牙部264a,所述齿牙部264a与所述蜗轮265a啮合。The worm 263a is cylindrical, and its outer surface has tooth parts 264a, and the tooth parts 264a mesh with the worm gear 265a.
所述蜗轮265a固定安装于所述第二传动齿轮266,所述蜗轮265a的旋转轴线与所述第二传动齿轮266的旋转轴线重合,所述蜗轮265a与第二传动齿轮266可一同绕第二旋转轴线O2转动。所述蜗轮265a的直径小于第二传动齿轮266的直径,使得可通过较小的力量驱动所述移动立杆24相对于所述固定立杆22移动。所述第一旋转轴线O1垂直于所述第二旋转轴线O2,所述第二旋转轴线O2垂直于所述齿条260。The worm gear 265a is fixedly mounted on the second transmission gear 266, the rotation axis of the worm gear 265a coincides with the rotation axis of the second transmission gear 266, and the worm gear 265a and the second transmission gear 266 can circulate the second transmission gear 266 together. The rotation axis O2 rotates. The diameter of the worm gear 265a is smaller than the diameter of the second transmission gear 266, so that the movable vertical rod 24 can be driven to move relative to the fixed vertical rod 22 with a relatively small force. The first rotation axis O1 is perpendicular to the second rotation axis O2, and the second rotation axis O2 is perpendicular to the rack 260.
当所述移动立杆24相对于所述固定立杆22移动至需要的位置时,借助所述蜗杆机构的自锁功能,可将所述移动立杆24固定于需要的位置。When the movable vertical rod 24 moves to a desired position relative to the fixed vertical rod 22, the movable vertical rod 24 can be fixed at the desired position by means of the self-locking function of the worm mechanism.
可以理解的是,在一些其它实施例中,所述手柄262可替换为电机。It can be understood that, in some other embodiments, the handle 262 may be replaced with a motor.
可以理解的是,在一些其它实施例中,除齿轮箱外,所述驱动机构26可为其它驱动机构,例如,丝杠传动、同步带等,只要能驱动所述移动立杆24相对于所述固定立杆22移动即可。It can be understood that, in some other embodiments, in addition to the gear box, the driving mechanism 26 may be other driving mechanisms, such as a screw drive, a timing belt, etc., as long as it can drive the movable vertical rod 24 relative to the The fixed pole 22 can be moved.
在一些实施例中,所述移动立杆24设置有限位件242,所述限位件242位于所述固定立杆22内,所述固定立杆22的内壁设置凸缘,所述凸缘靠近所述固定立杆22的顶端,当所述移动立杆24相对于所述固定立杆22移动至所述限位件242抵触所述凸缘时,所述移动立杆24停止移动,可防止所述移动立杆24脱离所述固定立杆22。在本实施例中,所述限位件242为套环,其套设于所述移动立杆24的外壁。In some embodiments, the movable upright 24 is provided with a limiting member 242, the limiting member 242 is located in the fixed upright 22, the inner wall of the fixed upright 22 is provided with a flange, the flange is close to At the top end of the fixed upright pole 22, when the movable upright pole 24 moves relative to the fixed upright pole 22 until the stopper 242 abuts the flange, the movable upright pole 24 stops moving, which can prevent The movable vertical rod 24 is separated from the fixed vertical rod 22. In this embodiment, the limiting member 242 is a collar, which is sleeved on the outer wall of the movable vertical rod 24.
另一种实现方式中,请一并参阅图24至图27,所述驱动机构26包括传动组件260k,单向转动组件262k,抱簧264k,第一回转体266k,第二回转体268k以及手柄269k。所述单向转动组件262k包括固定支座2620和转动件 2622。In another implementation, please refer to FIGS. 24 to 27 together. The driving mechanism 26 includes a transmission assembly 260k, a one-way rotation assembly 262k, a wrap spring 264k, a first revolving body 266k, a second revolving body 268k, and a handle 269k. The one-way rotating assembly 262k includes a fixed support 2620 and a rotating member 2622.
所述固定支座2620固定安装于所述固定立杆22,所述转动件2622安装于所述固定支座2620,所述转动件2622仅可绕所述预设轴线O并朝第一转动方向S1相对于所述固定支座2620转动。The fixed support 2620 is fixedly mounted on the fixed pole 22, the rotating member 2622 is mounted on the fixed support 2620, and the rotating member 2622 can only rotate around the preset axis O and in the first rotation direction S1 rotates relative to the fixed support 2620.
所述抱簧264k套设并抱紧所述转动件2622。The holding spring 264k sleeves and holds the rotating member 2622 tightly.
所述第一回转体266k安装于所述固定支座2620,所述第一回转体266k可绕所述预设轴线O相对于所述固定支座2620转动,所述第一回转体266k用于挤压抱簧264k,如图26所示,当所述第一回转体266k朝所述第一转动方向S1挤压所述抱簧264k时,所述抱簧264k带动所述转动件2622转动,如图27所示,当所述第一回转体266k朝第二转动方向S2挤压所述抱簧264k时,所述抱簧264k松开所述转动件2622并相对于所述转动件2622转动,所述第二转动方向S2与所述第一转动方向S1相反。The first revolving body 266k is mounted on the fixed support 2620, the first revolving body 266k is rotatable relative to the fixed support 2620 about the preset axis O, and the first revolving body 266k is used for Squeeze the holding spring 264k. As shown in FIG. 26, when the first rotating body 266k squeezes the holding spring 264k in the first rotation direction S1, the holding spring 264k drives the rotating member 2622 to rotate. As shown in FIG. 27, when the first rotating body 266k squeezes the holding spring 264k in the second rotation direction S2, the holding spring 264k loosens the rotating member 2622 and rotates relative to the rotating member 2622 , The second rotation direction S2 is opposite to the first rotation direction S1.
所述第二回转体268k安装于所述第一回转体266k,所述第二回转体268k可绕所述预设轴线O相对于所述第一回转体266k在第一位置和第二位置间转动,所述第二位置在所述第一位置朝所述第一转动方向S1的一侧,所述第二回转体268k用于推动所述第一回转体266k转动,当所述第二回转体268k转动至所述第一位置时,所述第二回转体268k可朝所述第一转动方向S1推动所述第一回转体266k,当所述第二回转体268k转动至所述第二位置时,所述第二回转体268k可朝所述第二转动方向S2推动所述第一回转体266k,如图28所示,当所述第二回转体268k转动至所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间,并且所述第二回转体268k朝所述第二转动方向S2k转动时,所述抱簧264k抵住所述第二回转体268k,以阻碍所述第二回转体268k继续转动。The second revolving body 268k is mounted on the first revolving body 266k, and the second revolving body 268k can be positioned between a first position and a second position relative to the first revolving body 266k around the preset axis O Rotating, the second position is on the side of the first position toward the first rotation direction S1, the second rotating body 268k is used to push the first rotating body 266k to rotate, and when the second rotating When the body 268k rotates to the first position, the second rotating body 268k can push the first rotating body 266k in the first rotating direction S1, and when the second rotating body 268k rotates to the second Position, the second rotating body 268k can push the first rotating body 266k in the second rotating direction S2, as shown in FIG. 28, when the second rotating body 268k rotates to the first position and Between the second positions and when the second rotating body 268k rotates in the second rotating direction S2k, the wrap spring 264k abuts the second rotating body 268k to hinder the second rotating body 268k Keep turning.
所述传动组件260k连接所述第二回转体268k和所述移动立杆24,当所述第二回转体268k朝所述第一转动方向S1转动时,所述第二回转体268k通过所述传动组件260k带动所述移动立杆24上升,当所述第一回转体266k朝所述第二转动方向S2转动时,所述第二回转体268k通过所述传动组件260k带动所述移动立杆24下降。The transmission assembly 260k connects the second revolving body 268k and the moving upright 24. When the second revolving body 268k rotates in the first rotation direction S1, the second revolving body 268k passes through the The transmission assembly 260k drives the moving vertical rod 24 to rise. When the first turning body 266k rotates in the second rotation direction S2, the second turning body 268k drives the moving vertical rod through the transmission assembly 260k 24 drops.
所述手柄269k固定安装于所述第二回转体268k,所述手轮269k与所述第二回转体268k可一同绕所述预设轴线O相对于所述第一回转体266k转动。The handle 269k is fixedly mounted on the second rotating body 268k, and the hand wheel 269k and the second rotating body 268k can rotate together about the predetermined axis O relative to the first rotating body 266k.
值得说明的是,在第一方面,位于第一位置的第二回转体268k朝第一转动方向S1转动,第二回转体268k推动第一回转体266k转动,第一回转体266k挤压抱簧264k,抱簧264k抱紧转动件2622,以使得第二回转体268、第一回转体266k、抱簧264k以及转动件2622一同相对于固定支座2620转动,并且第二回转体268k朝第一转动方向S1转动可通过传动组件260k带动移动立杆24上升。在第二方面,位于第二位置的第二回转体268朝第二转动方向S2转动,第二回转体268k推动第一回转体266k转动,第一回转体266k挤压抱簧264k,抱簧264k松开转动件2622,以使得第二回转体268k、第一回转体266k以及抱簧264k一同相对于转动件2620转动,并且第二回转体268k朝第二转 动方向S2转动可通过传动组件260k带动移动立杆24下降。在最后一方面,当移动立杆24具有下降的趋势时,移动立杆24通过传动组件260k拉扯第二回转体268k,使第二回转体268k具有朝第二转动方向S2转动的趋势,通过抱簧264k抵住第二回转体268k,以防止移动立杆24下坠。综上所述,驱动机构26可驱动移动立杆24升降的同时,可防止移动立杆24下坠。根据实际情况,手轮269k可以替换成电机。通过抱簧264k抵住第二回转体268k,可避免用于挂载标定元件的横梁容易坠落。It is worth noting that in the first aspect, the second rotating body 268k at the first position rotates in the first rotating direction S1, the second rotating body 268k pushes the first rotating body 266k to rotate, and the first rotating body 266k presses the holding spring. 264k, the holding spring 264k hugs the rotating member 2622, so that the second rotating body 268, the first rotating body 266k, the holding spring 264k and the rotating member 2622 rotate together relative to the fixed support 2620, and the second rotating body 268k faces the first The rotation in the rotation direction S1 can drive the movable pole 24 to rise through the transmission assembly 260k. In the second aspect, the second rotating body 268 at the second position rotates in the second rotating direction S2, the second rotating body 268k pushes the first rotating body 266k to rotate, the first rotating body 266k squeezes the holding spring 264k, and the holding spring 264k Loosen the rotating member 2622, so that the second rotating body 268k, the first rotating body 266k, and the wrap spring 264k rotate together relative to the rotating member 2620, and the second rotating body 268k rotates in the second rotation direction S2, which can be driven by the transmission assembly 260k The moving pole 24 descends. In the last aspect, when the moving upright 24 has a downward trend, the moving upright 24 pulls the second rotating body 268k through the transmission assembly 260k, so that the second rotating body 268k has a tendency to rotate in the second rotation direction S2, and the The spring 264k abuts the second rotating body 268k to prevent the movable pole 24 from falling. In summary, the driving mechanism 26 can drive the movable vertical rod 24 to rise and fall, while preventing the movable vertical rod 24 from falling. According to the actual situation, the handwheel 269k can be replaced with a motor. By holding the spring 264k against the second rotating body 268k, the beam used for mounting the calibration element can be prevented from easily falling.
所述传动组件260k包括牵引绳2600。所述牵引绳2600可以为钢丝,所述牵引绳2600的一端缠绕于所述第二回转体268k,所述牵引绳2600的另一端固定安装于所述移动立杆24。通过所述第二回转体268k朝所述第一转动方向S1转动,将所述牵引绳2600的一端收卷于所述第二回转体268k,从而拉动所述移动立杆24相对于所述固定立杆22上升。反之,通过所述第二回转体268k朝所述第二转动方向S2转动,将所述牵引绳2600的一端放卷于所述第二回转体268k,所述移动立杆24由于自身重量相对于所述固定立杆22下降。The transmission assembly 260k includes a traction rope 2600. The traction rope 2600 may be a steel wire, one end of the traction rope 2600 is wound around the second revolving body 268 k, and the other end of the traction rope 2600 is fixedly installed on the movable pole 24. By rotating the second rotating body 268k in the first rotating direction S1, one end of the towing rope 2600 is wound on the second rotating body 268k, thereby pulling the movable pole 24 relative to the fixed The pole 22 rises. On the contrary, by rotating the second rotating body 268k in the second rotating direction S2, one end of the traction rope 2600 is unwound on the second rotating body 268k, and the movable pole 24 is relatively The fixed pole 22 descends.
可以理解的是,根据实际情况,所述传动组件260并不仅限于牵引绳2600的形式,在其他一些实施例中,所述传动组件260k包括齿轮和齿条,所述齿轮固定安装于所述第二回转体268k,所述齿条固定于所述移动立杆24,所述齿轮与所述齿条啮合,所述齿轮与所述第二回转体268k可一同转动,以驱动所述齿条上升或者下降。在其他一些实施例中,所述传动组件260k还可以为丝杆组件、链轮组件或者皮带轮组件等,只要第二回转体268k转动能够通过传动组件260k带动移动立杆24上升或下降即可。It is understandable that, according to actual conditions, the transmission assembly 260 is not limited to the form of the traction rope 2600. In some other embodiments, the transmission assembly 260k includes a gear and a rack, and the gear is fixedly mounted on the first Two revolving bodies 268k, the rack is fixed to the movable pole 24, the gear is meshed with the rack, the gear and the second revolving body 268k can rotate together to drive the rack to rise Or down. In some other embodiments, the transmission assembly 260k may also be a screw assembly, a sprocket assembly or a pulley assembly, etc., as long as the second rotating body 268k can rotate through the transmission assembly 260k to drive the movable pole 24 to rise or fall.
在本实施例中,所述传动组件260k还可以包括滑轮2602。所述滑轮2602安装于所述固定立杆22的顶部,所述滑轮2602可绕其自身旋转轴线相对于所述固定立杆22转动,所述牵引绳2600的另一端经由所述滑轮2602固定安装于所述移动立杆24,所述滑轮2602与所述牵引绳2600组成一个定滑轮机构。通过设置滑轮2602,可避免牵引绳2600磨损,同时,也减少了牵引绳2600与固定立杆22之间的摩擦,从而使第二回转体268k便于转动。In this embodiment, the transmission assembly 260k may further include a pulley 2602. The pulley 2602 is installed on the top of the fixed pole 22, the pulley 2602 can rotate relative to the fixed pole 22 about its own rotation axis, and the other end of the traction rope 2600 is fixedly installed via the pulley 2602 On the movable pole 24, the pulley 2602 and the traction rope 2600 form a fixed pulley mechanism. By providing the pulley 2602, the traction rope 2600 can be prevented from being worn out, and at the same time, the friction between the traction rope 2600 and the fixed pole 22 is reduced, so that the second rotating body 268k is easy to rotate.
所述单向转动组件262k为棘轮组件,所述转动件2622为棘轮,并且以所述棘轮为内啮合式棘轮为例进行说明,所述棘轮组件还包括棘爪(图未示)以及弹性件(图未示)。所述棘轮整体呈环状,所述棘轮的环内一侧设有棘齿,所述棘轮套设于所述固定支座2620。所述棘爪的一端安装于所述固定支座2620,所述棘爪可相对于所述固定支座2620摆动,所述棘爪的另一端抵持于所述棘轮的棘齿,所述弹性件设于所述棘爪与所述固定支座2620之间,所述弹性件用于提供使所述棘爪抵接于所述棘齿的弹力。The one-way rotating assembly 262k is a ratchet assembly, the rotating part 2622 is a ratchet, and the ratchet is an intermeshing ratchet as an example, the ratchet assembly also includes a pawl (not shown) and an elastic member (Picture not shown). The ratchet wheel has a ring shape as a whole, a ratchet tooth is provided on one side of the ring of the ratchet wheel, and the ratchet wheel is sleeved on the fixed support 2620. One end of the pawl is mounted on the fixed support 2620, the pawl can swing relative to the fixed support 2620, and the other end of the pawl is against the ratchet teeth of the ratchet wheel, and the elastic A member is provided between the pawl and the fixed support 2620, and the elastic member is used to provide elastic force for the pawl to abut against the ratchet tooth.
可以理解的是,根据实际情况,所述单向转动组件262k并不限制为棘轮组件,在其他一些实施例中,所述单向转动组件262k还可以为齿盘组件,所述固定支座2620为第一端齿盘,所述转动件2622为第二端齿盘,所述齿盘组件包括所述第一端齿盘,所述第二端齿盘以及压簧,所述第二端齿盘与所述第 一端齿盘通过棘齿啮合,所述压簧将所述第一端齿盘压向所述第二端齿盘,以使得所述第一端齿盘与所述第二端齿盘保持啮合,所述第二端齿盘仅能朝一个转动方向相对于第一端齿盘转动。在其他一些实施例中,所述单向转动组件262k还可以为滚柱逆止器,只要所述单向转动组件262k仅能朝一个转动方向转动即可。It can be understood that, according to actual conditions, the one-way rotating assembly 262k is not limited to a ratchet assembly. In some other embodiments, the one-way rotating assembly 262k may also be a chainring assembly, and the fixed support 2620 Is the first end gear, the rotating member 2622 is the second end gear, the gear assembly includes the first end gear, the second end gear and a compression spring, the second end gear The disc is meshed with the first end gear plate through ratchet teeth, and the compression spring presses the first end gear plate toward the second end gear plate so that the first end gear plate and the second end gear plate The end gear plate remains meshed, and the second end gear plate can only rotate relative to the first end gear plate in one rotation direction. In some other embodiments, the one-way rotating component 262k can also be a roller backstop, as long as the one-way rotating component 262k can only rotate in one rotation direction.
所述抱簧264k包括螺旋部2640和抵接部。所述螺旋部2640具有弹性,所述螺旋部2640绕所述预设轴线O螺旋,所述螺旋部2640套设并抱紧所述转动件2622。The wrap spring 264k includes a spiral portion 2640 and an abutting portion. The spiral portion 2640 has elasticity, the spiral portion 2640 spirals around the preset axis O, and the spiral portion 2640 sleeves and hugs the rotating member 2622.
所述抵接部连接并突出于所述螺旋部2640,所述第一回转体266k用于挤压所述抵接部。当所述第一回转体266k朝所述第一转动方向S1挤压所述抵接部时,所述螺旋部2640带动所述转动件2622转动,当所述第一回转体266k朝所述第二转动方向S2挤压所述抵接部时,所述螺旋部2640松开所述转动件2622并相对于所述转动件2622转动。当所述第二回转体268k转动至所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间,并且所述第二回转体268k朝所述第二转动方向转动S2时,所述抵接部抵住所述第二回转体268k。通过第一、二回转体266k,268k挤压抵接部的方式,能够较方便地施力于抱簧264k,例如推动抱簧264k和转动件2622,又例如顶松抱簧264k并使抱簧264松开转动件2622,再例如抵住第二回转体268k。The abutment portion is connected to and protrudes from the spiral portion 2640, and the first revolving body 266k is used for pressing the abutment portion. When the first rotating body 266k presses the abutting part in the first rotating direction S1, the spiral part 2640 drives the rotating member 2622 to rotate, and when the first rotating body 266k faces the When the abutting portion is pressed by the two rotation directions S2, the spiral portion 2640 loosens the rotating member 2622 and rotates relative to the rotating member 2622. When the second rotating body 268k rotates between the first position and the second position, and the second rotating body 268k rotates S2 in the second rotating direction, the abutting portion abuts The second rotating body 268k. By pressing the abutting parts of the first and second rotating bodies 266k and 268k, it is easier to apply force to the holding spring 264k, such as pushing the holding spring 264k and the rotating part 2622, and for example, loosening the holding spring 264k and making the holding spring 264k. 264 loosens the rotating member 2622, and for example, presses against the second rotating body 268k.
可以理解的是,第一、二回转体266k,268k与抱簧264k的连接方式并不仅限于挤压抵接部的形式,根据实际情况,第一、二回转体266k,268k还可以拉扯抵接部,因此抵接部也不限制为突出螺旋部2640,或者,第一、二回转体266k,268k能够直接挤压螺旋部2640,那么抵接部也可以相应地省略,只要第一、二回转体266k,268k挤压抱簧264k并使螺旋部2640形变,并且能够松开转动件2622即可。It is understandable that the connection mode of the first and second revolving bodies 266k, 268k and the wrap spring 264k is not limited to the form of the pressing abutting part. According to the actual situation, the first and second revolving bodies 266k, 268k can also be pulled and abutted. Therefore, the abutting portion is not limited to the protruding spiral portion 2640, or the first and second revolving bodies 266k, 268k can directly press the spiral portion 2640, then the abutting portion can also be omitted accordingly, as long as the first and second revolutions The bodies 266k and 268k squeeze the wrap spring 264k and deform the spiral part 2640, and the rotating member 2622 can be released.
具体地,所述抵接部包括第一抵接部2642和第二抵接部2644。所述第一抵接部2642和所述第二抵接部2644皆连接并突出于所述螺旋部2640,所述第一回转体266k用于挤压所述第一抵接部2642或者所述第二抵接部2644。当所述第一回转体266k朝所述第一转动方向S1挤压所述第一抵接部2642时,所述螺旋部2640带动所述转动件2622转动,当所述第一回转体2622朝所述第二转动方向S2挤压所述第二抵接部2644时,所述螺旋部2640松开所述转动件2622并相对于所述转动件2622转动。当所述第二回转体268k转动至所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间,并且所述第二回转体268k朝所述第二转动方向转动S2时,所述第一抵接部2642抵住所述第二回转体268k,以阻碍所述第二回转体268k继续转动。Specifically, the abutting portion includes a first abutting portion 2642 and a second abutting portion 2644. The first abutment portion 2642 and the second abutment portion 2644 are both connected to and protrude from the spiral portion 2640, and the first rotating body 266k is used to squeeze the first abutment portion 2642 or the The second abutting portion 2644. When the first rotating body 266k presses the first abutting portion 2642 in the first rotating direction S1, the spiral portion 2640 drives the rotating member 2622 to rotate, and when the first rotating body 2622 faces When the second rotation direction S2 squeezes the second abutting portion 2644, the spiral portion 2640 loosens the rotation member 2622 and rotates relative to the rotation member 2622. When the second rotating body 268k rotates between the first position and the second position, and the second rotating body 268k rotates S2 in the second rotating direction, the first abutting portion 2642 resists the second rotating body 268k to prevent the second rotating body 268k from continuing to rotate.
需要说明的是,第一、二抵接部2642,2644为螺旋部2640的两个引出端,由于螺旋部2640是朝一个转动方向螺旋的,因此,第一回转体266k朝第一转动方向S1挤压第一抵接部2642,或者朝第二转动方向S2挤压第二抵接部2644,皆会使螺旋部2640形变,并使螺旋部2640松开转动件2622或者具有 松开转动件2622的趋势。螺旋部2640松开转动件2622或者具有松开转动件2622的趋势,取决于施加于抱簧264k两个支点的压力差,其中一个支点为第一、二抵接部2642,2644,另一个支点为转动件2622,但由于转动件2622与固定支座2620间的阻力较小,使螺旋部2640形变以松开转动件2622所需要的压力远大于阻力,因此朝第一转动方向S1可推动螺旋部2640与转动件2622一同相对于固定支座2620转动,并且螺旋部2640不易相对于转动件2622打滑。所述第一抵接部2642抵住第二回转体268k,即第二回转体268k朝第二转动方向S2挤压第一抵接部2642,螺旋部2640形变将进一步抱紧转动件2622。It should be noted that the first and second contact portions 2642 and 2644 are the two leading ends of the spiral portion 2640. Since the spiral portion 2640 spirals in one rotation direction, the first rotating body 266k moves in the first rotation direction S1. Squeezing the first abutment portion 2642 or squeezing the second abutment portion 2644 in the second rotation direction S2 will deform the spiral portion 2640 and cause the spiral portion 2640 to loosen the rotating member 2622 or have a loosening rotating member 2622 the trend of. The spiral part 2640 loosens the rotating part 2622 or has a tendency to loosen the rotating part 2622, depending on the pressure difference applied to the two fulcrums of the wrap spring 264k, one of which is the first and second abutment parts 2642 and 2644, and the other fulcrum It is a rotating member 2622, but because the resistance between the rotating member 2622 and the fixed support 2620 is relatively small, the pressure required to deform the spiral portion 2640 to loosen the rotating member 2622 is much greater than the resistance, so the spiral can be pushed in the first rotation direction S1 The part 2640 rotates with the rotating part 2622 relative to the fixed support 2620, and the spiral part 2640 is not easy to slip relative to the rotating part 2622. The first abutting portion 2642 abuts the second revolving body 268k, that is, the second revolving body 268k presses the first abutting portion 2642 in the second rotation direction S2, and the deformation of the spiral portion 2640 will further hold the rotation member 2622.
在本实施例中,所述第二抵接部2644位于所述第一抵接部2642朝所述第一转动方向S1的一侧。In this embodiment, the second abutting portion 2644 is located on a side of the first abutting portion 2642 facing the first rotation direction S1.
所述第一回转体266k包括第一回转主体2660和止挡部。所述第一回转主体2660安装于所述固定支座,所述第一回转主体2660可绕所述预设轴线O相对于所述固定支座2620转动。所述第一回转主体2660开设有弧形缺口2662,所述弧形缺口2662具有第一端和第二端,所述弧形缺口2662用于所述第二回转体268k穿过。The first revolving body 266k includes a first revolving body 2660 and a stopper. The first revolving body 2660 is mounted on the fixed support, and the first revolving body 2660 can rotate about the predetermined axis O relative to the fixed support 2620. The first revolving body 2660 is provided with an arc-shaped gap 2662, the arc-shaped gap 2662 has a first end and a second end, and the arc-shaped gap 2662 is used for the second revolving body 268k to pass through.
所述止挡部设于所述第一回转主体2660朝向所述抱簧264k的一面。当所述止挡部朝所述第一转动方向S1挤压所述第一抵接部2642时,所述螺旋部2640带动所述转动件2622转动,当所述止挡部朝所述第二转动方向S2挤压所述第二抵接部2644时,所述螺旋部2640松开所述转动件2622并相对于所述转动件2622转动。The stop portion is provided on a side of the first revolving body 2660 facing the wrap spring 264k. When the stopping portion presses the first abutting portion 2642 in the first rotation direction S1, the spiral portion 2640 drives the rotating member 2622 to rotate, and when the stopping portion faces the second When the second abutting portion 2644 is pressed in the rotation direction S2, the spiral portion 2640 loosens the rotation member 2622 and rotates relative to the rotation member 2622.
具体地,所述止挡部包括第一止挡部2664和第二止挡部2666。所述第一止挡部和所述第二止挡部皆设于所述第一回转主体2660朝向所述抱簧264k的一面,所述第一止挡部2664用于挤压所述第一抵接部2642,所述第二止挡部2666用于挤压所述第二抵接部2644。当所述第一止挡部2664朝所述第一转动方向S1挤压所述第一抵接部2642时,所述螺旋部2640带动所述转动件2622转动,当所述第二止挡部2666朝所述第二转动方向S2挤压所述第二抵接部2644时,所述螺旋部2640松开所述转动件2622并相对于所述转动件2622转动。Specifically, the stopper includes a first stopper 2664 and a second stopper 2666. The first stop portion and the second stop portion are both provided on the side of the first rotating body 2660 facing the holding spring 264k, and the first stop portion 2664 is used to squeeze the first The abutting portion 2642, and the second stopping portion 2666 is used for pressing the second abutting portion 2644. When the first stop portion 2664 presses the first abutting portion 2642 in the first rotation direction S1, the spiral portion 2640 drives the rotating member 2622 to rotate, and when the second stop portion When 2666 presses the second abutting portion 2644 in the second rotation direction S2, the spiral portion 2640 loosens the rotation member 2622 and rotates relative to the rotation member 2622.
在本实施例中,所述第一抵接部2642和所述第二抵接部2644皆在所述第一转动方向S1上位于所述第一止挡部2664和所述第二止挡部2666之间,并且所述第一抵接部2642更靠近所述第一止挡部2664,所述第二抵接部2644更靠近所述第二止挡部2666。In this embodiment, the first abutment portion 2642 and the second abutment portion 2644 are both located at the first stop portion 2664 and the second stop portion in the first rotation direction S1 2666, and the first abutting portion 2642 is closer to the first stopping portion 2664, and the second abutting portion 2644 is closer to the second stopping portion 2666.
在本实施例中,所述弧形缺口2662在所述第一转动方向S1上位于所述第一止挡部2664和所述第二止挡部2666之间,并且所述弧形缺口2662更靠近所述第一止挡部2664。所述第一端更靠近所述第一止挡部2664,所述第二端更靠近所述第二止挡部2666。In this embodiment, the arc-shaped gap 2662 is located between the first stop portion 2664 and the second stop portion 2666 in the first rotation direction S1, and the arc-shaped gap 2662 is more Close to the first stop 2664. The first end is closer to the first stop 2664, and the second end is closer to the second stop 2666.
所述第二回转体268k包括第二回转主体和限位杆2680。所述第二回转主 体安装于所述第一回转体266k,所述第二回转主体可绕所述预设轴线O相对于所述第一回转体266k转动。The second rotating body 268k includes a second rotating body and a limit rod 2680. The second revolving body is installed on the first revolving body 266k, and the second revolving body can rotate about the predetermined axis O relative to the first revolving body 266k.
所述限位杆2680设于所述第二回转主体朝向所述第一回转体266k的一面,所述限位杆2680穿过所述弧形缺口2662,所述限位杆2680在所述第一转动方向S1上位于所述第一抵接部2642和所述第二抵接部2644之间,所述限位杆2680用于推动所述第一回转体266k转动。当所述第二回转主体转动至所述第一位置时,所述限位杆2680位于所述第一端,所述限位杆2680可朝所述第一转动方向S1推动所述第一回转体266k,当所述第二回转主体转动至所述第二位置时,所述限位杆2680位于第二端,所述限位杆2680可朝所述第二转动方向S2推动所述第一回转体266k,当所述第二回转主体转动至所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间,并且所述第二回转主体朝所述第二转动方向S2转动时,所述限位杆2680位于所述第一端和所述第二端之间,所述第一抵接部2642抵住所述限位杆2680。The limiting rod 2680 is provided on the side of the second rotating body facing the first rotating body 266k, the limiting rod 2680 passes through the arc-shaped gap 2662, and the limiting rod 2680 is positioned on the first rotating body 266k. A rotation direction S1 is located between the first abutting portion 2642 and the second abutting portion 2644, and the limiting rod 2680 is used to push the first rotating body 266k to rotate. When the second turning body rotates to the first position, the limiting rod 2680 is located at the first end, and the limiting rod 2680 can push the first turning in the first rotation direction S1 Body 266k, when the second rotating body rotates to the second position, the limit rod 2680 is located at the second end, and the limit rod 2680 can push the first rotation direction S2 The revolving body 266k, when the second revolving body rotates between the first position and the second position, and the second revolving body rotates in the second rotation direction S2, the limit lever 2680 is located between the first end and the second end, and the first abutting portion 2642 abuts the limiting rod 2680.
可以理解的是,根据实际情况,在一些实施例中,限位杆2680可以包括第一限位杆和第二限位杆,第一限位杆位于弧形缺口2662内,第二限位杆越过第一回转主体2660并在第一转动方向S1上位于第一抵接部2642和第二抵接部2644之间,当第二回转主体转动至所述第一位置时,第一限位杆位于所述第一端处,当第二回转主体转动至所述第二位置时,第一限位杆位于所述第二端处,当第二回转主体转动至所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间时,第一限位杆位于所述第一端和所述第二端之间,第一抵接部2642抵住第二限位杆,以阻碍所述第二回转体266k继续转动。It can be understood that, according to actual conditions, in some embodiments, the limit rod 2680 may include a first limit rod and a second limit rod, the first limit rod is located in the arc-shaped gap 2662, and the second limit rod Across the first rotating body 2660 and located between the first abutting portion 2642 and the second abutting portion 2644 in the first rotation direction S1, when the second rotating body rotates to the first position, the first limit lever Located at the first end, when the second rotating body rotates to the second position, the first limiting rod is located at the second end, and when the second rotating body rotates to the first position and the In the second position, the first limiting rod is located between the first end and the second end, and the first abutting portion 2642 abuts against the second limiting rod to hinder the second rotating body 266k Keep turning.
所述第二回转主体包括绳轴体2682和挡板。所述绳轴体安装于所述第一回转体266k,所述绳轴体可绕所述预设轴线O相对于所述第一回转体266k转动,所述牵引绳2600的一端缠绕于所述绳轴体2682。The second revolving body includes a rope shaft 2682 and a baffle. The rope shaft body is installed on the first revolving body 266k, the rope shaft body is rotatable relative to the first revolving body 266k around the preset axis O, and one end of the traction rope 2600 is wound around the Rope body 2682.
所述挡板设于所述绳轴体2682的末端,所述挡板的横截面尺寸大于所述绳轴体2682的横轴面尺寸。通过所述挡板将所述牵引绳2600的一端限位于所述绳轴体2682上,以避免所述牵引绳2600从所述绳轴体2682脱离。The baffle is provided at the end of the rope shaft body 2682, and the cross-sectional size of the baffle is larger than the horizontal axis size of the rope shaft body 2682. One end of the traction rope 2600 is limited to the rope shaft body 2682 through the baffle, so as to prevent the traction rope 2600 from being separated from the rope shaft body 2682.
具体地,所述挡板包括第一挡板2684和第二挡板2686。所述第一挡板2684设于所述绳轴体2682靠近所述第一回转体266k的一端,所述第二挡板2686设于所述绳轴体2682远离所述第一回转体266k的另一端,所述第一挡板2684的横截面尺寸和所述第二挡板2686的横截面尺寸皆大于所述绳轴体2682的横截面尺寸。Specifically, the baffle includes a first baffle 2684 and a second baffle 2686. The first baffle 2684 is provided at an end of the rope shaft 2682 close to the first revolving body 266k, and the second baffle 2686 is provided at the end of the rope shaft 2682 away from the first revolving body 266k. At the other end, the cross-sectional size of the first baffle 2684 and the cross-sectional size of the second baffle 2686 are both larger than the cross-sectional size of the rope shaft 2682.
所述手柄269k固定安装于所述第二回转体268k,以使得所述手柄269k和所述第二回转体268k可一并绕所述预设轴线O转动。通过手柄269k可便于转动第二回转体268k。The handle 269k is fixedly installed on the second revolving body 268k, so that the handle 269k and the second revolving body 268k can rotate about the predetermined axis O together. The second rotating body 268k can be easily rotated by the handle 269k.
请一并参阅图9和图10,在一些实施例中,所述驱动机构26省略,所述立架组件20还包括紧固机构27和弹性体28。Please refer to FIGS. 9 and 10 together. In some embodiments, the driving mechanism 26 is omitted, and the stand assembly 20 further includes a fastening mechanism 27 and an elastic body 28.
所述紧固机构27可以安装于所述固定立杆22的一端,用于将所述移动立杆24固定于所述固定立杆22。所述紧固机构27包括紧固环272和螺栓274,所述紧固环272套设于所述固定立杆22,所述紧固环272可由一根金属条弯折而成,所述螺栓274安装于所述紧固环272的两端。The fastening mechanism 27 may be installed at one end of the fixed vertical rod 22 for fixing the movable vertical rod 24 to the fixed vertical rod 22. The fastening mechanism 27 includes a fastening ring 272 and a bolt 274. The fastening ring 272 is sleeved on the fixed pole 22. The fastening ring 272 can be formed by bending a metal strip. 274 is installed at both ends of the fastening ring 272.
所述弹性体28位于所述固定立杆22和移动立杆24内,所述弹性体28压缩于所述固定立杆22的底部和所述移动立杆24之间。根据需要,弹性体28可以与移动立杆24连接于移动立杆24的底部、顶部或中部某一位置。当所述移动立杆移动至最靠近所述固定立杆的底部时,所述弹性体处于压缩状态。在本实施例中,所述弹性体28为压簧,可以理解的是,在一些其它实施例中,所述弹性体28可以为其它弹性元件,如弹片、气压杆、液压杆等。The elastic body 28 is located in the fixed pole 22 and the movable pole 24, and the elastic body 28 is compressed between the bottom of the fixed pole 22 and the movable pole 24. According to requirements, the elastic body 28 can be connected to the movable pole 24 at a position at the bottom, top or middle of the movable pole 24. When the movable vertical rod moves to the bottom closest to the fixed vertical rod, the elastic body is in a compressed state. In this embodiment, the elastic body 28 is a compression spring. It can be understood that, in some other embodiments, the elastic body 28 may be other elastic elements, such as elastic pieces, pneumatic rods, hydraulic rods, and so on.
需要将所述移动立杆24相对于所述固定立杆22上升时,转动所述螺栓274,使得所述紧固环272松开所述固定立杆22,对所述移动立杆24施加向上的力,可使得所述移动立杆24沿所述固定立杆22的长度方向上升,借助弹性体28的弹力可减少对所述移动立杆24施加的外力,例如,操作人员施加的外力。到达需要位置时,转动所述螺栓274紧固所述固定立杆22,使得所述移动立杆24固定在需要的位置。需要将所述移动立杆24相对于所述固定立杆22下降时,转动所述螺栓274,使得所述紧固环272松开所述固定立杆22,在所述移动立杆24和所述横梁组件30的重力作用下,可使得所述移动立杆24沿所述固定立杆22的长度方向下降,借助所述弹性体28的弹力可降低所述移动立杆24的下降速度,避免所述移动立杆24下降过快,碰撞所述固定立杆24,从而造成损坏。When it is necessary to raise the movable vertical rod 24 relative to the fixed vertical rod 22, the bolt 274 is rotated so that the fastening ring 272 loosens the fixed vertical rod 22 and exerts upward force on the movable vertical rod 24. The force can make the movable pole 24 rise along the length of the fixed pole 22, and the elastic force of the elastic body 28 can reduce the external force applied to the movable pole 24, for example, the external force applied by the operator. When the required position is reached, the bolt 274 is rotated to fasten the fixed upright 22 so that the movable upright 24 is fixed at the required position. When the movable pole 24 needs to be lowered relative to the fixed pole 22, the bolt 274 is rotated so that the fastening ring 272 loosens the fixed pole 22. Under the action of the gravity of the cross beam assembly 30, the movable vertical rod 24 can be caused to descend along the length direction of the fixed vertical rod 22. With the elastic force of the elastic body 28, the descending speed of the movable vertical rod 24 can be reduced to avoid The movable vertical rod 24 descends too fast and collides with the fixed vertical rod 24, thereby causing damage.
可以理解的是,在一些其他实施例中,所述紧固机构27也可为其它结构,只要能将所述移动立杆24固定于需要的位置即可,例如,所述紧固机构27可为螺钉,所述螺钉穿过所述固定立杆22,并且与所述固定立杆22螺纹配合,当所述移动立杆24相对于所述固定立杆22移动至需要的位置时,转动所述螺钉,使其抵紧所述移动立杆24,使所述移动立杆24固定于需要的位置。转动所述螺钉,使其脱离所述移动立杆24,所述移动立杆24可沿所述固定立杆22的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆22移动。It can be understood that, in some other embodiments, the fastening mechanism 27 may also have other structures, as long as the movable pole 24 can be fixed at a desired position. For example, the fastening mechanism 27 may be It is a screw that passes through the fixed pole 22 and is threadedly fitted with the fixed pole 22. When the movable pole 24 moves to a desired position relative to the fixed pole 22, the screw is rotated The screw makes it abut the movable vertical rod 24 to fix the movable vertical rod 24 at a desired position. Rotate the screw to disengage the movable vertical rod 24, and the movable vertical rod 24 can move relative to the fixed vertical rod 22 along the length direction of the fixed vertical rod 22.
可以理解的是,也可以视需要将固定立杆作为内杆,移动立杆作为外杆,驱动机构安装于所述固定立杆,用于驱动所述移动立杆沿所述固定立杆的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆移动。It is understandable that the fixed vertical pole can also be used as the inner pole, and the movable vertical pole is used as the external pole as required. The driving mechanism is installed on the fixed vertical pole to drive the movable vertical pole along the length of the fixed vertical pole. The direction moves relative to the fixed pole.
请参阅图11至图13,在一些实施例中,所述立架组件20b包括固定立杆22b,移动立杆24b和驱动机构26b,所述固定立杆22b的一端安装于所述底座本体12,所述移动立杆24b从所述固定立杆22b的另一端套设于所述固定立杆22b,所述驱动机构26b穿过所述移动立杆24b且安装于所述固定立杆22b,用于驱动所述移动立杆24b沿所述固定立杆22b的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆22b移动。所述横梁组件30安装于所述移动立杆24b的顶面。所述移动立杆24b开设导槽240b,所述导槽240b沿所述移动立杆24b的长度方向 设置。11-13, in some embodiments, the stand assembly 20b includes a fixed stand 22b, a movable stand 24b and a driving mechanism 26b. One end of the fixed stand 22b is mounted on the base body 12. , The movable vertical rod 24b is sleeved on the fixed vertical rod 22b from the other end of the fixed vertical rod 22b, and the driving mechanism 26b passes through the movable vertical rod 24b and is installed on the fixed vertical rod 22b, It is used to drive the movable vertical rod 24b to move relative to the fixed vertical rod 22b along the length direction of the fixed vertical rod 22b. The beam assembly 30 is installed on the top surface of the movable vertical rod 24b. The movable vertical rod 24b is provided with a guide groove 240b, and the guide groove 240b is arranged along the length direction of the movable vertical rod 24b.
所述驱动机构26b包括齿轮轴承260b,丝杆262b,驱动齿轮264b和手柄266b。所述手柄266b穿过所述导槽240b,并且可沿所述导槽240b滑动。所述手柄266b的一端设置斜齿轮268b,所述斜齿轮268b与所述驱动齿轮264b啮合,所述斜齿轮268b可绕第一转动轴线A1旋转,以驱动所述驱动齿轮264b转动。所述驱动齿轮264b套设于所述丝杆262b,所述驱动齿轮264b与所述丝杆262b螺纹配合,所述驱动齿轮264b可绕第二转动轴线A2转动,以驱动所述丝杆262b沿所述第二转动轴线A2运动,所述第二转动轴线A1与丝杆262b的中轴线重合,所述第一转动轴线A1和第二转动轴线A2相互垂直且相交。所述丝杆262b的顶端固定于所述移动立杆24b的顶部,用于驱动所述移动立杆24b沿所述固定立杆22b的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆22b移动。所述齿轮轴承260b套设于所述驱动齿轮264b,并且所述齿轮轴承260b固定于所述固定立杆22b的内壁,所述驱动齿轮264b仅可绕第二转动轴线A2相对于齿轮轴承260b转动,所述驱动齿轮264b不能沿第二转动轴线A2相对于齿轮轴承260b移动。所述斜齿轮268b、齿轮轴承260b、驱动齿轮264b和丝杆262b皆位于所述固定立杆22b内。The driving mechanism 26b includes a gear bearing 260b, a screw rod 262b, a driving gear 264b and a handle 266b. The handle 266b passes through the guide groove 240b and can slide along the guide groove 240b. One end of the handle 266b is provided with a helical gear 268b, the helical gear 268b meshes with the driving gear 264b, and the helical gear 268b can rotate around the first rotation axis A1 to drive the driving gear 264b to rotate. The driving gear 264b is sleeved on the screw rod 262b, and the driving gear 264b is threadedly engaged with the screw rod 262b. The driving gear 264b can rotate around the second rotation axis A2 to drive the screw rod 262b along The second rotation axis A2 moves, the second rotation axis A1 coincides with the central axis of the screw rod 262b, and the first rotation axis A1 and the second rotation axis A2 are perpendicular to and intersect each other. The top end of the screw rod 262b is fixed to the top of the movable vertical rod 24b for driving the movable vertical rod 24b to move relative to the fixed vertical rod 22b along the length direction of the fixed vertical rod 22b. The gear bearing 260b is sleeved on the drive gear 264b, and the gear bearing 260b is fixed to the inner wall of the fixed pole 22b. The drive gear 264b can only rotate about the second rotation axis A2 relative to the gear bearing 260b The driving gear 264b cannot move relative to the gear bearing 260b along the second rotation axis A2. The helical gear 268b, the gear bearing 260b, the driving gear 264b and the screw rod 262b are all located in the fixed upright 22b.
转动所述手柄266b,使得所述斜齿轮268b绕第一转动轴线A1转动,以驱动所述驱动齿轮268b绕第二转动轴线A2相对于所述齿轮轴承260b转动。所述驱动齿轮264b与所述丝杆262b螺纹配合,所述驱动齿轮264b绕第二转动轴线A2转动时,可驱动所述丝杆262b沿第二转动轴线A2移动,从而带动所述移动立杆24b沿所述固定立杆22b的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆22b移动。Rotating the handle 266b causes the helical gear 268b to rotate about the first rotation axis A1 to drive the driving gear 268b to rotate about the second rotation axis A2 relative to the gear bearing 260b. The driving gear 264b is threadedly engaged with the screw rod 262b. When the driving gear 264b rotates around the second rotation axis A2, the screw rod 262b can be driven to move along the second rotation axis A2, thereby driving the moving vertical rod 24b moves relative to the fixed upright 22b along the length direction of the fixed upright 22b.
可以理解的是,所述驱动机构还可以设置齿轮止动机构,例如,棘爪式止动装置等,以使得所述移动立杆可停止于需要的位置。It is understandable that the driving mechanism may also be provided with a gear stop mechanism, for example, a pawl stop device, etc., so that the movable pole can be stopped at a required position.
请参阅图14,图15和图16,所述横梁组件30包括第一托杆31,所述左横梁部32,第二托杆33,所述右横梁部34,安装座35,所述连接部36,调节机构37以及关节机构39。第一托杆31及第二托杆33的作用在于托举标靶以防坠落,尤其当标靶面积较大、重量较大时。Referring to Figure 14, Figure 15 and Figure 16, the beam assembly 30 includes a first support rod 31, the left cross beam portion 32, a second support rod 33, the right cross beam portion 34, a mounting seat 35, the connection Section 36, adjustment mechanism 37 and joint mechanism 39. The function of the first supporting rod 31 and the second supporting rod 33 is to lift the target to prevent it from falling, especially when the target area is large and the weight is large.
所述第一托杆31的一端可通过铰接机构、合页机构等可枢转地连接于所述左横梁部32,所述第一托杆31可相对于所述左横梁部32转动,以展开至垂直于所述左横梁部32,也可卡合于所述左横梁部32且与所述左横梁部32平行。One end of the first supporting rod 31 can be pivotally connected to the left cross beam portion 32 through a hinge mechanism, a hinge mechanism, etc., and the first supporting rod 31 can rotate relative to the left cross beam portion 32 to It expands to be perpendicular to the left cross beam portion 32, and can also be engaged with the left cross beam portion 32 and parallel to the left cross beam portion 32.
所述第一托杆31包括第一托杆本体310和第一托件312,所述第一托杆本体310的一端铰接于所述左横梁部32,所述第一托杆本体310的另一端安装所述第一托件312。The first supporting rod 31 includes a first supporting rod body 310 and a first supporting member 312. One end of the first supporting rod body 310 is hinged to the left beam portion 32, and the other of the first supporting rod body 310 The first supporting member 312 is installed at one end.
所述第一托件312大致为圆柱形,其垂直于所述第一托杆本体310,所述第一托件312的外壁开设有环形的第一定位机构3120,第一定位机构3120可为卡槽、凸块等定位结构。The first supporting member 312 is substantially cylindrical, which is perpendicular to the first supporting rod body 310. The outer wall of the first supporting member 312 is provided with an annular first positioning mechanism 3120. The first positioning mechanism 3120 may be Positioning structures such as card slots and bumps.
所述第一托杆本体310的侧壁设有第一卡槽(图未示)。The side wall of the first supporting rod body 310 is provided with a first slot (not shown).
相似地,所述第二托杆33的一端可通过铰接机构、合页机构等铰接于所述右横梁部34,所述第二托杆33可相对于所述右横梁部34转动,以展开至垂直于所述右横梁部34,也可卡合于所述右横梁部34,且与所述右横梁部34平行。所述第二托杆33包括第二托杆本体330和第二托件332,所述第二托杆本体330的一端铰接于所述右横梁部34,所述第二托杆本体330的另一端安装所述第二托件332。Similarly, one end of the second support rod 33 can be hinged to the right cross beam portion 34 by a hinge mechanism, a hinge mechanism, etc., and the second support rod 33 can rotate relative to the right cross beam portion 34 to expand As far as it is perpendicular to the right cross beam portion 34, it can also be engaged with the right cross beam portion 34 and parallel to the right cross beam portion 34. The second supporting rod 33 includes a second supporting rod body 330 and a second supporting member 332. One end of the second supporting rod body 330 is hinged to the right beam portion 34, and the other of the second supporting rod body 330 The second supporting member 332 is installed at one end.
所述第二托件332大致为圆柱形,其垂直于所述第二托杆本体330,所述第二托件332的外壁开设有环形的第二定位机构3320,第二定位机构3320可为卡槽、凸块等定位结构,所述第一定位机构3120与第二定位机构3320位于同一平面。所述第二托杆本体330的侧壁设有第二卡槽3300。所述第一托件312和第二托件332沿同一方向延伸,当所述第一托杆31展开至垂直于左横梁部32,所述第二托杆33展开至垂直于右横梁部34时,所述第一卡槽和第二卡槽3300背向设置,所述第一托件312和第二托件332可用于共同支承标定元件,例如大标靶板(通常为大图案板)。The second supporting member 332 is substantially cylindrical, which is perpendicular to the second supporting rod body 330. The outer wall of the second supporting member 332 is provided with an annular second positioning mechanism 3320. The second positioning mechanism 3320 may be For positioning structures such as the slot and the protrusion, the first positioning mechanism 3120 and the second positioning mechanism 3320 are located on the same plane. The side wall of the second supporting rod body 330 is provided with a second slot 3300. The first supporting member 312 and the second supporting member 332 extend in the same direction. When the first supporting rod 31 is expanded to be perpendicular to the left beam portion 32, the second supporting rod 33 is expanded to be perpendicular to the right beam portion 34 When the first slot and the second slot 3300 are set back, the first bracket 312 and the second bracket 332 can be used to jointly support a calibration element, such as a large target board (usually a large pattern board) .
所述左横梁部32设置有第一卡块320和第一导轨322。所述第一卡块320和第一托杆31皆连接于所述左横梁部32的同一侧,当所述第一托杆31转动至与左横梁部32平行时,所述第一卡块320卡入第一卡槽,将所述第一托杆31卡接于所述左横梁部32。所述第一导轨322设置于所述左横梁部32的另一侧,所述第一导轨322与左横梁部32平行设置,所述第一导轨322用于挂载挂件以挂载标定元件,例如挂载标定标靶、反光镜、激光器等,所述挂件可沿所述第一导轨322滑动。The left cross beam portion 32 is provided with a first block 320 and a first guide rail 322. The first clamping block 320 and the first supporting rod 31 are both connected to the same side of the left cross beam portion 32. When the first supporting rod 31 rotates to be parallel to the left cross beam portion 32, the first clamping block 320 is clamped into the first slot to clamp the first supporting rod 31 to the left cross beam portion 32. The first guide rail 322 is arranged on the other side of the left cross beam portion 32, the first guide rail 322 is arranged parallel to the left cross beam portion 32, and the first guide rail 322 is used to mount a hanger to mount a calibration element, For example, a calibration target, a mirror, a laser, etc. are mounted, and the pendant can slide along the first guide rail 322.
类似地,所述右横梁部34设置有第二卡块340和第二导轨342。所述第二卡块340和第二托杆33皆连接于所述右横梁部34的同一侧,当所述第二托杆33转动至与右横梁部34平行时,所述第二卡块340卡入第二卡槽3300,将所述第二托杆33卡接于所述右横梁部34。所述第二导轨342设置于所述右横梁部34的另一侧,所述第二导轨342与右横梁部34平行设置,所述第二导轨342用于挂载挂件以挂载标定元件,例如挂载反光镜等,所述挂件可沿所述第二导轨342滑动。所述第一导轨322与第二导轨342相对于连接部36对称设置,所述左横梁部32与右横梁部34也相对于连接部36对称设置。在所述底座10放置于一水平面时,所述第一导轨322、第二导轨342,左横梁部32和右横梁部34皆水平设置。Similarly, the right cross beam portion 34 is provided with a second block 340 and a second guide rail 342. The second clamping block 340 and the second supporting rod 33 are both connected to the same side of the right cross beam portion 34. When the second supporting rod 33 rotates to be parallel to the right cross beam portion 34, the second clamping block The 340 is clamped into the second slot 3300 to clamp the second supporting rod 33 to the right cross beam portion 34. The second guide rail 342 is arranged on the other side of the right cross beam part 34, the second guide rail 342 is arranged in parallel with the right cross beam part 34, and the second guide rail 342 is used to mount a hanger to mount the calibration element, For example, a mirror is mounted, and the pendant can slide along the second guide rail 342. The first guide rail 322 and the second guide rail 342 are arranged symmetrically with respect to the connecting portion 36, and the left cross beam portion 32 and the right cross beam portion 34 are also arranged symmetrically with respect to the connecting portion 36. When the base 10 is placed on a horizontal plane, the first guide rail 322, the second guide rail 342, the left cross beam portion 32 and the right cross beam portion 34 are all arranged horizontally.
所述第一定位机构3120与第二定位机构3320位于同一竖直面,用于共同夹持标靶板的底端。The first positioning mechanism 3120 and the second positioning mechanism 3320 are located on the same vertical surface, and are used to clamp the bottom end of the target plate together.
可以理解的是,在一些其它实施例中,所述第一卡块320与第一卡槽的位置可以互换,也即所述第一卡块320安装于所述第一托杆本体310,而所述第一卡槽设于所述左横梁部32;同样地,所述第二卡块340与第二卡槽3300的位置也可以互换,也即所述第二卡块340安装于所述第二托杆本体330,而所 述第二卡槽3300设于所述右横梁部34。可选的,所述第一卡槽与所述第二卡槽3300凹设于相应的横梁部。It is understandable that, in some other embodiments, the positions of the first locking block 320 and the first slot can be interchanged, that is, the first locking block 320 is installed on the first supporting rod body 310, The first card slot is provided in the left beam portion 32; similarly, the positions of the second card block 340 and the second card slot 3300 can also be exchanged, that is, the second card block 340 is installed in The second supporting rod body 330 and the second slot 3300 are provided in the right cross beam portion 34. Optionally, the first slot and the second slot 3300 are recessed in the corresponding beam portion.
可以理解的是,在一些其它实施例中,第一导轨322及第二导轨342可以设置在横梁的其他面上,例如顶面。在一些其它实施例中,不需要设置第一导轨322及第二导轨342,标定元件可以使用挂钩等直接挂在横梁上。第一导轨322及第二导轨342也可以有其他形态,不限于如图所示,例如,它们可以是一条或若干条设置于横梁顶面的凹槽线,并且可以使用横梁本身的外壁来形成所述凹槽线而无需安装额外导轨。It can be understood that, in some other embodiments, the first guide rail 322 and the second guide rail 342 may be provided on other surfaces of the beam, such as the top surface. In some other embodiments, the first guide rail 322 and the second guide rail 342 do not need to be provided, and the calibration element can be directly hung on the crossbeam using a hook or the like. The first guide rail 322 and the second guide rail 342 can also have other forms, which are not limited to those shown in the figure. For example, they can be one or more groove lines arranged on the top surface of the beam, and can be formed by the outer wall of the beam itself. The groove line does not need to install additional rails.
可以理解,所述托杆的数量不受上述实施例所限。例如,托杆可以只有一根,并设置在连接部36大致中央的位置,此时也可以很好地托举大致位于横梁组件30中部的标靶。当用于标定的标靶位于其他位置时,也可以将托杆设置于相应位置以进行托举。托杆的数量也可以大于两根。此外,托杆还可以设置在托杆导轨(图中未示出)上,该托杆导轨设置在横梁组件30的侧面或底面,这样托杆可以沿着组装好的横梁组件30进行移动,以在合适的位置托举可能处于不同位置的标靶。It can be understood that the number of the support rods is not limited by the foregoing embodiment. For example, there can be only one supporting rod and it is arranged at the approximate center of the connecting portion 36. At this time, the target located at the approximate center of the beam assembly 30 can also be lifted well. When the target used for calibration is located in other positions, the supporting rod can also be set in the corresponding position for lifting. The number of supporting rods can also be greater than two. In addition, the supporting rod can also be arranged on a supporting rod guide (not shown in the figure), which is arranged on the side or bottom surface of the beam assembly 30, so that the supporting rod can move along the assembled beam assembly 30 to Lift targets that may be in different positions in the right position.
可以理解的是,当使用导轨来使托杆可以移动时,同样可以使用卡块、卡槽的方式,将托杆卡接在横梁组件30上。It is understandable that when the guide rail is used to make the support rod movable, the support rod can also be clamped to the beam assembly 30 by means of a clamping block and a slot.
用于限位的限位结构3303(见图16)也可以保留在导轨上。The limiting structure 3303 (see Figure 16) used for limiting can also be retained on the guide rail.
横梁的所述连接部36套设于所述安装座35内,所述连接部36的第一表面360凹设有定位孔3604,定位孔3604的数量优选为两个,两个所述定位孔3604沿所述连接部36的长度方向设置。The connecting portion 36 of the beam is sleeved in the mounting seat 35, and the first surface 360 of the connecting portion 36 is recessed with positioning holes 3604. The number of positioning holes 3604 is preferably two, and two positioning holes 3604 is arranged along the length direction of the connecting portion 36.
相应地,在安装座35的相应位置处,设置有与所述定位孔3604相适配的定位机构,例如定位柱3524(参见附图22)。此外,连接部36与安装座35还可以设置其他形式的定位机构,例如在安装座35上设置定位槽3564,在连接部36的相应位置设置与之相适配的定位机构(图中未示出),以更方便准确地将横梁的连接部36放置到安装座35的预定位置处。Correspondingly, at the corresponding position of the mounting seat 35, a positioning mechanism adapted to the positioning hole 3604, such as a positioning post 3524, is provided (see FIG. 22). In addition, the connecting portion 36 and the mounting seat 35 can also be provided with other types of positioning mechanisms, for example, a positioning slot 3564 is provided on the mounting seat 35, and a corresponding positioning mechanism (not shown in the figure) is provided at the corresponding position of the connecting portion 36出), in order to more conveniently and accurately place the connecting portion 36 of the beam to the predetermined position of the mounting seat 35.
请参阅图17,所述连接部36设置有固定槽3620,所述固定槽3620内设置有固定表面3624,所述固定槽3620与图18中的固定杆354配合使用以将横梁组件固定在安装座35上。可选的,设置固定槽3620以使得固定表面3624与安装座35的底表面呈一定角度,这种设置方式的优点结合图17中的固定杆354一起阐述。例如,固定槽3620可以设置在横梁的第二表面362与顶面之间,其中第二表面362与所述第一表面360平行设置,所述固定表面3624与第一表面360和第二表面362呈夹角,例如所述固定表面3624与第一表面360和第二表面362呈45度设置,或者呈30度或60度设置。Referring to FIG. 17, the connecting portion 36 is provided with a fixing groove 3620, a fixing surface 3624 is provided in the fixing groove 3620, and the fixing groove 3620 is used in conjunction with the fixing rod 354 in FIG. 18 to fix the beam assembly in the installation Seat 35. Optionally, the fixing groove 3620 is provided so that the fixing surface 3624 and the bottom surface of the mounting seat 35 are at a certain angle. The advantages of this arrangement are explained in conjunction with the fixing rod 354 in FIG. 17. For example, the fixing groove 3620 may be arranged between the second surface 362 and the top surface of the beam, wherein the second surface 362 is arranged parallel to the first surface 360, and the fixing surface 3624 is connected to the first surface 360 and the second surface 362. An included angle, for example, the fixing surface 3624 and the first surface 360 and the second surface 362 are set at 45 degrees, or set at 30 degrees or 60 degrees.
在本实施例中,所述左横梁部32,右横梁部34和连接部36皆为方通,可减轻所述标定支架100的重量,而且可使得所述连接部36容易被牢固地套设于所述调节机构38内。可以理解的是,在一些其它实施例中,所述左横梁部32,右横梁部34和连接部36也可为其它形状的管材,异形材或杆等,例 如,可为多边形或圆形的管材或杆。当横梁为其它形状的管材时,固定槽3620可以设置在能使固定表面3624与安装座35的底表面呈一定角度的位置上。In this embodiment, the left beam portion 32, the right beam portion 34, and the connecting portion 36 are all square-shaped, which can reduce the weight of the calibration bracket 100 and make the connecting portion 36 easy to be firmly sheathed In the adjustment mechanism 38. It can be understood that, in some other embodiments, the left beam portion 32, the right beam portion 34, and the connecting portion 36 may also be pipes of other shapes, special-shaped materials or rods, etc., for example, they may be polygonal or circular. Pipe or rod. When the beam is a pipe with other shapes, the fixing groove 3620 can be arranged at a position where the fixing surface 3624 and the bottom surface of the mounting seat 35 can be at a certain angle.
请参阅图18和图19,所述安装座35用于套设所述连接部36。所述安装座35包括固持件352,固定杆354和安装壳356。Please refer to FIG. 18 and FIG. 19, the mounting seat 35 is used to sleeve the connecting portion 36. The mounting base 35 includes a fixing member 352, a fixing rod 354 and a mounting shell 356.
可选的,所述安装座35可以设置于所述调节机构37上,这样所述安装座35可在调节机构37的调节下,绕调节旋转轴线L相对于立架组件20进行转动,以调节所述安装座35和横梁组件30的水平角度。优选的,所述调节机构37与安装座呈上下关系设置,以利于在实现水平角度调节的同时方便地从上方拆卸及安装横梁。所述调节旋转轴线L与所述固定立杆22及移动立杆24平行设置,也即在所述标定支架100放置于一水平面时,所述调节旋转轴线L竖直设置。所述安装座35设有缺口350,用于方便将连接部36放入安装座35或者将连接部36从安装座35取下。Optionally, the mounting seat 35 may be provided on the adjusting mechanism 37, so that the mounting seat 35 can be rotated relative to the stand assembly 20 around the adjusting rotation axis L under the adjustment of the adjusting mechanism 37 to adjust The horizontal angle of the mounting base 35 and the beam assembly 30. Preferably, the adjustment mechanism 37 and the mounting seat are arranged in an up-and-down relationship, so as to facilitate the removal and installation of the beam from above while realizing horizontal angle adjustment. The adjustment rotation axis L is arranged parallel to the fixed upright rod 22 and the movable upright rod 24, that is, when the calibration bracket 100 is placed on a horizontal plane, the adjustment rotation axis L is arranged vertically. The mounting base 35 is provided with a notch 350 for facilitating putting the connecting part 36 into the mounting base 35 or removing the connecting part 36 from the mounting base 35.
所述固持件352大体为勾状,以方便固持所述连接部36。所述固持件352的一端与安装壳356固定连接,例如安装于所述安装壳356的上表面或侧面上,另一端环绕并把握住横梁组件20的连接部36,留下缺口350。例如,固持件352可以有图18所示形状,当然也可以有其他形状,例如圆环形的勾状、其他多边形的勾状、圆环与多边形结合的勾状,只要能实现对连接部36的稳定把持即可。此处所述“大体为勾状”是指固持件352能从某个角度、延伸一定长度,从而实现对连接部36的支撑与把持。The holding member 352 is generally hook-shaped to facilitate holding the connecting portion 36. One end of the holding member 352 is fixedly connected to the mounting shell 356, for example, mounted on the upper surface or side of the mounting shell 356, and the other end surrounds and grasps the connecting portion 36 of the beam assembly 20, leaving a gap 350. For example, the holder 352 may have the shape shown in FIG. 18, of course, it may also have other shapes, such as circular hook shape, other polygonal hook shape, circular ring and polygonal hook shape, as long as it can realize the connection part 36 The stable control is sufficient. The “substantially hook-shaped” mentioned here means that the holding member 352 can extend from a certain angle and a certain length, so as to support and hold the connecting portion 36.
所述固持件352与安装壳356围设形成一安装通道,用于收容所述连接部36。所述安装通道与所述缺口350相连通。所述固持件352的内表面上设置有定位柱3524,两个所述定位柱3524位于所述安装通道内,用于插入两个所述定位孔3604(见图16),以方便将所述连接部36定位于所述安装通道内。定位孔3604的作用是进一步减少进行标定时,横梁组件20在水平方向上发生相对于安装座35的任何位移。定位柱3524也可以设置在安装壳356的上表面上,或者设置在安装壳356上表面与固持件352内表面两者上。此处所述“定位柱”包括圆形、方形、长条形的定位柱,所述“定位孔”包括圆形、方形、长条形的定位孔。当定位柱及定位孔大致呈点状时,优选地沿连接部36长度方向有至少两个定位柱3524,以确保连接部36不沿其长度方向发生位移。当定位柱及定位孔大致呈长条状时,可以只使用一个对定位柱及定位孔。可以理解的是,在一些其他实施例中,所述定位孔3604与所述定位柱3524的位置可以互换,也即,所述定位孔3604开设于所述固持件352,并且与所述安装通道相连通,而所述定位柱3524设置于所述第一表面360(见图16)。The holding member 352 and the mounting shell 356 surround a mounting channel for receiving the connecting portion 36. The installation channel communicates with the gap 350. The inner surface of the holding member 352 is provided with positioning posts 3524, and the two positioning posts 3524 are located in the installation channel and are used to insert the two positioning holes 3604 (see FIG. 16) to facilitate the The connecting portion 36 is positioned in the installation channel. The function of the positioning hole 3604 is to further reduce any displacement of the beam assembly 20 relative to the mounting seat 35 in the horizontal direction during calibration. The positioning post 3524 may also be arranged on the upper surface of the mounting shell 356 or on both the upper surface of the mounting shell 356 and the inner surface of the holder 352. The "positioning post" herein includes round, square, and long positioning posts, and the "positioning hole" includes round, square, and long positioning holes. When the positioning posts and the positioning holes are roughly point-shaped, there are preferably at least two positioning posts 3524 along the length direction of the connecting portion 36 to ensure that the connecting portion 36 does not shift along the length direction. When the positioning post and the positioning hole are roughly elongated, only one pair of the positioning post and the positioning hole can be used. It is understandable that in some other embodiments, the positions of the positioning hole 3604 and the positioning post 3524 can be interchanged, that is, the positioning hole 3604 is opened in the holding member 352 and is connected to the mounting The channels are connected, and the positioning column 3524 is disposed on the first surface 360 (see FIG. 16).
可选的,所述固定杆354设置于所述固持件352,其包含旋钮及至少一段螺杆,并且与所述固持件352的螺纹相配合,当所述连接部36套设于所述安装座35时,所述固定杆354的中心轴线垂直于横梁连接部36处的所述固定表面3624,转动所述固定杆354,可使得所述固定杆354抵紧所述固定表面3624,以使横梁组件30的所述连接部36固定于所述安装座35,或者,转动所述固 定杆354,可使得所述固定杆354脱离所述固定表面3624,可将连接部36通过所述缺口350从所述安装座35取下。Optionally, the fixing rod 354 is disposed on the holding member 352, which includes a knob and at least a section of screw, and cooperates with the thread of the holding member 352, when the connecting portion 36 is sleeved on the mounting seat At 35 o'clock, the central axis of the fixed rod 354 is perpendicular to the fixed surface 3624 at the beam connecting portion 36. Rotating the fixed rod 354 can make the fixed rod 354 abut the fixed surface 3624, so that the beam The connecting portion 36 of the assembly 30 is fixed to the mounting seat 35, or by rotating the fixing rod 354, the fixing rod 354 can be separated from the fixing surface 3624, and the connecting portion 36 can be removed from the fixing surface 3624 through the notch 350 The mounting base 35 is removed.
可选的,所述固定表面3624与安装座35的底表面(即水平面)呈一定角度,并且固定杆354与安装座35的底表面呈一定角度,该角度大于0度小于90度。可选的,该角度大体为45度,也可以大体为30度、60度或其他处于0-90度之间的任意角度。这种设置方式,可以只使用一个固定杆354,即可对连接部36施加朝向安装座的底面及一侧面压紧的力,该侧面为与固定杆354自身延伸方向相对的一侧面,从而实现固定座对连接部36的高稳定度的固定,并且可以很方便地拆卸及组装横梁组件。Optionally, the fixing surface 3624 and the bottom surface (ie, the horizontal plane) of the mounting base 35 are at a certain angle, and the fixing rod 354 and the bottom surface of the mounting base 35 are at a certain angle, the angle being greater than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees. Optionally, the angle is approximately 45 degrees, and may also be approximately 30 degrees, 60 degrees, or any other angle between 0-90 degrees. In this arrangement, only one fixing rod 354 can be used to apply a pressing force to the connecting portion 36 toward the bottom surface and a side surface of the mounting seat, which is the side opposite to the extension direction of the fixing rod 354, thereby achieving The fixing seat is highly stable to fix the connecting portion 36, and the beam assembly can be easily disassembled and assembled.
可以理解的是,安装座35可以为其他构造,例如不一定保持有一个缺口,可以在连接部36放入安装座35后,使用挡板等将缺口挡起来。也可以通过其他方式安装所述连接部36,例如,安装座35可以是一个完整的环状结构,无缺口以放入横梁,此时可以先将横梁组装完毕,然后再插入安装座35,再使用固定杆354对横梁进行旋紧固定。It is understandable that the mounting base 35 may have other structures, for example, a notch may not necessarily be maintained. After the connecting portion 36 is placed in the mounting base 35, a baffle or the like can be used to block the notch. The connecting portion 36 can also be installed in other ways. For example, the mounting base 35 can be a complete ring structure with no gaps for inserting the beam. At this time, the beam can be assembled first, and then the mounting base 35 can be inserted. The fixing rod 354 is used to tighten and fix the beam.
可以理解的是,连接部36所压紧的安装座35的底面或侧面可能为圆弧形或其他不规则形状,此时同样可以使用所述固定杆354将连接部36压紧在这些面上,此时固定杆与这些面之间可能为线接触而非面接触,但不会影响压紧效果。It is understandable that the bottom surface or side surface of the mounting seat 35 pressed by the connecting portion 36 may be arc-shaped or other irregular shapes. At this time, the fixing rod 354 can also be used to press the connecting portion 36 on these surfaces. At this time, the fixed rod may be in line contact with these surfaces instead of surface contact, but it will not affect the pressing effect.
可选的,当所述安装座35包含缺口350时,安装座35背向所述缺口350的表面还可以用于安装标定元件,例如,多线激光器200(见图1和图5)等。Optionally, when the mounting base 35 includes a notch 350, the surface of the mounting base 35 facing away from the notch 350 can also be used to mount a calibration element, for example, a multi-line laser 200 (see FIG. 1 and FIG. 5).
所述多线激光器200与底座12上的所述凹陷122位于所述安装座35背向缺口350的表面的同一侧。The multi-line laser 200 and the recess 122 on the base 12 are located on the same side of the surface of the mounting seat 35 facing away from the notch 350.
所述安装壳356大体为立方体,其一侧具有开口。所述调节机构37设置于所述安装壳356的开口内。所述安装壳356开设螺纹孔3562,所述安装壳356内设置有安装柱3560。所述调节机构37包括支承轴371,第一弹性件372,转动件373,轴承座374,基座375和调节杆376。所述调节机构37用于调整横梁组件20的在水平方向上的角度(即,偏航角)。The mounting shell 356 is generally a cube with an opening on one side. The adjusting mechanism 37 is disposed in the opening of the mounting shell 356. The mounting shell 356 defines a threaded hole 3562, and a mounting post 3560 is provided in the mounting shell 356. The adjusting mechanism 37 includes a supporting shaft 371, a first elastic member 372, a rotating member 373, a bearing seat 374, a base 375 and an adjusting rod 376. The adjustment mechanism 37 is used to adjust the angle of the beam assembly 20 in the horizontal direction (ie, the yaw angle).
所述支承轴371收容于所述安装壳356内,并且固定安装于所述安装壳356的内壁。所述支承轴371的中心轴线与所述调节旋转轴线L重合。The supporting shaft 371 is received in the mounting shell 356 and fixedly installed on the inner wall of the mounting shell 356. The central axis of the support shaft 371 coincides with the adjustment rotation axis L.
所述第一弹性件372的一端固定于所述安装柱3560,所述第一弹性件372的另一端固定于所述转动件373。在本实施例中,所述第一弹性件372为拉簧。One end of the first elastic member 372 is fixed to the mounting post 3560, and the other end of the first elastic member 372 is fixed to the rotating member 373. In this embodiment, the first elastic member 372 is a tension spring.
所述转动件373大体为立方体,其一端设置有凸起3732,所述凸起3732与所述第一弹性件372分别位于所述转动件373的相对两侧。所述转动件373套设于所述轴承座374。The rotating member 373 is substantially a cube, one end of which is provided with a protrusion 3732, and the protrusion 3732 and the first elastic member 372 are located on opposite sides of the rotating member 373, respectively. The rotating member 373 is sleeved on the bearing seat 374.
所述轴承座374固定安装于所述基座375的一表面上,所述轴承座374的中心轴线与所述调节旋转轴线L重合。所述转动件373固定安装于所述基座375,并且套设于所述轴承座374。所述支承轴371的一端插入所述轴承座374,使得所述支承轴371与所述安装壳356可一同绕所述调节旋转轴线L相对于所 述转动件373,轴承座374和基座375转动。The bearing seat 374 is fixedly installed on a surface of the base 375, and the central axis of the bearing seat 374 coincides with the adjustment rotation axis L. The rotating member 373 is fixedly installed on the base 375 and sleeved on the bearing seat 374. One end of the supporting shaft 371 is inserted into the bearing housing 374, so that the supporting shaft 371 and the mounting shell 356 can be relative to the rotating member 373, the bearing housing 374 and the base 375 together about the adjustment rotation axis L Rotate.
所述基座375用于安装于所述移动立杆24,所述移动立杆24可带动所述基座375上升或下降。在本实施例中,所述基座375为立方体,所述基座375盖住所述安装壳356的开口。所述支承轴371,第一弹性件372和转动件373皆收容于所述安装壳356与所述基座375围设形成的空腔内。The base 375 is used to be installed on the movable pole 24, and the movable pole 24 can drive the base 375 to rise or fall. In this embodiment, the base 375 is a cube, and the base 375 covers the opening of the mounting shell 356. The supporting shaft 371, the first elastic member 372 and the rotating member 373 are all contained in a cavity formed by the mounting shell 356 and the base 375.
本说明书所述“立方体”包括薄板状的情况。The "cube" in this specification includes a thin plate shape.
所述调节杆376安装于所述螺纹孔3562内,转动所述调节杆376,使得所述调节杆376抵紧所述凸起3732,推动所述安装座35绕所述调节旋转轴线L相对于所述转动件373和基座375转动,从而调节所述安装座35和连接部36的水平角度,所述第一弹性件372被拉伸。朝相反转动方向转动所述调节杆376,所述安装座35通过所述第一弹性件372拉动绕所述调节旋转轴线L相对于所述转动件373和基座375转动复位。The adjusting rod 376 is installed in the threaded hole 3562, and the adjusting rod 376 is rotated so that the adjusting rod 376 abuts the protrusion 3732, pushing the mounting seat 35 relative to the adjusting rotation axis L The rotating member 373 and the base 375 rotate to adjust the horizontal angle of the mounting seat 35 and the connecting portion 36, and the first elastic member 372 is stretched. Rotate the adjusting rod 376 in the opposite rotation direction, the mounting seat 35 is pulled by the first elastic member 372 around the adjusting rotation axis L to rotate and reset relative to the rotating member 373 and the base 375.
可以理解的是,在一些其他实施例中,所述基座375可以省略,所述转动件373和轴承座374可直接固定安装于所述移动立杆24的顶表面处。It can be understood that, in some other embodiments, the base 375 may be omitted, and the rotating member 373 and the bearing seat 374 may be directly fixedly mounted on the top surface of the movable pole 24.
可以理解,上述调节机构37可以选择性地使用。当所述调节机构37取消时,上述安装座35的安装壳356可以取消,固持件352安装在移动立杆24的顶表面处或其他额外的附加安装面上。应该理解,固持件352也可以延伸形成底面并环绕横梁组件30的连接部36的下表面,也就是固持件352可以具有底面,该底面安装在安装壳356之上。It can be understood that the aforementioned adjustment mechanism 37 can be selectively used. When the adjustment mechanism 37 is cancelled, the mounting shell 356 of the mounting seat 35 can be eliminated, and the holding member 352 is mounted on the top surface of the movable pole 24 or other additional mounting surfaces. It should be understood that the holding member 352 may also extend to form a bottom surface and surround the lower surface of the connecting portion 36 of the beam assembly 30, that is, the holding member 352 may have a bottom surface which is mounted on the mounting shell 356.
可以理解的是,还可以采用其他固定机构以将连接部36同时压紧在安装座35的底面及一个侧面上。例如,在一些实施例中,可以使用如图20所示的凸轮手柄354a,所述凸轮手柄354a安装于固持件352,并且凸轮手柄354a可相对于固持件352转动,以使凸轮手柄354a抵紧固定表面3624,使得凸轮手柄354a将连接部36压紧在安装座35的底面及一个侧面上,或者以使凸轮手柄354a脱离固定表面3624,使得连接部36可从安装座35取下。It is understandable that other fixing mechanisms can also be used to simultaneously press the connecting portion 36 on the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat 35. For example, in some embodiments, a cam handle 354a as shown in FIG. 20 can be used. The cam handle 354a is mounted on the holder 352, and the cam handle 354a can be rotated relative to the holder 352 to make the cam handle 354a abut The fixing surface 3624 allows the cam handle 354a to press the connecting portion 36 on the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat 35, or to disengage the cam handle 354a from the fixing surface 3624, so that the connecting portion 36 can be removed from the mounting seat 35.
请参阅图21,所述凸轮手柄354a包括凸轮部3542a和柄部3544a,柄部3544a连接于凸轮部3542a的一端。所述凸轮部3542a开设有轴孔3540a,使用转动轴穿过轴孔3540a,并且转动轴的两端固定于固持件352,使得凸轮手柄354可绕转动轴转动。所述凸轮部3542a为盘形凸轮,其为绕转动轴转动且有变化直径的盘形构件,可沿第一转动方向绕转动轴转动至抵紧固定表面3624,也可沿第二转动方向绕转动轴转动至脱离固定表面3624,第一转动方向与第二转动方向相反。Please refer to FIG. 21. The cam handle 354a includes a cam portion 3542a and a handle 3544a. The handle 3544a is connected to one end of the cam portion 3542a. The cam portion 3542a is provided with a shaft hole 3540a, a rotating shaft is used to pass through the shaft hole 3540a, and both ends of the rotating shaft are fixed to the holding member 352, so that the cam handle 354 can rotate around the rotating shaft. The cam portion 3542a is a disc cam, which is a disc-shaped member that rotates around a rotation axis and has a variable diameter. It can rotate around the rotation axis in the first rotation direction to abut against the fixed surface 3624, or it can rotate along the second rotation direction. The rotation shaft rotates to deviate from the fixed surface 3624, and the first rotation direction is opposite to the second rotation direction.
在一个实施例中,凸轮手柄354的从与水平方向成一预定角度的方向将横梁压紧在所述安装座上。该角度是可以预定的,根据凸轮部3542a的旋转轴与连接部36之间的距离,以及凸轮部3542a的形状设计,可以计算出该预定的压紧角度。优选的,凸轮部3542a与连接部36接触的表面也与水平方向成一定角度设置,该接触表面的角度与前述压紧角度相适配,这样能提高压紧效果。由于压紧并非需要很精确的角度,因此“相适配”只需要两者皆与水平方向成 一明显角度即可。例如,该压紧角度可以是30度、45度或60度,该接触表面的角度也可以为类似角度。In one embodiment, the cam handle 354 presses the beam on the mounting seat from a direction at a predetermined angle to the horizontal. The angle can be predetermined. According to the distance between the rotation axis of the cam portion 3542a and the connecting portion 36 and the shape design of the cam portion 3542a, the predetermined pressing angle can be calculated. Preferably, the contact surface of the cam portion 3542a and the connecting portion 36 is also arranged at a certain angle to the horizontal direction, and the angle of the contact surface is adapted to the aforementioned pressing angle, which can improve the pressing effect. Since the compaction does not require a very precise angle, "fitting" only requires that both of them are at an obvious angle to the horizontal. For example, the pressing angle may be 30 degrees, 45 degrees or 60 degrees, and the angle of the contact surface may also be a similar angle.
可以理解的是,凸轮手柄354a并不局域限于直接将横梁压紧在安装座35上,所述凸轮手柄354a还可以配合其他活动构件以将横梁压紧在安装座35上。It can be understood that the cam handle 354a is not limited to directly pressing the beam on the mounting seat 35, and the cam handle 354a can also cooperate with other movable members to press the beam on the mounting seat 35.
请一并参阅图22至图25,在一个实施例中,所述固定机构还包括限位杆356a和压紧弹簧358a。所述限位杆355安装于所述固持件352,并且所述限位杆356a可相对于所述固持件352移动,所述限位杆356a的移动方向基本垂直于水平方向,所述限位杆356a的一端抵接于所述凸轮部3542a。当所述凸轮手柄354a相对于所述固持件352转动时,带动所述限位杆356a相对于所述固持件352移动,如图24所示,以使得所述限位杆356a的另一端从第一角度的方向将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座35的底面及一个侧面上,如图25所示或者以使所述限位杆356a的另一端脱离所述横梁,以使得所述横梁可从所述安装座35取下。Please refer to FIGS. 22-25 together. In one embodiment, the fixing mechanism further includes a limit rod 356a and a compression spring 358a. The limiting rod 355 is installed on the holding member 352, and the limiting rod 356a is movable relative to the holding member 352, the moving direction of the limiting rod 356a is substantially perpendicular to the horizontal direction, and the limiting rod 356a One end of the rod 356a abuts on the cam portion 3542a. When the cam handle 354a rotates relative to the holding member 352, the limiting rod 356a is driven to move relative to the holding member 352, as shown in FIG. 24, so that the other end of the limiting rod 356a moves from The direction of the first angle presses the cross beam on the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat 35, as shown in FIG. 25 or so that the other end of the limit rod 356a is separated from the cross beam, so that the The beam can be removed from the mounting seat 35.
所述固持件352设置有滑槽353a,所述滑槽353a的长度方向基本垂直于水平方向,所述限位杆356a穿设所述滑槽353a。所述滑槽353a包括相连通的方槽3530a和圆槽3532a,所述限位杆356a与所述凸轮部3542a相抵接的一端更为靠近所述圆槽3532a,所述限位杆356a用于压紧所述横梁的另一端更为靠近所述方槽3530a,所述滑槽353a的内壁设有环形挡部3534a,所述环形挡部3534a位于所述方槽3530a和所述圆槽3532a的交界处,所述限位杆356a套设于所述环形挡部3532a。The holding member 352 is provided with a sliding groove 353a, the length of the sliding groove 353a is substantially perpendicular to the horizontal direction, and the limiting rod 356a penetrates the sliding groove 353a. The sliding groove 353a includes a communicating square groove 3530a and a circular groove 3532a. The end of the limit rod 356a abutting the cam portion 3542a is closer to the circular groove 3532a, and the limit rod 356a is used for The other end of the beam is pressed closer to the square groove 3530a. The inner wall of the sliding groove 353a is provided with an annular stop 3534a, and the annular stop 3534a is located between the square groove 3530a and the circular groove 3532a. At the junction, the limiting rod 356a is sleeved on the annular stop 3532a.
所述限位杆356a的一端设置有限位部3560a,所述限位杆356a的另一端设置有压紧部3562a。所述限位杆356a的一端通过所述限位部356a与所述凸轮部3542a相抵接,所述限位部356a的横截面尺寸大于所述圆槽3532a的横截面尺寸,在所述限位杆356a移动时,所述限位部356a可与所述固持部352的滑槽353a开口处相抵接,以使得所述限位杆356a不能继续移动。One end of the limiting rod 356a is provided with a limiting portion 3560a, and the other end of the limiting rod 356a is provided with a pressing portion 3562a. One end of the limiting rod 356a abuts against the cam portion 3542a through the limiting portion 356a. The cross-sectional size of the limiting portion 356a is larger than the cross-sectional size of the circular groove 3532a. When the rod 356a moves, the limiting portion 356a can abut against the opening of the sliding groove 353a of the holding portion 352, so that the limiting rod 356a cannot continue to move.
所述压紧部3562a的横截面为矩形,所述压紧部3562a与所述方槽3530a相适配,限制了所述限位杆356a的转动自由度,以使得所述限位杆356仅能相对于所述固持部352移动。所述压紧部3562a具有压紧斜面3563a和压紧平面3564a。所述压紧斜面垂直于第一角度的方向,也即所述压紧斜面3563a相对于所述安装座35的底面倾斜,所述限位杆356a的另一端通过所述压紧斜面3563a将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座35上。The cross section of the pressing portion 3562a is rectangular, and the pressing portion 3562a fits the square groove 3530a, which limits the rotational freedom of the limit rod 356a, so that the limit rod 356 is only It can move relative to the holding portion 352. The pressing portion 3562a has a pressing inclined surface 3563a and a pressing flat surface 3564a. The pressing inclined surface is perpendicular to the direction of the first angle, that is, the pressing inclined surface 3563a is inclined with respect to the bottom surface of the mounting seat 35, and the other end of the limit rod 356a passes through the pressing inclined surface 3563a. The beam is pressed tightly on the mounting seat 35.
所述压紧平面3564a沿水平方向,也即所述压紧平面3564a相对于所述安装座35的底面平行,所述限位杆356a的另一端通过所述压紧斜面3563a和所述压紧平面3564a共同压紧在所述安装座35上,提高了限位杆356a的另一端与横梁抵接更为稳定。The pressing plane 3564a is along the horizontal direction, that is, the pressing plane 3564a is parallel to the bottom surface of the mounting seat 35, and the other end of the limit rod 356a passes through the pressing inclined surface 3563a and the pressing The flat surface 3564a is pressed together on the mounting seat 35, which improves the abutment between the other end of the limit rod 356a and the cross beam more stably.
所述压紧弹簧358a用于使所述限位杆356a的一端与所述凸轮部3542a保持抵接。所述压紧弹簧358a套设于所述限位杆356a,所述压紧弹簧358a 收容于所述圆槽3532a,并且所述压紧弹簧358a抵接于所述环形挡部3534a与所述限位部3560a之间。The compression spring 358a is used to keep one end of the limiting rod 356a in contact with the cam portion 3542a. The compression spring 358a is sleeved on the limit rod 356a, the compression spring 358a is received in the circular groove 3532a, and the compression spring 358a abuts against the annular stop 3534a and the limit rod. Between 3560a.
可以理解的是,压紧弹簧358a可以替换成其他具有弹性的结构,例如,限位杆356a内设有气压缸,使得限位杆356a自身可以弹性地伸缩,只要使得限位杆356a的一端能够保持与凸轮部3542a抵接即可。It is understandable that the compression spring 358a can be replaced with other elastic structures. For example, a pneumatic cylinder is provided in the limit rod 356a, so that the limit rod 356a itself can be elastically stretched, as long as one end of the limit rod 356a can be It is sufficient to keep in contact with the cam portion 3542a.
可以理解,除了上述实施例外,固定机构还能以其他方式从与水平方向成预设角度的方向将横梁压紧在安装座上,例如,固定机构本身可以是垂直向下施力,但设置在横梁上或与横梁固定连接的受力面(对应于上述实施例中的“接触表面”)与水平方向成一定角度,则该固定机构也能够从与水平方向成预设角度的方向将横梁压紧在安装座上。It can be understood that, in addition to the above-mentioned implementation, the fixing mechanism can also press the beam on the mounting seat from a direction at a preset angle to the horizontal in other ways. For example, the fixing mechanism itself can be used to apply a vertical downward force, but is arranged at The stress surface on the beam or fixedly connected to the beam (corresponding to the "contact surface" in the above embodiment) is at a certain angle to the horizontal, and the fixing mechanism can also press the beam from a direction at a preset angle to the horizontal Tightly on the mounting seat.
可以理解,除了上述实施例外,固定机构还能以其他方式从与水平方向成预设角度的方向将横梁压紧在安装座上,例如,固定机构本身可以是垂直向下施力,但设置在横梁上或与横梁固定连接的受力面(对应于上述实施例中的“接触表面”)与水平方向成一定角度,则该固定机构也能够从与水平方向成预设角度的方向将横梁压紧在安装座上。It can be understood that, in addition to the above-mentioned implementation, the fixing mechanism can also press the beam on the mounting seat from a direction at a preset angle to the horizontal in other ways. For example, the fixing mechanism itself can be used to apply a vertical downward force, but is arranged at The stress surface on the beam or fixedly connected to the beam (corresponding to the "contact surface" in the above embodiment) is at a certain angle to the horizontal, and the fixing mechanism can also press the beam from a direction at a preset angle to the horizontal Tightly on the mounting seat.
请一并参阅图22和图23,在一些实施例中,调节机构37a包括调节蜗杆370a和调节蜗轮372a。所述调节蜗杆370a穿过基座375,所述调节蜗杆370a安装于基座375且可绕其中心轴线相对于基座375转动,所述调节蜗杆370a包括蜗杆螺纹374a。所述调节蜗轮372a固定于安装壳356,并且位于安装壳356与基座375围设形成的空腔内,所述调节蜗轮372a包括蜗轮齿牙376a,所述蜗轮齿牙376a与蜗杆螺纹374a啮合。在所述固定立杆22和移动立杆24皆竖直设置时,所述调节蜗杆370a水平设置,所述调节蜗轮372a的旋转中心线竖直设置。Please refer to FIG. 22 and FIG. 23 together. In some embodiments, the adjusting mechanism 37a includes an adjusting worm 370a and an adjusting worm gear 372a. The adjusting worm 370a passes through the base 375, and the adjusting worm 370a is installed on the base 375 and can rotate about its central axis relative to the base 375. The adjusting worm 370a includes a worm thread 374a. The adjusting worm gear 372a is fixed to the mounting shell 356 and is located in the cavity formed by the mounting shell 356 and the base 375. The adjusting worm gear 372a includes worm gear teeth 376a, and the worm gear teeth 376a mesh with worm threads 374a. . When the fixed vertical rod 22 and the movable vertical rod 24 are both vertically disposed, the adjusting worm 370a is horizontally disposed, and the rotation center line of the adjusting worm wheel 372a is vertically disposed.
转动所述调节蜗杆370a,所述蜗杆螺纹374a驱动蜗轮齿牙376a转动,使得调节蜗轮372a绕其旋转中心线转动,以带动安装座35的安装壳356转动,从而调节横梁组件30的水平角度。When the adjusting worm 370a is rotated, the worm thread 374a drives the worm gear tooth 376a to rotate, so that the adjusting worm wheel 372a rotates around its rotation center line to drive the mounting shell 356 of the mounting seat 35 to rotate, thereby adjusting the horizontal angle of the beam assembly 30.
可以理解的是,在一些其它实施例中,调节蜗杆370a和调节蜗轮372a的位置可以互换,也即,调节蜗轮372a可固定于基座375,调节蜗杆370a穿过安装壳356。It is understood that, in some other embodiments, the positions of the adjusting worm 370a and the adjusting worm gear 372a can be interchanged, that is, the adjusting worm gear 372a can be fixed to the base 375, and the adjusting worm 370a passes through the mounting shell 356.
请复参阅图15,所述关节机构39的数量为两个,一个所述关节机构39连接于所述左横梁部32与所述连接部36之间,另一个所述关节机构39连接于所述右横梁部34与所述连接部36之间。在一些实施例中,所述关节机构39固定在所述左横梁部32、右横梁部34及连接部36的壁管之内。在一些实施例中,所述关节机构39固定在所述左横梁部32、右横梁部34及连接部36的壁管之外,通过例如卡接、螺钉、粘接等方式与所述左横梁部32、右横梁部34及连接部36的壁管的横截面进行连接。Please refer to FIG. 15 again, the number of the joint mechanisms 39 is two, one of the joint mechanisms 39 is connected between the left cross beam portion 32 and the connecting portion 36, and the other joint mechanism 39 is connected to the Between the right beam portion 34 and the connecting portion 36. In some embodiments, the joint mechanism 39 is fixed in the wall tubes of the left cross beam portion 32, the right cross beam portion 34 and the connecting portion 36. In some embodiments, the joint mechanism 39 is fixed outside the wall tubes of the left cross beam portion 32, the right cross beam portion 34, and the connecting portion 36, and is connected to the left cross beam by means of, for example, clamping, screws, or bonding. The cross section of the wall pipe of the part 32, the right cross beam part 34 and the connecting part 36 are connected.
请一并参阅图24,图25和图26,示出了关节机构39构造的第一实施方式。所述关节机构39包括第一固定件391,第二固定件396,第一转轴397, 卡扣件392,第二转轴393,第二弹性件394和锁紧机构395。Please refer to FIG. 24, FIG. 25, and FIG. 26 together, showing the first embodiment of the structure of the joint mechanism 39. The joint mechanism 39 includes a first fixing member 391, a second fixing member 396, a first rotating shaft 397, a locking member 392, a second rotating shaft 393, a second elastic member 394 and a locking mechanism 395.
所述第一固定件391和所述第二固定件396通过第一转轴397铰接式地连接在一起。所述第一固定件391大致为立方体,其一端铰接于第二固定件396的一端。所述第一固定件391开设第一通孔3910。The first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 are hingedly connected together by a first rotating shaft 397. The first fixing member 391 is approximately a cube, one end of which is hinged to one end of the second fixing member 396. The first fixing member 391 defines a first through hole 3910.
所述卡扣件392收容于所述第一通孔3910,所述第二转轴393穿过所述卡扣件392的中部,所述第二转轴393的两端分别安装于所述第一固定件391的侧壁。所述卡扣件392可绕所述第二转轴393转动,所述卡扣件392的一端延伸有勾部3922,所述第二弹性件394的一端抵持所述卡扣件392的另一端,所述第二弹性件394的另一端抵持所述第一固定件391的内壁。所述第二弹性件394为压簧,用于恢复弹性形变,以推动所述卡扣件392绕所述第二转轴393转动。The locking member 392 is received in the first through hole 3910, the second rotating shaft 393 passes through the middle of the locking member 392, and both ends of the second rotating shaft 393 are respectively mounted on the first fixing Pieces 391 of the side wall. The buckle 392 can rotate around the second shaft 393, one end of the buckle 392 has a hook 3922, and one end of the second elastic member 394 abuts the other end of the buckle 392 , The other end of the second elastic member 394 abuts the inner wall of the first fixing member 391. The second elastic member 394 is a compression spring for restoring elastic deformation to push the locking member 392 to rotate around the second rotating shaft 393.
所述锁紧机构395为螺钉,包括旋钮及至少一段螺杆,该锁紧机构395的一端从所述第一固定件391的外部穿过所述第一固定件391,抵持所述卡扣件392,所述锁紧机构395与第二弹性件394位于所述第二转轴393的中心轴线的同一侧,所述勾部3922位于所述第二转轴393的中心轴线的另一侧。The locking mechanism 395 is a screw, which includes a knob and at least a section of screw. One end of the locking mechanism 395 passes through the first fixing member 391 from the outside of the first fixing member 391 to resist the buckle 392. The locking mechanism 395 and the second elastic member 394 are located on the same side of the central axis of the second rotating shaft 393, and the hook portion 3922 is located on the other side of the central axis of the second rotating shaft 393.
所述第二定件396也大致为立方体,其开设有第二通孔3960。所述第二通孔3960的内壁设置有卡凸3962。所述第一固定件391固定于所述连接部36内部,所述第二固定件396固定于所述左横梁部32或右横梁部34的内部,使得所述左横梁部32或右横梁部34可以与所述连接部36卡合。The second fixing member 396 is also roughly a cube, and a second through hole 3960 is opened. The inner wall of the second through hole 3960 is provided with a protrusion 3962. The first fixing member 391 is fixed inside the connecting portion 36, and the second fixing member 396 is fixed inside the left cross beam portion 32 or the right cross beam portion 34, so that the left cross beam portion 32 or the right cross beam portion 34 can be engaged with the connecting portion 36.
当所述第一固定件391与第二固定件396闭合时,所述第一固定件391与第二固定件396接触,所述第一通孔3910与第二通孔3960相连通,在所述第二弹性件394的推动下,所述勾部3922扣于所述卡凸3962,转动所述锁紧机构395,使得所述锁紧机构395压紧所述卡扣件392,使得所述勾部3922进一步锁紧于所述卡凸3962,从而使得所述左横梁部32或右横梁部34相对于所述连接部36稳定地处于展开状态。When the first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 are closed, the first fixing member 391 is in contact with the second fixing member 396, and the first through hole 3910 communicates with the second through hole 3960. Pushed by the second elastic member 394, the hook portion 3922 is buckled on the locking protrusion 3962, and the locking mechanism 395 is rotated so that the locking mechanism 395 presses the locking member 392, so that the The hook portion 3922 is further locked to the locking protrusion 3962, so that the left cross beam portion 32 or the right cross beam portion 34 is stably deployed relative to the connecting portion 36.
转动所述锁紧机构395,使其脱离所述卡扣件392,使得所述第一固定件391相对于第二固定件396转动,将所述勾部3922脱离所述卡凸3962,所述第一固定件391与第二固定件396相分离,从而使得所述左横梁部32或右横梁部34可相对于所述连接部36转动,以使所述横梁组件30折叠。Rotate the locking mechanism 395 to disengage the locking member 392, so that the first fixing member 391 rotates relative to the second fixing member 396, and the hook 3922 is separated from the locking protrusion 3962. The first fixing member 391 is separated from the second fixing member 396 so that the left cross beam portion 32 or the right cross beam portion 34 can be rotated relative to the connecting portion 36 to fold the cross beam assembly 30.
在本实施例中,借助所述第二弹性件394的推动,所述勾部3922可方便扣于所述卡凸3962,使得所述勾部3922与所述卡凸3962预先扣合,然后所述锁紧机构395压紧所述卡扣件392,使得所述勾部3922进一步锁紧于所述卡凸3962。In this embodiment, with the push of the second elastic member 394, the hook portion 3922 can be conveniently buckled on the hook 3962, so that the hook portion 3922 and the hook 3962 are pre-buckled, and then The locking mechanism 395 presses the locking member 392 so that the hook portion 3922 is further locked to the locking protrusion 3962.
可以理解的是,锁紧机构395可以抵紧卡扣件392的其他部分,以使得所述勾部3922进一步锁紧于所述卡凸3962,只要使以第二转轴393为支点的杠杆失去转动的可能性即可。例如,参考图26,锁紧机构395可以从所述勾部3922的下部抵紧所述勾部3922,此时可以将勾部3922适当加长以使得在第二固定件396的下部可以设置能够抵紧勾部3922的锁紧机构395。It is understandable that the locking mechanism 395 can press against other parts of the buckle 392, so that the hook portion 3922 is further locked to the protrusion 3962, as long as the lever with the second shaft 393 as the fulcrum loses rotation The possibility can be. For example, referring to FIG. 26, the locking mechanism 395 can press the hook 3922 from the lower part of the hook 3922. At this time, the hook 3922 can be appropriately lengthened so that the lower part of the second fixing member 396 can be provided with The locking mechanism 395 of the hook part 3922.
可以理解的是,在一些其它实施例中,所述第一固定件391与第二固定件396的位置可以互换,也即所述第一固定件391固定于所述左横梁部32或右横梁部34的内部,所述第二固定件396固定于所述连接部36内部。It can be understood that, in some other embodiments, the positions of the first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 can be interchanged, that is, the first fixing member 391 is fixed to the left beam portion 32 or the right Inside the beam part 34, the second fixing member 396 is fixed inside the connecting part 36.
可以理解,所述第一固定件391和所述第二固定件396也可以与左横梁部32、右横梁部34或连接部36的内壁一体形成,即,所述第一固定件391和所述第二固定件396可以为左横梁部32、右横梁部34或连接部36的内壁的一部分。所述第一固定件391和所述第二固定件396,所述第一固定件391和所述第二固定件396也可以不通过第一转轴连接在一起,两者并不连接,但左横梁部32或右横梁部34与连接部36的外壁通过一个额外的转轴连接在一起,这也能实现左横梁部32或右横梁部34与连接部36之间可枢转的连接。It can be understood that the first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 may also be integrally formed with the inner wall of the left cross beam portion 32, the right cross beam portion 34 or the connecting portion 36, that is, the first fixing member 391 and the The second fixing member 396 may be a part of the inner wall of the left cross beam portion 32, the right cross beam portion 34 or the connecting portion 36. The first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396, the first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 may not be connected together by a first shaft, and the two are not connected, but left The outer wall of the cross beam portion 32 or the right cross beam portion 34 and the connecting portion 36 are connected together by an additional rotating shaft, which can also realize a pivotable connection between the left cross beam portion 32 or the right cross beam portion 34 and the connecting portion 36.
可以理解,第二弹性件394和锁紧机构395与第二转轴393之间的相对位置可以变化,即,第二弹性件394可以离第二转轴393比锁紧机构395更近,只要能使卡扣件392锁紧卡凸3962即可。It can be understood that the relative position between the second elastic member 394 and the locking mechanism 395 and the second rotating shaft 393 can be changed, that is, the second elastic member 394 can be closer to the second rotating shaft 393 than the locking mechanism 395, as long as the The locking member 392 can lock the locking protrusion 3962.
请一并参阅图27和图28,示出了关节机构39a构造的第二实施方式。该第二实施方式提供的关节机构39a与上述实施例中的关节机构39基本相同,区别在于所述卡扣件392a的一端设置勾部3922a和凸块3924a,两个所述勾部3922a位于所述凸块3924a的相对两侧,所述第二通孔3960的内壁设置卡凸3962a,所述卡凸3962a的数量为两个,每个所述卡凸3962a的位置与对应的一个所述勾部3922a的位置对应。所述旋钮395替换成按钮395a,所述按钮395a安装于所述第二固定件396。所述第二弹性件394为压簧,其压缩于所述第一固定件391与卡扣件392a之间。Please refer to FIGS. 27 and 28 together, which shows a second embodiment of the structure of the joint mechanism 39a. The joint mechanism 39a provided by this second embodiment is basically the same as the joint mechanism 39 in the above embodiment, except that one end of the buckle 392a is provided with a hook 3922a and a protrusion 3924a, and the two hooks 3922a are located at the same place. On opposite sides of the protrusion 3924a, the inner wall of the second through hole 3960 is provided with a latch 3962a, the number of the latch 3962a is two, and the position of each latch 3962a corresponds to a corresponding one of the hook The position of the part 3922a corresponds. The knob 395 is replaced with a button 395a, and the button 395a is mounted on the second fixing member 396. The second elastic member 394 is a compression spring compressed between the first fixing member 391 and the locking member 392a.
当所述第一固定件391与第二固定件396闭合时,所述第一固定件391与第二固定件396接触,所述第一通孔3910与第二通孔3960相连通,所述第二弹性件394抵紧所述卡扣件392a,使得两个所述勾部3922a分别扣紧于两个所述卡凸3962a,所述第一固定件391与第二固定件396相互扣紧,从而使得所述左横梁部32或右横梁部34相对于所述连接部36展开。When the first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 are closed, the first fixing member 391 is in contact with the second fixing member 396, the first through hole 3910 is in communication with the second through hole 3960, and the The second elastic member 394 is pressed against the locking member 392a, so that the two hook portions 3922a are respectively fastened to the two locking protrusions 3962a, and the first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 are fastened to each other , So that the left cross-beam portion 32 or the right cross-beam portion 34 is expanded relative to the connecting portion 36.
按动所述按钮395a,使得所述按钮395a推动所述凸块3924a,以推动所述卡扣件392a绕所述第二转轴393转动时,所述勾部3922a脱离所述卡凸3962a,所述第二弹性件394被进一步压缩,此时,所述第一固定件391可相对于第二固定件396转动,使得所述第一固定件391与第二固定件396相分离,从而使得所述左横梁部32或右横梁部34可相对于所述连接部36转动,以使所述横梁组件30折叠。抬起所述按钮395a,以使所述按钮395a远离所述卡扣件392a,所述第二弹性件394恢复弹性形变推动所述卡扣件392a绕所述第二转轴393转动,以使所述勾部3922a扣紧于所述卡凸3962a。When the button 395a is pressed, the button 395a pushes the protrusion 3924a to push the buckle 392a to rotate around the second shaft 393, the hook portion 3922a separates from the protrusion 3962a, so The second elastic member 394 is further compressed. At this time, the first fixing member 391 can rotate relative to the second fixing member 396, so that the first fixing member 391 is separated from the second fixing member 396, so that the The left cross beam portion 32 or the right cross beam portion 34 can rotate relative to the connecting portion 36 to fold the cross beam assembly 30. Lift the button 395a to move the button 395a away from the buckle 392a, and the second elastic member 394 resumes elastic deformation and pushes the buckle 392a to rotate around the second shaft 393, so that the The hook portion 3922a is fastened to the hook 3962a.
可以理解,当图24-28中的卡扣件、卡凸等部件采用稍带有弹性的硬质材料制成时,可以无需弹簧提供弹性恢复力,通过调整结构设计则可以类似方式如图24-28所示的关节结构:利用卡扣件、卡凸的轻微形变实现第一固定件与第二固定件之间的卡合,再利用卡扣件、卡凸本身材料的硬质来实现卡合不会 松脱,再利用卡扣件、卡凸在较大外力作用下仍会发生形变来实现第一固定件与第二固定件之间的松脱。此外还可以类似地设计旋紧机构、按钮等结构。It can be understood that when the fasteners, protrusions and other parts in Figures 24-28 are made of hard materials with a little elasticity, no springs are needed to provide elastic restoring force, and the structural design can be adjusted in a similar manner as shown in Figure 24 The joint structure shown in -28: use the slight deformation of the fastener and the protrusion to realize the engagement between the first fixing part and the second fixing part, and then use the rigidity of the material of the fastener and the protrusion to realize the card The lock will not loosen, and the buckle and the buckle will be deformed under the action of a large external force to realize the loosening between the first fixing part and the second fixing part. In addition, structures such as screwing mechanisms and buttons can be similarly designed.
请参阅图29,为了增加所述左横梁部32和右横梁部34分别与连接部36的卡合力度,以使所述左横梁部32和右横梁部34可挂载重量更大的标定元件,所述标定支架100的横梁上还可以设置锁紧机构50,例如,搭扣结构50,一个所述搭扣结构50连接于左横梁部32与连接部36之间,另一个所述搭扣结构50连接于右横梁部34与连接部36之间。Please refer to FIG. 29, in order to increase the engagement strength of the left cross beam portion 32 and the right cross beam portion 34 with the connecting portion 36 respectively, so that the left cross beam portion 32 and the right cross beam portion 34 can be mounted with a larger weight calibration element A locking mechanism 50 may be provided on the beam of the calibration bracket 100, for example, a buckle structure 50. One buckle structure 50 is connected between the left beam portion 32 and the connecting portion 36, and the other buckle The structure 50 is connected between the right cross beam portion 34 and the connecting portion 36.
每个所述搭扣结构50包括第一搭扣件52和第二搭扣件54。所述连接部36上设置有第一搭扣件52,所述第一搭扣件52的一端铰接于所述连接部36,所述第一搭扣件52铰接于所述连接部36的一端设置有扳动部522,所述第一搭扣件52的另一端设置有拉钩杆524,所述左横梁部32或右横梁部34上设置有第二搭扣件54,所述第二搭扣件54设置有搭扣部544。所述左横梁部32或所述右横梁部34与连接部36的铰接处位于所述连接部36的一侧,所述第一搭扣件52和第二搭扣件54位于所述连接部36的另一侧。当所述左横梁部32和右横梁部34相对于所述连接部36展开时,所述左横梁部32和右横梁部34分别与所述连接部36接触,所述拉钩杆524扣紧于所述搭扣部544。扳动所述扳动部522,所述拉钩杆524脱离所述搭扣部544,所述第一搭扣件52和第二搭扣件54可相分离,使得所述左横梁部32或右横梁部34可相对于所述连接部36折叠。Each of the buckle structures 50 includes a first buckle 52 and a second buckle 54. The connecting portion 36 is provided with a first fastener 52, one end of the first fastener 52 is hinged to the connecting portion 36, and the first fastener 52 is hinged to one end of the connecting portion 36 A flip part 522 is provided, the other end of the first fastener 52 is provided with a hook rod 524, a second fastener 54 is provided on the left beam part 32 or the right beam part 34, and the second fastener The fastener 54 is provided with a buckle portion 544. The hinge joint of the left cross beam portion 32 or the right cross beam portion 34 and the connecting portion 36 is located on one side of the connecting portion 36, and the first fastener 52 and the second fastener 54 are located on the connecting portion 36 on the other side. When the left cross beam portion 32 and the right cross beam portion 34 are expanded relative to the connecting portion 36, the left cross beam portion 32 and the right cross beam portion 34 respectively contact the connecting portion 36, and the hook rod 524 is fastened to The buckle portion 544. Pulling the pulling portion 522, the hook rod 524 is separated from the buckle portion 544, the first buckle member 52 and the second buckle member 54 can be separated, so that the left beam portion 32 or the right The beam portion 34 can be folded relative to the connecting portion 36.
可以理解的是,在一些其它实施例中,所述第一搭扣件52和第二搭扣件54的位置可以互换,也即所述第一搭扣件52设置于所述左横梁部32或右横梁部34,所述第二搭扣件54设置于所述连接部36。在一些实施例中,所述第一搭扣件52和第二搭扣件54可以配合关节机构39使用,即此时在左横梁部32、右横梁部34及连接部36内壁内有关节机构39。在一些实施例中,所述第一搭扣件52和第二搭扣件54也可以单独使用,即此时在左横梁部32、右横梁部34及连接部36内壁内无关节机构39,并在左横梁部32、右横梁部34及连接部36之间需要连接的位置增加设置铰链。It can be understood that, in some other embodiments, the positions of the first fastener 52 and the second fastener 54 can be interchanged, that is, the first fastener 52 is disposed on the left beam portion 32 or the right cross beam portion 34, the second fastener 54 is disposed on the connecting portion 36. In some embodiments, the first buckle 52 and the second buckle 54 can be used in conjunction with the joint mechanism 39, that is, there are joint mechanisms in the inner wall of the left beam portion 32, the right beam portion 34, and the connecting portion 36 at this time. 39. In some embodiments, the first buckle 52 and the second buckle 54 can also be used separately, that is, there is no joint mechanism 39 in the inner wall of the left beam portion 32, the right beam portion 34, and the connecting portion 36 at this time. In addition, hinges are added at the positions where connection between the left cross beam portion 32, the right cross beam portion 34 and the connecting portion 36 needs to be connected.
可以理解的是,例如搭扣件50等的锁紧机构与关节机构39同时使用的好处在于,搭扣件50可以为横梁部件之间提供临时的扣紧。由于标定支架100的横梁通常比较长,因此左横梁部32及右横梁部34通常设计得比较长,因此它们比较沉重。如果需要一边托举左横梁部32或右横梁部34,再一边操作它与连接部36之间的锁紧机构50,对于一个操作人员来说很不方便。而搭扣件50的存在解决了这一问题,使操作人员无需托举左横梁部32或右横梁部34,再通过操作锁紧机构锁紧横梁各部件,从而使横梁两端可以承载较重的标定元件。It can be understood that the advantage of using a locking mechanism such as the buckle 50 and the joint mechanism 39 at the same time is that the buckle 50 can provide temporary fastening between the beam components. Since the beam of the calibration bracket 100 is generally relatively long, the left and right beam portions 32 and 34 are usually designed to be relatively long, so they are relatively heavy. If it is necessary to lift the left cross-beam portion 32 or the right cross-beam portion 34 while operating the locking mechanism 50 between it and the connecting portion 36, it is very inconvenient for an operator. The presence of the buckle 50 solves this problem, so that the operator does not need to lift the left beam portion 32 or the right beam portion 34, and then lock the components of the beam by operating the locking mechanism, so that both ends of the beam can carry a heavier load. Calibration components.
可以理解的是,为了实现临时卡合,本说明书提供的实施例并非唯一实现方式。例如,当关节机构内的卡扣件或卡凸本身由带一定弹性的硬质材料制成时,就无需实施例中描述的弹簧、转轴等结构,也可以实现临时卡合。此时同 样可以使用旋钮顶紧卡扣件与卡凸以防止其脱落,也可以使用按钮实现卡扣件与卡凸之间的快速脱离。It can be understood that, in order to achieve temporary engagement, the embodiments provided in this specification are not the only implementation manner. For example, when the buckle or the buckle in the joint mechanism is made of a hard material with a certain elasticity, the spring, rotating shaft and other structures described in the embodiment are not needed, and temporary buckling can also be achieved. At this time, you can also use the knob to push the fastener and the protrusion to prevent it from falling off, or you can use the button to realize the quick separation between the fastener and the protrusion.
可以理解的是,还可以使用其他锁紧机构。例如,如图30和图31所示的锁紧机构395b,所述锁紧机构395b包括安装支座3950b,锁紧凸轮手柄3952b,顶柱3954b和第三弹性件3956b。所述安装支座3950b安装于所述第一固定件391,所述锁紧凸轮手柄3952b安装于安装支座3950b,并且锁紧凸轮手柄3952b可相对于安装支座3950b转动,以驱动顶柱3954b抵紧卡扣件392,使得第一固定件391和第二固定件396扣紧。所述锁紧凸轮手柄3952b与图20和图21所示的凸轮手柄354a结构相同,在此不再对锁紧凸轮手柄3952b的结构进行赘述。所述顶柱3954b穿过第一固定件391,其一端用于抵靠锁紧凸轮手柄3952b,另一端用于抵靠卡扣件392b。所述第三弹性件3956b为压簧,其套设于顶柱3954b,第三弹性件3956b一端固定于顶柱3954b,另一端抵靠卡扣件392。It is understood that other locking mechanisms can also be used. For example, as shown in Fig. 30 and Fig. 31, the locking mechanism 395b includes a mounting support 3950b, a locking cam handle 3952b, a top post 3954b and a third elastic member 3956b. The mounting support 3950b is mounted on the first fixing member 391, the locking cam handle 3952b is mounted on the mounting support 3950b, and the locking cam handle 3952b can rotate relative to the mounting support 3950b to drive the top column 3954b The fastening member 392 is pressed tightly, so that the first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 are fastened. The locking cam handle 3952b has the same structure as the cam handle 354a shown in FIG. 20 and FIG. 21, and the structure of the locking cam handle 3952b will not be repeated here. The top post 3954b passes through the first fixing member 391, one end of which is used to abut against the locking cam handle 3952b, and the other end is used to abut against the buckle 392b. The third elastic member 3956b is a compression spring, which is sleeved on the top column 3954b. One end of the third elastic member 3956b is fixed to the top column 3954b, and the other end abuts against the fastener 392.
转动锁紧凸轮手柄3952b,使其推动顶柱3954b以抵紧卡扣件392,使得第一固定件391和第二固定件396扣紧,此时第三弹性件3956b被压缩。反方向转动锁紧凸轮手柄3952b,第三弹性件3956b推动顶柱3954b向上运动,以脱离卡扣件392,第一固定件391和第二固定件396可相分离。Rotate the locking cam handle 3952b to push the top post 3954b to abut the buckle 392, so that the first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 are fastened, and the third elastic member 3956b is compressed. When the locking cam handle 3952b is turned in the opposite direction, the third elastic member 3956b pushes the top post 3954b to move upward to disengage the buckle member 392, and the first fixing member 391 and the second fixing member 396 can be separated.
可以理解的是,在一些实施例中,图24、图25和图26中的锁紧机构395,以及图27和图28中的按钮395a皆可替换为锁紧机构395b。It can be understood that, in some embodiments, the locking mechanism 395 in FIGS. 24, 25, and 26, and the button 395a in FIGS. 27 and 28 can all be replaced with a locking mechanism 395b.
在本实施例中,所述横梁组件30安装于所述移动立杆24的顶面,这使得相比起传统的标定架,横梁组件30的重心更加接近立架组件20的重心,可以增加标定架的稳定性,并且可以使用面积更小的底座本体12。可以理解的是,在一些其它实施例中,所述横梁组件30可根据不同需求安装于立架组件20的不同位置,以使横梁组件30位于合适的高度,可用于挂载重量较轻的标定元件,例如,雷达吸收/反射板,反光镜等。In this embodiment, the cross beam assembly 30 is installed on the top surface of the movable vertical rod 24, which makes the center of gravity of the cross beam assembly 30 closer to the center of gravity of the stand assembly 20 than the traditional calibration frame, which can increase the calibration The shelf is stable, and the base body 12 with a smaller area can be used. It is understandable that, in some other embodiments, the beam assembly 30 can be installed at different positions of the stand assembly 20 according to different requirements, so that the beam assembly 30 is located at a suitable height, which can be used for mounting lighter weight calibrations. Components, for example, radar absorption/reflection plates, mirrors, etc.
请一并参阅图32和图33,本发明另一实施例还提供一种标定系统600,包括标定元件和上述实施例提供的标定支架100,所述标定元件可挂载于所述标定支架100,例如,所述标定元件为反光镜300和距离测量装置400(见图32),所述反光镜300可以通过滑块或固定块挂载于第一导轨322或第二导轨342,所述滑块或固定块安装于所述第一导轨322或第二导轨342,可与所述反光镜300一同沿所述第一导轨322或第二导轨342滑动,所述距离测量装置400固定安装于所述横梁组件30。所述反光镜300也可以为标靶300,两个标靶通过滑块或固定块挂载于第一导轨322及第二导轨342上。反光镜或标靶300还可以通过挂钩等方式直接挂载横梁组件30上,此时第一导轨322及第二导轨342可以取消。Please refer to FIGS. 32 and 33 together. Another embodiment of the present invention also provides a calibration system 600, which includes a calibration element and the calibration bracket 100 provided in the above-mentioned embodiment, and the calibration element can be mounted on the calibration bracket 100 For example, the calibration element is a reflector 300 and a distance measuring device 400 (see FIG. 32). The reflector 300 can be mounted on the first rail 322 or the second rail 342 by a slider or a fixed block. The block or fixed block is installed on the first guide rail 322 or the second guide rail 342, and can slide along the first guide rail 322 or the second guide rail 342 together with the reflector 300, and the distance measuring device 400 is fixedly installed on the述横梁 Assembly 30. The reflector 300 may also be a target 300, and the two targets are mounted on the first guide rail 322 and the second guide rail 342 through a sliding block or a fixed block. The reflector or target 300 can also be directly mounted on the beam assembly 30 by means of hooks or the like. In this case, the first guide rail 322 and the second guide rail 342 can be eliminated.
上述距离测量装置400用于测量横梁组件30距离地面的高度,并且优选地显示在距离测量装置400的液晶屏幕上。在一个实施例中,距离测量装置400是激光测距仪。底座10上设置有通孔120,用于使激光测距仪400的激光 打到地面上,从而测量出横梁组件30距离地面的高度。The above-mentioned distance measuring device 400 is used to measure the height of the beam assembly 30 from the ground, and is preferably displayed on the liquid crystal screen of the distance measuring device 400. In one embodiment, the distance measuring device 400 is a laser rangefinder. The base 10 is provided with a through hole 120 for allowing the laser of the laser rangefinder 400 to hit the ground, so as to measure the height of the beam assembly 30 from the ground.
由于距离测量装置400本身具有一定尺寸,在测量光束发射面与标定元件中心点之间的竖直距离,可以通过调整距离测量装置400内部的测量软件中的参数来补偿。Since the distance measuring device 400 itself has a certain size, the vertical distance between the emission surface of the measuring beam and the center point of the calibration element can be compensated by adjusting parameters in the measurement software inside the distance measuring device 400.
又例如,所述标定元件为图案板500(见图33),所述第一托件312和第二托件332共同托举所述图案板500,以防坠落。此外,所述第一导轨322上还可以安装有第一固定块510,所述第一固定块510可沿所述第一导轨322滑动,所述第二导轨342上安装有第二固定块520,所述第二固定块520可沿所述第二导轨342滑动,所述第一固定块510和第二固定块520分别位于所述图案板500的相对两侧,所述第一固定块510和第二固定块520协同夹紧所述图案板500。For another example, the calibration element is a pattern plate 500 (see FIG. 33), and the first supporting member 312 and the second supporting member 332 jointly lift the pattern plate 500 to prevent falling. In addition, a first fixing block 510 may be installed on the first guide rail 322, the first fixing block 510 can slide along the first guide rail 322, and a second fixing block 520 is installed on the second guide rail 342. The second fixing block 520 can slide along the second guide rail 342, the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 are respectively located on opposite sides of the pattern plate 500, and the first fixing block 510 The pattern plate 500 is clamped in cooperation with the second fixing block 520.
在一个可选的实施例中,所述第一固定块510及第二固定块520为安装反光镜300的滑块。在滑块的相对的侧边开一条卡槽,以夹住图案板500,即形成固定块。对于该方案的具体描述,详见图34、图35和图36所示实施例。可以理解,所述第一固定块510及第二固定块520也可以为磁性块,通过磁性吸附作用从后面吸住图案板500,以增强图案板500挂载在横梁组件30的牢固度。In an optional embodiment, the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 are sliders on which the mirror 300 is installed. A slot is opened on the opposite side of the slider to clamp the pattern plate 500 to form a fixed block. For a specific description of this solution, refer to the embodiments shown in Figure 34, Figure 35 and Figure 36 for details. It can be understood that the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 may also be magnetic blocks, which attract the pattern plate 500 from behind by magnetic adsorption, so as to enhance the firmness of the pattern plate 500 on the beam assembly 30.
请一并参阅图34,图35和图36。由于在折叠支架100中,安装座35之上无竖杆部分,因此无法像普通标定支架一样,利用竖杆的上端来牢固安装大型标定元件,例如,标定前挡风玻璃摄像头的大图案板。因此,需要设计一种同样足以牢固安装大型标定元件的折叠支架结构。Please refer to Figure 34, Figure 35 and Figure 36 together. Since there is no vertical rod part above the mounting seat 35 in the folding bracket 100, it is impossible to use the upper end of the vertical rod to firmly install large calibration elements, such as a large pattern board for calibrating a front windshield camera, like a normal calibration bracket. Therefore, it is necessary to design a folding support structure that is also strong enough to install large-scale calibration elements.
在一个实施例中,所述横梁组件30包括横梁与至少一个托杆,所述横梁与至少一个托杆相连接。所述横梁支持着所述第一固定块510和第二固定块520,所述第一固定块510和第二固定块520可沿所述横梁移动,每个所述固定块510,520用于安装一个小型标定元件,所述第一固定块510和第二固定块520与所述至少一个托杆可协同支持一个大型标定元件,并且所述第一固定块510和第二固定块520分别从左右两端固定所述大型标定元件,所述至少一个托杆从所述大型标定元件的下方托举所述大型标定元件。In one embodiment, the cross beam assembly 30 includes a cross beam and at least one supporting rod, and the cross beam is connected to the at least one supporting rod. The cross beam supports the first fixed block 510 and the second fixed block 520, the first fixed block 510 and the second fixed block 520 can move along the cross beam, each of the fixed blocks 510, 520 is used for Install a small calibration element, the first fixed block 510 and the second fixed block 520 and the at least one support rod can cooperate to support a large calibration element, and the first fixed block 510 and the second fixed block 520 from The large-scale calibration element is fixed at the left and right ends, and the at least one supporting rod supports the large-scale calibration element from below the large-scale calibration element.
具体地,所述第一固定块510的挂载面设置有第一定位凸起512,两个所述第一定位凸起512沿横梁的长度方向设置。两个所述第一定位凸起512用于安装标靶时对标靶的准确定位。可选地,第一固定块510上涂覆有磁性材料或安装有磁性元件,或本身为磁性块,以此实现对标靶的吸附式安装。可选地,所述第一固定块510开设有第一固持机构514,第一固持机构514可为卡槽、凸块等定位结构。Specifically, the mounting surface of the first fixing block 510 is provided with first positioning protrusions 512, and two of the first positioning protrusions 512 are provided along the length direction of the beam. The two first positioning protrusions 512 are used for accurate positioning of the target when the target is installed. Optionally, the first fixing block 510 is coated with a magnetic material or installed with a magnetic element, or is a magnetic block itself, so as to realize the adsorption installation of the target. Optionally, the first fixing block 510 is provided with a first holding mechanism 514, and the first holding mechanism 514 may be a positioning structure such as a card slot or a protrusion.
相似地,所述第二固定块520的挂载面设置有第二定位凸起522,两个所述第二定位凸起522沿横梁的长度方向设置。两个所述第二定位凸起522用于安装标靶时对标靶的准确定位。可选地,第二固定块520上涂覆有磁性材料或安装有磁性元件,或本身为磁性块,以此实现对小标靶的吸附式安装。可选地, 所述第二固定块520开设有第二固持机构524,第二固持机构524可为卡槽、凸块等定位结构,第一固持机构514和第二固持机构524相向设置。Similarly, the mounting surface of the second fixing block 520 is provided with second positioning protrusions 522, and the two second positioning protrusions 522 are provided along the length direction of the beam. The two second positioning protrusions 522 are used for accurate positioning of the target when the target is installed. Optionally, the second fixed block 520 is coated with a magnetic material or installed with a magnetic element, or is a magnetic block itself, so as to realize the adsorption installation of the small target. Optionally, the second fixing block 520 is provided with a second holding mechanism 524, and the second holding mechanism 524 may be a positioning structure such as a card slot or a protrusion. The first holding mechanism 514 and the second holding mechanism 524 are arranged opposite to each other.
在本实施例中,所述第一定位机构3120,第二定位机构3320,第一固持机构514和第二固持机构524为卡槽,并且位于同一平面,以协同支持大型标定元件。可以理解的是,在一些其它实施例中,所述第一定位机构3120,第二定位机构3320,第一固持机构514和第二固持机构524中的一个或多个也可为凸块,大型标定元件可相应设置与凸块配合的凹槽,以使所述第一定位机构3120,第二定位机构3320,第一固持机构514和第二固持机构524可协同支持大型标定元件。In this embodiment, the first positioning mechanism 3120, the second positioning mechanism 3320, the first holding mechanism 514, and the second holding mechanism 524 are card slots and are located on the same plane to cooperatively support a large calibration element. It can be understood that, in some other embodiments, one or more of the first positioning mechanism 3120, the second positioning mechanism 3320, the first holding mechanism 514, and the second holding mechanism 524 may also be bumps and large The calibration element can be provided with grooves that cooperate with the bumps, so that the first positioning mechanism 3120, the second positioning mechanism 3320, the first holding mechanism 514, and the second holding mechanism 524 can cooperatively support the large calibration element.
所述安装座35包括垫板357,所述垫板357的底端通过铰链、合页等连接于安装座35的挂载面,所述垫板357可相对于安装座35上下转动。所述垫板357包括相对设置的挂载面和内表面,垫板357的挂载面上设置有第三定位凸起3572,两个所述第三定位凸起3572沿横梁的长度方向设置。The mounting base 35 includes a backing plate 357, the bottom end of the backing plate 357 is connected to the mounting surface of the mounting base 35 through hinges, hinges, etc., and the backing plate 357 can rotate up and down relative to the mounting base 35. The backing plate 357 includes a mounting surface and an inner surface that are opposed to each other. The mounting surface of the backing plate 357 is provided with third positioning protrusions 3572, and two third positioning protrusions 3572 are provided along the length direction of the beam.
所述安装座35的挂载面开设有收容槽358,所述收容槽358的形状与垫板357的形状相适配,以使垫板357可卡紧于收容槽358内。The mounting surface of the mounting seat 35 is provided with a receiving groove 358, and the shape of the receiving groove 358 matches the shape of the backing plate 357 so that the backing plate 357 can be clamped in the receiving groove 358.
所述垫板357可在第一位置与第二位置之间转动。The backing plate 357 can rotate between a first position and a second position.
在第一位置时,所述垫板357卡紧于收容槽358内,垫板357的挂载面、安装座35的挂载面、第一固定块510的挂载面以及第二固定块520的挂载面朝向同一方向。其中,垫板357的挂载面凸出于安装座35的挂载面,并且垫板357的挂载面、第一固定块510的挂载面以及第二固定块520的挂载面位于同一平面(见图35)。在对车载元件进行标定时,垫板357、第一固定块510以及第二固定块520分别可以用于挂载一个标定元件。此时,它们的各挂载面处于同一平面上,意味着它们分别挂载的标定元件(假定设计为具有相同厚度)用于标定的表面处于同一平面上。优选地,在垫板357的挂载面、第一固定块510的挂载面以及第二固定块520的挂载面上设置有定位结构,用于准确地将标定元件安装在各挂载面的预定位置处,例如第一定位凸起3572、第二定位凸起512以及第三定位凸起522。此时,垫板357、第一固定块510以及第二固定块520可单独用于挂载重量较轻的小型标定元件,例如,反光镜,小图案板等(见图29)。可选地,标定元件的背面或侧面可设置有与上述挂载面上的定位结构相适配的定位结构,例如定位孔(图中未示出),第一定位凸起3572、第二定位凸起512或第三定位凸起522可插入定位孔,以实现定位。可选的,第一定位凸起3572、第二定位凸起512或第三定位凸起522可以具有磁性,以增强对标定元件的吸附力。In the first position, the backing plate 357 is clamped in the receiving groove 358, the mounting surface of the backing plate 357, the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35, the mounting surface of the first fixing block 510, and the second fixing block 520 The mounting surface faces the same direction. The mounting surface of the backing plate 357 protrudes from the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35, and the mounting surface of the backing plate 357, the mounting surface of the first fixing block 510, and the mounting surface of the second fixing block 520 are located at the same Plane (see Figure 35). When calibrating the on-board component, the backing plate 357, the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 can be used to mount a calibration component. At this time, their respective mounting surfaces are on the same plane, which means that the calibration elements (assuming that they are designed to have the same thickness) mounted on them are on the same plane for calibration. Preferably, a positioning structure is provided on the mounting surface of the backing plate 357, the mounting surface of the first fixing block 510, and the mounting surface of the second fixing block 520 for accurately mounting the calibration element on each mounting surface For example, the first positioning protrusion 3572, the second positioning protrusion 512, and the third positioning protrusion 522 are located at the predetermined positions. At this time, the backing plate 357, the first fixing block 510, and the second fixing block 520 can be used individually to mount small-weight calibration elements, such as reflectors, small pattern plates, etc. (see FIG. 29). Optionally, the back or side surface of the calibration element may be provided with a positioning structure adapted to the positioning structure on the mounting surface, such as a positioning hole (not shown in the figure), a first positioning protrusion 3572, a second positioning The protrusion 512 or the third positioning protrusion 522 can be inserted into the positioning hole to achieve positioning. Optionally, the first positioning protrusion 3572, the second positioning protrusion 512, or the third positioning protrusion 522 may have magnetism to enhance the attraction force to the calibration element.
在第二位置时,所述垫板357转动至位于安装座35的下方,垫板357的内表面与安装座的挂载面朝向同一方向且齐平。此时,标定支架100可用于挂载重量、体积较大的大型标定元件,例如大标靶板(通常为大图案板)。大图案板的底侧承托于第一卡槽3120、第二卡槽3320,大图案板的左右两侧分别卡于第三卡槽514以及第四卡槽524(见图36)。由于第一固定块510与第二 固定块520有一定厚度,如果要利用其侧面的第一卡槽514及第二卡槽524来安装标靶,则标靶必然安装在与第一固定块510、第二固定块520的装载面相比稍微靠后的平面上。垫板357在第一位置与第二位置之间的切换,就是为了调整这两种安装方式中,标靶安装平面之间的距离差异。图案板的背面也可以选择不抵靠安装座35的挂载面,实践证明,仅依靠第一固定块510以及第二固定块520的固定作用以及托杆的承托作用,就可以牢固地安装大图案板。可选地,图案板的背面可以抵靠安装座35的挂载面,并且安装座35的挂载面可以涂敷磁性材料或安装有磁性单元,或者安装座35由磁性材料制得,用于吸住大图案板的背面。可选地,垫板357的内表面也可以涂敷磁性材料或安装有磁性单元,或者垫板357由磁性材料制得,用于吸住大图案板的背面。可选地,垫板357的内表面和安装座35的挂载面也可以无安装功能(例如,比大型标定元件的背面靠后),仅通过第三卡槽514与第四卡槽524的卡紧作用,以及第一托件312与第二托件332的承托作用,可以足够支撑一块面积较大的图案板。In the second position, the backing plate 357 rotates to be located below the mounting base 35, and the inner surface of the backing plate 357 and the mounting surface of the mounting base face the same direction and are flush. At this time, the calibration bracket 100 can be used to mount large-scale calibration elements with a relatively large weight, such as a large target board (usually a large pattern board). The bottom side of the large pattern board is supported by the first slot 3120 and the second slot 3320, and the left and right sides of the large pattern board are respectively locked in the third slot 514 and the fourth slot 524 (see FIG. 36). Since the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 have a certain thickness, if the first slot 514 and the second slot 524 on the side are used to install the target, the target must be installed on the first fixing block 510. , The loading surface of the second fixing block 520 is on a plane slightly behind. The switch of the backing plate 357 between the first position and the second position is to adjust the distance difference between the target installation planes in the two installation methods. The back of the pattern board can also choose not to abut the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35. Practice has proved that it can be firmly installed only by the fixing function of the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 and the supporting function of the supporting rod. Large pattern board. Optionally, the back surface of the pattern plate can abut the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35, and the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35 can be coated with a magnetic material or mounted with a magnetic unit, or the mounting seat 35 can be made of magnetic material for Suck the back of the large pattern board. Optionally, the inner surface of the backing plate 357 may also be coated with a magnetic material or installed with a magnetic unit, or the backing plate 357 may be made of a magnetic material for attracting the back of the large pattern plate. Optionally, the inner surface of the backing plate 357 and the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35 may also have no mounting function (for example, behind the back of the large calibration element), and only pass through the third slot 514 and the fourth slot 524 The clamping effect and the supporting effect of the first supporting member 312 and the second supporting member 332 can sufficiently support a pattern plate with a larger area.
在一个实施例中,第一固持机构514和第二固持机构524为凸起,大型标定元件的前表面开设与凸起配合的凹槽,在第二位置时,凸起定位于凹槽内,安装座35的挂载面抵靠大型标定元件的背面,安装座35的挂载面与凸起从大型标定元件前后协同固持大型标定元件。可选地,垫板357的内表面可与安装座35的挂载面齐平,一同抵靠大型标定元件的背面,进一步地,垫板357的内表面与安装座35的挂载面可具有磁性,以吸住大型标定元件的背面。In one embodiment, the first holding mechanism 514 and the second holding mechanism 524 are protrusions. The front surface of the large-scale calibration element is provided with grooves matching the protrusions. In the second position, the protrusions are positioned in the grooves. The mounting surface of the mounting base 35 abuts against the back of the large-scale calibration element, and the mounting surface and the protrusion of the mounting base 35 cooperatively hold the large-scale calibration element from front to back. Optionally, the inner surface of the backing plate 357 can be flush with the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35, and abut the back of the large calibration element together. Further, the inner surface of the backing plate 357 and the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35 can have Magnetic to attract the back of the large calibration element.
可以理解的是,在一些其它实施例,垫板357可朝任何方向转动,使得垫板357卡于收容槽358或者从收容槽358脱离以转动至垫板357的内表面不影响标靶安装于第三卡槽514与第四卡槽524之间即可。It can be understood that, in some other embodiments, the backing plate 357 can be rotated in any direction, so that the backing plate 357 is stuck in the receiving groove 358 or separated from the receiving groove 358 to rotate to the inner surface of the backing plate 357 without affecting the installation of the target Only between the third slot 514 and the fourth slot 524 is sufficient.
在另一些实施例中,可以使用第一固定块510与第二固定块520挂载面的磁性吸附作用来安装大标靶。相似地,此时大标靶下端受第一托件312与第二托件332的承托,以及由第一卡槽3120与第二卡槽3320定位。可选地,垫板357处于第一位置,并且利用垫板357的磁性吸附作用增强对大标靶的吸附力量。可选地,安装座35的挂载面可以为一个整体,上面不设置凹槽358及垫板357,并且安装座35的挂载面制作得与第一固定块510、第二固定块520的挂载面平齐。当使用第一固定块510与第二固定块520挂载面的磁性吸附作用来安装大标靶时,对于不同车型车辆所使用的不同标靶或标靶组合,所有标靶都安装在同一个平面上,这就省去了额外的补偿步骤或重新对准架子的步骤。In other embodiments, the magnetic adsorption of the mounting surfaces of the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 can be used to install a large target. Similarly, at this time, the lower end of the large target is supported by the first supporting member 312 and the second supporting member 332, and is positioned by the first slot 3120 and the second slot 3320. Optionally, the backing plate 357 is in the first position, and the magnetic adsorption effect of the backing plate 357 is used to enhance the attraction force to the large target. Optionally, the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35 can be a whole, without the groove 358 and the backing plate 357, and the mounting surface of the mounting seat 35 is made to be the same as the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520. The mounting surface is flush. When using the magnetic adsorption of the mounting surfaces of the first fixed block 510 and the second fixed block 520 to install large targets, for different targets or target combinations used by different vehicle models, all targets are installed in the same On a flat surface, this eliminates the need for additional compensation steps or realignment steps.
关于大标靶板的定位方式,可以采用如下方法。在对绝大多数车型的标定中,大标靶板都与车辆中轴线对齐,因此只描述如何将大标靶板定位在标定架中心位置。在其他位置上的定位需求可以相似地设计。在一个实施例中,可以在第一固定块510、第二固定块520、安装座35以及垫板357中的一个或多个的装载面上设置定位结构,例如定位凸起512,来对大标靶板进行定位。当使 用第一固定块510以及第二固定块520上的定位凸起512、522来对大标靶板进行定位时,可以将第一固定块510以及第二固定块520放置在横梁上的预设位置,该预设位置可以通过横梁上的刻度尺读出。在另一个实施例中,可以在大标靶板的底部设置与第一卡槽3120、第二卡槽3320相适配的定位机构(图中未示出),由于第一托杆31、第二托杆32放下来后,由于限位结构3303的作用会处于固定位置,因此通过第一卡槽3120、第二卡槽3320能实现对大标靶板的定位。Regarding the positioning method of the large target board, the following methods can be used. In the calibration of most models, the large target board is aligned with the center axis of the vehicle, so only how to locate the large target board in the center of the calibration frame is described. The positioning requirements in other locations can be similarly designed. In an embodiment, a positioning structure, such as a positioning protrusion 512, may be provided on the loading surface of one or more of the first fixing block 510, the second fixing block 520, the mounting seat 35, and the backing plate 357 to Target plate for positioning. When the positioning protrusions 512, 522 on the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 are used to position the large target board, the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 can be placed on the beams. Set the position, the preset position can be read by the scale on the beam. In another embodiment, a positioning mechanism (not shown in the figure) that is compatible with the first slot 3120 and the second slot 3320 can be provided at the bottom of the large target board. After the second supporting rod 32 is put down, since the function of the limiting structure 3303 will be at a fixed position, the positioning of the large target board can be realized through the first slot 3120 and the second slot 3320.
关于采用第一固定块510与第二固定块520的夹槽514、524夹持大标靶板的情况,此时会造成大标靶板的安装平面与其他小标靶的安装平面不一致,存在一定距离差。该距离差可以使用软件进行补偿。也可以在标定大标靶板前将标定支架100往车辆方向推动该距离差长的距离,使得大标靶板的安装平面事实上与其他小标靶板的安装平面重新在一个平面上。摆放标定支架100的方法可以使用已知或将来设计的任一种合适方式。Regarding the use of the clamping grooves 514 and 524 of the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 to clamp the large target board, the installation plane of the large target board will be inconsistent with the installation planes of other small targets at this time. A certain distance difference. This distance difference can be compensated using software. It is also possible to push the calibration bracket 100 toward the vehicle by a long distance before calibrating the large target board, so that the installation plane of the large target board is actually on the same plane as the installation planes of other small target boards. The method of placing the calibration bracket 100 can use any suitable method known or designed in the future.
可以理解的是,第一定位机构3120、第二定位机构3320、第一固持机构514、第二固持机构524可以是其它构造的定位机构,例如凹点、凸环、凸点等,而不限于附图所示的卡槽。如图36所示,第一定位机构3120、第二定位机构3320、第一固持机构514、第二固持机构524还可以包含斜面截面,以更牢固地支撑标靶板。It can be understood that the first positioning mechanism 3120, the second positioning mechanism 3320, the first holding mechanism 514, and the second holding mechanism 524 may be positioning mechanisms of other structures, such as concave points, convex rings, convex points, etc., and are not limited to The card slot shown in the picture. As shown in FIG. 36, the first positioning mechanism 3120, the second positioning mechanism 3320, the first holding mechanism 514, and the second holding mechanism 524 may also include inclined cross-sections to support the target plate more firmly.
可以理解的是,标定支架100包含的托杆数量不一定是两个,还可以是其他数量。当托杆设置于标定支架100的横梁的中部时,可以只有一个托杆,并对托件(对应于图36中的托件332、312)的下端进行额外设计,使其在横梁延伸方向上加长,以对标靶进行良好支撑。It can be understood that the number of support rods included in the calibration bracket 100 is not necessarily two, and other numbers may also be used. When the supporting rod is arranged in the middle of the cross beam of the calibration bracket 100, there can be only one supporting rod, and the lower end of the supporting member (corresponding to the supporting members 332 and 312 in FIG. 36) is additionally designed so that it is in the extending direction of the cross beam. Lengthen to support the target well.
可以理解,标靶安装在第一固定块510、第二固定块520、垫板357的各挂载面上时,除了使用磁吸方式安装,还可以使用挂钩等其他方式安装。It can be understood that, when the target is installed on each mounting surface of the first fixing block 510, the second fixing block 520, and the backing plate 357, in addition to the magnetic attraction method, it can also be installed by other methods such as hooks.
可以理解,在使用第一固定块510、第二固定块520固定大型标靶时,除了使用夹槽514、524夹住大型标靶外,还可以使用凸块(图中未示出),分别设置在第一固定块510、第二固定块520相向的两侧上,再在大型标靶的侧面开设卡槽,该卡槽可以卡紧在凸块上,也可以实现将大型标靶通过第一固定块510、第二固定块520实现固定。此外,还可以使用磁吸方式固定。It can be understood that when using the first fixing block 510 and the second fixing block 520 to fix a large target, in addition to using the clamping grooves 514 and 524 to clamp the large target, bumps (not shown in the figure) can also be used, respectively Set on the opposite sides of the first fixed block 510 and the second fixed block 520, and then open a card slot on the side of the large target. The card slot can be clamped on the convex block, and the large target can also be passed through the second A fixing block 510 and a second fixing block 520 realize fixing. In addition, it can also be fixed by magnetic attraction.
请参阅图37,在一些实施例中,横梁横截面可以是其他形状,例如圆形。标靶安装件35a开设有收容腔350a,所述收容腔350a大致为圆柱状且水平设置,所述标靶安装件35a包括导引杆352a,所述导引杆352a位于所述收容腔内且水平设置。横梁36a大致为圆柱形,其外壁开设有导引槽362a,所述导引槽362a沿横梁36a的长度方向设置,其形状与所述导引杆352a的形状相适配,以使所述导引槽362a可卡紧导引杆352a。所述横梁36a的直径略大于收容腔350a的开口的宽度,施加力量于横梁36a可将横梁36a推入收容腔350a或将横梁36a从收容腔350a取出。施加力量于横梁36a,也可使得横梁36a沿其长度方向相对于标靶安装件35a滑动。Please refer to FIG. 37. In some embodiments, the cross-section of the beam may be other shapes, such as circular. The target mounting member 35a is provided with a receiving cavity 350a, the receiving cavity 350a is substantially cylindrical and horizontally arranged, the target mounting member 35a includes a guide rod 352a, and the guide rod 352a is located in the receiving cavity and Horizontal setting. The cross beam 36a is substantially cylindrical, and its outer wall is provided with a guide groove 362a, which is arranged along the length direction of the cross beam 36a, and its shape is adapted to the shape of the guide rod 352a, so that the guide The guiding groove 362a can clamp the guiding rod 352a. The diameter of the beam 36a is slightly larger than the width of the opening of the receiving cavity 350a. Applying force to the beam 36a can push the beam 36a into the receiving cavity 350a or take the beam 36a out of the receiving cavity 350a. Applying force to the beam 36a can also cause the beam 36a to slide relative to the target mount 35a along its length.
所述横梁36a的直径略大于收容腔350a的开口的宽度,施加力量将横梁36a推入收容腔350a,可将横梁36a安装于收容腔350a内,再借助导引槽362a卡紧于导引杆352a,可更牢固地将横梁36a安装于标靶安装件35a。所述导引槽362a与导引杆352a都沿横梁36a的长度方向设置,可引导横梁36a沿其长度方向相对于标靶安装件35a移动,以方便调整横梁36a的左右位置。The diameter of the beam 36a is slightly larger than the width of the opening of the receiving cavity 350a, force is applied to push the beam 36a into the receiving cavity 350a, the beam 36a can be installed in the receiving cavity 350a, and then clamped to the guide rod by the guide groove 362a 352a, the beam 36a can be installed on the target mounting part 35a more firmly. The guiding groove 362a and the guiding rod 352a are both arranged along the length direction of the cross beam 36a, which can guide the cross beam 36a to move relative to the target mounting part 35a along its length direction to facilitate the adjustment of the left and right positions of the cross beam 36a.
可以理解的是,在一些其它实施例中,所述横梁36a的横截面和收容腔350a的横截面可根据需求设置成其它形状,例如,椭圆形或梯形等,只要所述横梁36a的横截面和收容腔350a的横截面相适配,使得施加力量于横梁36a可将横梁36a推入收容腔350a或将从横梁36a从收容腔350a取出即可。It is understandable that, in some other embodiments, the cross-section of the beam 36a and the cross-section of the receiving cavity 350a can be set to other shapes as required, for example, oval or trapezoid, etc., as long as the cross-section of the beam 36a is It is adapted to the cross section of the receiving cavity 350a, so that applying force to the beam 36a can push the beam 36a into the receiving cavity 350a or take the beam 36a out of the receiving cavity 350a.
为了将横梁36a牢固地安装于安装座35,安装座35与横梁36a的接触面根据横梁36a的横截面变化而变化,只要安装座35与横梁36a的接触面与横梁36a的横截面适配,使得横梁36a可牢固地安装于安装座35即可,例如,所述横梁36a的横截面为圆形,安装座35与横梁36a的接触面大致为圆柱形。当然,安装座35与横梁36a的接触面也可不根据横梁36a的横截面变化而变化,可以在安装座35与横梁36a的接触面上设置定位或限位结构,以防止横梁36a滚动,例如,在安装座35与横梁36a的接触面上设置定位块,在横梁36a的外壁开设定位槽。In order to securely install the crossbeam 36a on the mounting base 35, the contact surface between the mounting base 35 and the crossbeam 36a changes according to the cross-section of the crossbeam 36a, as long as the contact surface between the mounting base 35 and the crossbeam 36a matches the cross-section of the crossbeam 36a, It suffices that the crossbeam 36a can be firmly installed on the mounting base 35. For example, the cross-section of the crossbeam 36a is circular, and the contact surface between the mounting base 35 and the crossbeam 36a is substantially cylindrical. Of course, the contact surface between the mounting seat 35 and the cross beam 36a may not change according to the cross-section of the cross beam 36a. A positioning or limiting structure can be provided on the contact surface of the mounting seat 35 and the cross beam 36a to prevent the cross beam 36a from rolling, for example, A positioning block is provided on the contact surface of the mounting seat 35 and the cross beam 36a, and a positioning groove is opened on the outer wall of the cross beam 36a.
在一些实施例中,图34至图36中所示的第一固定件510和第二固定件520可采用标靶安装件35a的结构,相应地,图34至图36中所示的横梁采用横梁36a的结构。In some embodiments, the first fixing member 510 and the second fixing member 520 shown in FIGS. 34 to 36 may adopt the structure of the target mounting member 35a. Accordingly, the beams shown in FIGS. 34 to 36 adopt The structure of the beam 36a.
最后应说明的是:以上实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案,而非对其限制;在本发明的思路下,以上实施例或者不同实施例中的技术特征之间也可以进行组合,步骤可以以任意顺序实现,并存在如上所述的本发明的不同方面的许多其它变化,为了简明,它们没有在细节中提供;尽管参照前述实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的范围。Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present invention, not to limit them; under the idea of the present invention, the technical features of the above embodiments or different embodiments can also be combined. The steps can be implemented in any order, and there are many other variations of the different aspects of the present invention as described above. For the sake of brevity, they are not provided in details; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, the general The skilled person should understand that: they can still modify the technical solutions recorded in the foregoing embodiments, or equivalently replace some of the technical features; and these modifications or replacements do not make the essence of the corresponding technical solutions deviate from the implementations of the present invention Examples of the scope of technical solutions.

Claims (96)

  1. 一种标定支架,其特征在于,包括:A calibration bracket, which is characterized in that it comprises:
    底座;Base
    立架组件,固定连接于所述底座;以及A stand assembly fixedly connected to the base; and
    横梁组件,由所述立架组件支持,所述横梁组件包括横梁,所述横梁用于安装标定元件,所述横梁包括左横梁部、右横梁部和连接部,所述连接部由所述立架组件支持,所述连接部的一端可枢转地连接于所述左横梁部,所述连接部的另一端可枢转地连接于所述右横梁部。The crossbeam assembly is supported by the stand assembly, the crossbeam assembly includes a crossbeam, the crossbeam is used to install the calibration element, the crossbeam includes a left crossbeam part, a right crossbeam part and a connecting part, and the connection part is formed by the vertical The frame assembly supports, one end of the connecting part is pivotally connected to the left cross beam part, and the other end of the connecting part is pivotally connected to the right cross beam part.
  2. 根据权利要求1的标定支架,其特征在于,所述立架组件包括固定立杆和移动立杆,其中:The calibration stand according to claim 1, wherein the stand assembly includes a fixed stand and a movable stand, wherein:
    所述固定立杆的一端安装于所述底座;One end of the fixed pole is installed on the base;
    所述移动立杆设置在所述固定立杆之内或套于所述固定立杆之外,所述移动立杆可沿所述固定立杆的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆移动;The movable vertical pole is arranged in the fixed vertical pole or sleeved outside the fixed vertical pole, and the movable vertical pole can move relative to the fixed vertical pole along the length direction of the fixed vertical pole;
    所述连接部由所述移动立杆支持。The connecting part is supported by the movable pole.
  3. 根据权利要求2的标定支架,其特征在于,所述固定立杆及所述移动立杆的横截面为非圆形。The calibration bracket according to claim 2, wherein the cross-sections of the fixed pole and the movable pole are non-circular.
  4. 根据权利要求2的标定支架,其特征在于,所述固定立杆与所述移动立杆中的一者包含有导轨,另一者受所述导轨的导引仅可沿所述固定立杆的长度方向移动。The calibration bracket according to claim 2, wherein one of the fixed upright rod and the movable upright rod includes a guide rail, and the other is guided by the guide rail only along the fixed upright rod Move in the length direction.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述立架组件包括驱动机构,所述驱动机构安装于所述固定立杆,用于驱动所述移动立杆沿所述固定立杆的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆移动,并且所述驱动机构包括齿条,壳体,蜗杆,蜗轮和第二传动齿轮;The calibration bracket according to claim 4, wherein the stand assembly includes a driving mechanism installed on the fixed vertical rod for driving the movable vertical rod along the fixed vertical rod The length direction moves relative to the fixed vertical rod, and the driving mechanism includes a rack, a housing, a worm, a worm wheel and a second transmission gear;
    所述齿条固定安装于所述移动立杆,所述齿条沿所述移动立杆的长度方向设置,并且所述齿条形成所述导轨;The rack is fixedly installed on the movable pole, the rack is arranged along the length of the movable pole, and the rack forms the guide rail;
    所述壳体固定安装于所述固定立杆;The housing is fixedly installed on the fixed pole;
    所述蜗杆与所述蜗轮啮合;The worm meshes with the worm gear;
    所述蜗轮固定安装于所述第二传动齿轮,所述蜗轮的旋转轴线与所述第二传动齿轮的旋转轴线重合,所述蜗轮与所述第二传动齿轮可绕第三旋转轴线转动;The worm gear is fixedly mounted on the second transmission gear, the rotation axis of the worm gear coincides with the rotation axis of the second transmission gear, and the worm gear and the second transmission gear are rotatable about a third rotation axis;
    所述第二传动齿轮固定安装于所述壳体,所述第二传动齿轮与所述齿条啮合;The second transmission gear is fixedly mounted on the housing, and the second transmission gear meshes with the rack;
    所述第三旋转轴线垂直于所述齿条。The third rotation axis is perpendicular to the rack.
  6. 根据权利要求2所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述立架组件包括驱动机构,所述驱动机构安装于所述固定立杆,用于驱动所述移动立杆沿所述固定立杆的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆移动。The calibration bracket according to claim 2, wherein the stand assembly includes a drive mechanism, the drive mechanism is installed on the fixed vertical rod, and is used to drive the movable vertical rod along the fixed vertical rod. The length direction moves relative to the fixed pole.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述驱动机构包括齿 轮减速组件。The calibration bracket according to claim 6, wherein the driving mechanism comprises a gear reduction assembly.
  8. 根据权利要求2所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述立架组件包括紧固机构和弹性体;The calibration bracket according to claim 2, wherein the stand assembly includes a fastening mechanism and an elastic body;
    所述紧固机构安装于所述固定立杆,用于将所述移动立杆固定于所述固定立杆;The fastening mechanism is installed on the fixed vertical pole, and is used to fix the movable vertical pole to the fixed vertical pole;
    所述弹性体连接于所述固定立杆的底部和所述移动立杆之间,并且至少当所述移动立杆移动至最低高度时,所述弹性体处于压缩状态。The elastic body is connected between the bottom of the fixed upright rod and the movable upright rod, and at least when the movable upright rod moves to the lowest height, the elastic body is in a compressed state.
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述横梁组件包括安装座,所述安装座由所述立架组件支持,所述连接部设置于所述安装座中,并通过所述安装座由所述立架组件支持。The calibration bracket according to claim 1, wherein the beam assembly comprises a mounting seat, the mounting seat is supported by the stand assembly, and the connecting portion is arranged in the mounting seat and passes through the The mounting seat is supported by the stand assembly.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述安装座设置在所述立架组件的顶表面。The calibration bracket according to claim 9, wherein the mounting seat is provided on the top surface of the stand assembly.
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述安装座围设形成一安装通道,并且所述安装通道不闭合且留有缺口,所述连接部安装于所述安装通道内,所述缺口用于方便将所述连接部通过所述缺口安装于所述安装通道内,并且方便通过所述缺口将所述连接部从所述安装通道取出。The calibration bracket according to claim 9, wherein the mounting seat is surrounded to form a mounting channel, and the mounting channel is not closed and has a gap, and the connecting part is installed in the mounting channel, so The notch is used to facilitate the installation of the connecting portion in the installation channel through the notch, and to facilitate the removal of the connecting portion from the installation channel through the notch.
  12. 根据权利要求9所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述安装座包括第一定位机构,所述连接部包括与所述第一定位机构相适配的第二定位机构;The calibration bracket according to claim 9, wherein the mounting seat includes a first positioning mechanism, and the connecting portion includes a second positioning mechanism adapted to the first positioning mechanism;
    所述第一定位机构与所述第二定位机构配合,将所述连接部定位于所述安装座内。The first positioning mechanism cooperates with the second positioning mechanism to position the connecting portion in the mounting seat.
  13. 根据权利要求9所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述安装座设置有固定机构,所述固定机构从与水平方向成预设角度的方向将所述连接部压紧在所述安装座上,以使得将所述连接部压紧在所述安装座的底面及一个侧面上,所述预设角度大于0度小于90度。The calibration bracket according to claim 9, wherein the mounting seat is provided with a fixing mechanism that presses the connecting portion on the mounting seat from a direction at a preset angle to the horizontal , So that the connecting portion is pressed tightly on the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat, and the preset angle is greater than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述预设角度为30度、45度或60度。The calibration bracket according to claim 13, wherein the preset angle is 30 degrees, 45 degrees or 60 degrees.
  15. 根据权利要求9所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述横梁组件包括调节机构,所述调节机构与所述安装座连接,用于调节所述连接部的水平角度。The calibration bracket according to claim 9, wherein the cross beam assembly includes an adjustment mechanism connected to the mounting base for adjusting the horizontal angle of the connecting portion.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述调节机构包括第一弹性件,转动件和调节杆;The calibration bracket according to claim 15, wherein the adjustment mechanism comprises a first elastic member, a rotating member and an adjustment rod;
    所述转动件与所述安装座连接,并且所述转动件可绕调节旋转轴线相对于所述安装座转动,所述调节旋转轴线竖直设置;The rotating member is connected to the mounting seat, and the rotating member can rotate relative to the mounting seat around an adjustment rotation axis, the adjustment rotation axis being vertically arranged;
    所述第一弹性件的一端固定于所述安装座,另一端固定于所述转动件;One end of the first elastic member is fixed to the mounting seat, and the other end is fixed to the rotating member;
    所述调节杆安装于所述安装座,并且与所述安装座螺纹配合;The adjusting rod is mounted on the mounting seat and is threadedly matched with the mounting seat;
    转动所述调节杆,使得所述调节杆推动所述安装座绕所述调节旋转轴线相对于所述转动件转动,可调节所述安装座和所述连接部的水平角度;Rotating the adjusting rod so that the adjusting rod pushes the mounting seat to rotate relative to the rotating member around the adjusting rotation axis, so that the horizontal angle of the mounting seat and the connecting portion can be adjusted;
    转动所述调节杆,使得所述调节杆远离所述安装座,通过所述第一弹性件可拉动所述安装座绕所述调节旋转轴线相对于所述转动件转动复位。Rotate the adjusting rod so that the adjusting rod is away from the mounting seat, and the mounting seat can be pulled by the first elastic member to rotate and reset relative to the rotating member around the adjusting rotation axis.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述调节机构包括支承轴和轴承座;The calibration bracket according to claim 16, wherein the adjustment mechanism comprises a supporting shaft and a bearing seat;
    所述支承轴固定安装于所述安装座,所述支承轴的中心轴线与所述调节旋转轴线重合;The support shaft is fixedly mounted on the mounting seat, and the central axis of the support shaft coincides with the adjustment rotation axis;
    所述转动件套设于所述轴承座;The rotating part is sleeved on the bearing seat;
    所述支承轴插入所述轴承座,所述支承轴与所述安装座可一同绕所述调节旋转轴线相对于所述转动件和所述轴承座转动。The supporting shaft is inserted into the bearing seat, and the supporting shaft and the mounting seat can rotate together about the adjusting rotation axis relative to the rotating part and the bearing seat.
  18. 根据权利要求1所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述横梁组件包括至少一个托杆,所述托杆用于托举标靶以防坠落。The calibration bracket according to claim 1, wherein the beam assembly includes at least one supporting rod, and the supporting rod is used to support the target to prevent falling.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述托杆可枢转地连接于所述左横梁部、所述右横梁部、所述连接部中的一者。The calibration bracket according to claim 18, wherein the support rod is pivotally connected to one of the left cross beam portion, the right cross beam portion, and the connecting portion.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述左横梁部、所述右横梁部、所述连接部中的至少一者包含有托杆导轨,所述托杆被所述托杆导轨支撑,并且可以沿所述托杆导轨移动。The calibration bracket according to claim 19, wherein at least one of the left cross beam portion, the right cross beam portion, and the connecting portion includes a supporting rod guide rail, and the supporting rod is supported by the supporting rod. The guide rail is supported and can move along the support bar guide rail.
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述托杆包括托杆本体与托件,所述托杆本体设置有卡槽,所述左横梁部、所述右横梁部、所述连接部中的至少一者设置有卡块,或者所述左横梁部、所述右横梁部、所述连接部中的至少一者设置有卡槽,所述托杆本体设置有卡块;并且The calibration bracket according to claim 19, wherein the supporting rod comprises a supporting rod body and a supporting member, the supporting rod body is provided with a slot, the left beam portion, the right beam portion, and the At least one of the connecting parts is provided with a blocking block, or at least one of the left cross-beam part, the right cross-beam part, and the connecting part is provided with a clamping slot, and the support rod body is provided with a blocking block; and
    所述卡块可卡入所述卡槽,将所述托杆卡接于所述左横梁部、所述右横梁部、所述连接部中的所述至少一者。The clamping block can be clamped into the clamping slot to clamp the supporting rod to the at least one of the left cross beam portion, the right cross beam portion, and the connecting portion.
  22. 一种标定支架,其特征在于,包括:A calibration bracket, which is characterized in that it comprises:
    底座;Base
    固定立杆,所述固定立杆的一端安装于所述底座;A fixed vertical pole, one end of the fixed vertical pole is installed on the base;
    移动立杆,所述移动立杆设置在所述固定立杆之内或套于所述固定立杆之外,并且所述移动立杆可以沿所述固定立杆的长度方向相对于所述固定立杆移动;以及A movable vertical pole, the movable vertical pole is arranged in the fixed vertical pole or sleeved outside the fixed vertical pole, and the movable vertical pole can be relative to the fixed vertical pole along the length direction of the fixed vertical pole. Pole movement; and
    横梁组件,所述横梁组件包括可折叠的横梁,所述横梁用于安装标定元件,所述横梁组件由所述移动立杆的顶面支持。A cross beam assembly, the cross beam assembly includes a foldable cross beam, the cross beam is used to install a calibration element, and the cross beam assembly is supported by the top surface of the movable vertical rod.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述横梁组件还包括安装座,所述横梁设置于所述安装座中,所述安装座设置在所述移动立杆的顶面上。The calibration bracket according to claim 22, wherein the cross beam assembly further comprises a mounting seat, the cross beam is disposed in the mounting seat, and the mounting seat is disposed on the top surface of the movable vertical pole.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述安装座包括固持件,所述固持件为勾状。The calibration bracket according to claim 23, wherein the mounting seat comprises a holding member, and the holding member is hook-shaped.
  25. 根据权利要求23所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述安装座包括固定机构,所述固定机构设置在所述固持件上,所述固定机构从与水平方向成预设角度的方向将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上,以使得将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座的底面及一个侧面上,所述预设角度大于0度小于90度。The calibration bracket according to claim 23, wherein the mounting seat comprises a fixing mechanism, the fixing mechanism is arranged on the holding member, and the fixing mechanism moves the fixing mechanism from a direction at a predetermined angle to the horizontal. The cross beam is compressed on the mounting seat, so that the cross beam is compressed on the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat, and the preset angle is greater than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees.
  26. 根据权利要求23所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述横梁组件还包 括调节机构,所述调节机构用于调节所述横梁的水平角度,并且所述调节机构设置在所述移动立杆的顶面上,所述安装座设置于所述调节机构之上。The calibration bracket according to claim 23, wherein the beam assembly further comprises an adjustment mechanism, the adjustment mechanism is used to adjust the horizontal angle of the beam, and the adjustment mechanism is arranged on the movable pole On the top surface, the mounting seat is arranged on the adjusting mechanism.
  27. 根据权利要求22所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述固定立杆及所述移动立杆的横截面为非圆形。The calibration bracket according to claim 22, wherein the cross-sections of the fixed pole and the movable pole are non-circular.
  28. 根据权利要求22的标定支架,其特征在于,所述固定立杆与所述移动立杆中的一者包含有导轨,另一者受所述导轨的导引仅可沿所述固定立杆的长度方向移动。The calibration bracket according to claim 22, wherein one of the fixed upright and the movable upright includes a guide rail, and the other is guided by the guide rail to only follow the fixed upright Move in the length direction.
  29. 一种标定支架,其特征在于,包括:A calibration bracket, which is characterized in that it comprises:
    底座;Base
    立架组件,固定连接于所述底座;The stand assembly is fixedly connected to the base;
    可折叠的横梁,所述横梁用于安装标定元件;以及A foldable beam used to install calibration elements; and
    安装座,所述安装座由所述立架组件支持,所述横梁设置于所述安装座内,所述安装座上设置有固定机构,所述固定机构从与水平方向成预设的第一角度的方向将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上,以使得将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座的底面及一个侧面上,所述第一角度大于0度小于90度。Mounting seat, the mounting seat is supported by the stand assembly, the cross beam is arranged in the mounting seat, and a fixing mechanism is arranged on the mounting seat, and the fixing mechanism is set from the first preset first to the horizontal direction The direction of the angle presses the cross beam on the mounting seat, so that the cross beam is pressed on the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat, and the first angle is greater than 0 degrees and less than 90 degrees.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述横梁上设置有与所述固定机构相适配的固定表面,所述固定机构抵紧所述固定表面以将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上。The calibration bracket of claim 29, wherein a fixing surface adapted to the fixing mechanism is provided on the beam, and the fixing mechanism abuts the fixing surface to press the beam against The mounting seat.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述固定表面与水平方向成第二角度,所述第二角度与所述第一角度相适配。The calibration bracket according to claim 30, wherein the fixing surface forms a second angle with the horizontal direction, and the second angle is adapted to the first angle.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述第一角度和所述第二角度为30度、45度或60度。The calibration bracket according to claim 31, wherein the first angle and the second angle are 30 degrees, 45 degrees or 60 degrees.
  33. 根据权利要求29所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述固定机构为固定杆。The calibration bracket according to claim 29, wherein the fixing mechanism is a fixing rod.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述固定杆包括至少一段螺杆,以使得所述固定杆可以被旋紧以将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上。The calibration bracket according to claim 33, wherein the fixing rod includes at least a section of screw, so that the fixing rod can be tightened to press the beam on the mounting seat.
  35. 根据权利要求29所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述固定机构为凸轮手柄,所述凸轮手柄安装于所述安装座,并且所述凸轮手柄可相对于所述安装座转动,以使所述凸轮手柄抵紧所述横梁,使得所述凸轮手柄将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座的底面及一个侧面上,或者以使所述凸轮手柄脱离所述横梁,使得所述横梁可从所述安装座取下。The calibration bracket according to claim 29, wherein the fixing mechanism is a cam handle, the cam handle is mounted on the mounting seat, and the cam handle is rotatable relative to the mounting seat to make the The cam handle is pressed against the beam, so that the cam handle presses the beam on the bottom surface and one side surface of the mounting seat, or the cam handle is separated from the beam, so that the beam can be removed from Remove the mounting seat.
  36. 根据权利要求29所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述安装座由所述立架组件的顶表面支持。The calibration bracket according to claim 29, wherein the mounting base is supported by the top surface of the stand assembly.
  37. 根据权利要求29所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述安装座上设置有第一定位机构,所述横梁上设置有与所述第一定位机构相配合的第二定位机构;The calibration bracket according to claim 29, wherein a first positioning mechanism is provided on the mounting seat, and a second positioning mechanism that cooperates with the first positioning mechanism is provided on the cross beam;
    所述第一定位机构与所述第二定位机构配合,将所述横梁定位于所述安装 座内。The first positioning mechanism cooperates with the second positioning mechanism to position the cross beam in the mounting seat.
  38. 一种标定支架,其特征在于,包括:A calibration bracket, which is characterized in that it comprises:
    底座;Base
    立架组件,固定连接于所述底座;The stand assembly is fixedly connected to the base;
    可折叠的横梁,所述横梁用于安装标定元件;A foldable beam used to install calibration elements;
    安装座,所述安装座由所述立架组件支持,所述横梁设置于所述安装座内;以及A mounting seat, the mounting seat is supported by the stand assembly, and the cross beam is arranged in the mounting seat; and
    固定机构,所述固定机构安装于所述安装座,所述固定机构将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上。A fixing mechanism, the fixing mechanism is installed on the mounting seat, and the fixing mechanism compresses the cross beam on the mounting seat.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述固定机构包括凸轮手柄和限位杆;The calibration bracket according to claim 38, wherein the fixing mechanism comprises a cam handle and a limit rod;
    所述凸轮手柄安装于所述安装座,并且所述凸轮手柄可相对于所述安装座转动;The cam handle is mounted on the mounting seat, and the cam handle is rotatable relative to the mounting seat;
    所述限位杆安装于所述安装座,并且所述限位杆可相对于所述安装座移动,所述限位杆的一端抵接于所述凸轮手柄;The limit rod is installed on the mounting seat, and the limit rod is movable relative to the mounting seat, and one end of the limit rod abuts against the cam handle;
    当所述凸轮手柄相对于所述安装座转动时,所述限位杆相对于所述安装座移动,以使得所述限位杆的另一端将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上,或者以使所述限位杆的另一端脱离所述横梁,以使得所述横梁可从所述安装座取下。When the cam handle rotates relative to the mounting seat, the limiting rod moves relative to the mounting seat, so that the other end of the limiting rod presses the beam on the mounting seat, Alternatively, the other end of the limiting rod can be separated from the cross beam, so that the cross beam can be removed from the mounting seat.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述固定机构还包括压紧弹簧,所述压紧弹簧用于使所述限位杆的一端与所述凸轮手柄保持抵接。The calibration bracket according to claim 39, wherein the fixing mechanism further comprises a compression spring, and the compression spring is used to keep one end of the limit rod in contact with the cam handle.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述安装座设置有滑槽,所述限位杆穿设所述滑槽。The calibration bracket according to claim 40, wherein the mounting seat is provided with a sliding groove, and the limiting rod penetrates the sliding groove.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述限位杆的一端设置有限位部,所述限位部的横截面尺寸大于所述滑槽的横截面尺寸;The calibration bracket according to claim 41, wherein a limiting portion is provided at one end of the limiting rod, and the cross-sectional size of the limiting portion is larger than the cross-sectional size of the sliding groove;
    所述限位杆的一端通过所述限位部与所述凸轮手柄相抵接。One end of the limiting rod abuts against the cam handle through the limiting portion.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述滑槽的槽壁设有环形挡部,所述限位杆套设于所述环形挡部;The calibration bracket according to claim 42, wherein the groove wall of the sliding groove is provided with an annular stop, and the limit rod is sleeved on the annular stop;
    所述压紧弹簧套设于所述限位杆,并且所述压紧弹簧抵接于所述环形挡部与所述限位部之间。The compression spring is sleeved on the limit rod, and the compression spring abuts between the annular blocking portion and the limit portion.
  44. 根据权利要求39所述的标定支架,其特征在于,当所述限位杆的另一端将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上时,所述横梁压紧在所述安装座的底面及一个侧面上。The calibration bracket according to claim 39, wherein when the other end of the limit rod presses the cross beam on the mounting seat, the cross beam is pressed on the bottom surface of the mounting seat and On one side.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述限位杆的另一端设置有压紧部,所述压紧部具有压紧斜面,所述压紧斜面相对于所述安装座的底面倾斜;The calibration bracket according to claim 44, wherein the other end of the limit rod is provided with a pressing part, the pressing part has a pressing inclined surface, and the pressing inclined surface is relative to the mounting seat. The bottom surface is inclined;
    所述限位杆的另一端通过所述压紧斜面将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上。The other end of the limiting rod presses the beam on the mounting seat through the pressing inclined surface.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述压紧部还具有 压紧平面,所述压紧平面相对于所述安装座的底面平行;The calibration bracket according to claim 45, wherein the pressing portion further has a pressing plane, and the pressing plane is parallel to the bottom surface of the mounting seat;
    所述限位杆的另一端通过所述压紧斜面和所述压紧平面一并将所述横梁压紧在所述安装座上。The other end of the limiting rod presses the crossbeam on the mounting seat through the pressing inclined surface and the pressing plane.
  47. 一种标定支架,其特征在于,包括底座、立架组件以及横梁组件,所述立架组件包括固定立杆、移动立杆以及驱动机构,所述固定立杆的一端固定安装于所述底座,所述移动立杆安装于所述固定立杆,所述移动立杆可相对于所述固定立杆升降,所述横梁组件安装于所述移动立杆,所述横梁组件用于挂载标定元件;A calibration bracket, characterized in that it comprises a base, a stand assembly and a beam component. The stand assembly includes a fixed upright rod, a movable upright rod and a driving mechanism. One end of the fixed upright rod is fixedly mounted on the base, The movable vertical pole is installed on the fixed vertical pole, the movable vertical pole can be raised and lowered relative to the fixed vertical pole, the cross beam assembly is installed on the movable vertical pole, and the cross beam assembly is used to mount a calibration element ;
    所述驱动机构包括:The driving mechanism includes:
    单向转动组件,所述单向转动组件包括固定支座和转动件,所述固定支座固定安装于所述固定立杆,所述转动件安装于所述固定支座,所述转动件仅可绕所述预设轴线并朝第一转动方向相对于所述固定支座转动;One-way rotating assembly, the one-way rotating assembly includes a fixed support and a rotating part, the fixed support is fixedly mounted on the fixed upright, the rotating part is mounted on the fixed support, the rotating part is only Can rotate relative to the fixed support around the preset axis and in a first rotation direction;
    抱簧,所述抱簧套设并抱紧所述转动件;A holding spring, the holding spring is sleeved and hugs the rotating part;
    第一回转体,所述第一回转体安装于所述固定支座,所述第一回转体可绕所述预设轴线相对于所述固定支座转动,所述第一回转体用于挤压抱簧,当所述第一回转体朝所述第一转动方向挤压所述抱簧时,所述抱簧带动所述转动件转动,当所述第一回转体朝第二转动方向挤压所述抱簧时,所述抱簧松开所述转动件并相对于所述转动件转动,所述第二转动方向与所述第一转动方向相反;The first revolving body, the first revolving body is installed on the fixed support, the first revolving body is rotatable relative to the fixed support about the preset axis, and the first revolving body is used for squeezing Compression holding spring, when the first rotating body squeezes the holding spring in the first rotation direction, the holding spring drives the rotating part to rotate, and when the first rotating body squeezes in the second rotation direction When the holding spring is pressed, the holding spring loosens the rotating part and rotates relative to the rotating part, and the second rotating direction is opposite to the first rotating direction;
    第二回转体,所述第二回转体安装于所述第一回转体,所述第二回转体可绕所述预设轴线相对于所述第一回转体在第一位置和第二位置间转动,所述第二位置在所述第一位置朝所述第一转动方向的一侧,所述第二回转体用于推动所述第一回转体转动,当所述第二回转体转动至所述第一位置时,所述第二回转体可朝所述第一转动方向推动所述第一回转体,当所述第二回转体转动至所述第二位置时,所述第二回转体可朝所述第二转动方向推动所述第一回转体,当所述第二回转体转动至所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间,并且所述第二回转体朝所述第二转动方向转动时,所述抱簧抵住所述第二回转体,以阻碍所述第二回转体继续转动;及The second revolving body, the second revolving body is installed on the first revolving body, the second revolving body can be between a first position and a second position relative to the first revolving body around the preset axis Rotating, the second position is at one side of the first position toward the first rotating direction, and the second rotating body is used to push the first rotating body to rotate. When the second rotating body rotates to In the first position, the second rotating body can push the first rotating body in the first rotating direction, and when the second rotating body rotates to the second position, the second rotating body The body can push the first rotating body toward the second rotation direction. When the second rotating body rotates between the first position and the second position, and the second rotating body faces the When rotating in the second rotating direction, the holding spring abuts the second rotating body to prevent the second rotating body from continuing to rotate; and
    传动组件,所述传动组件连接所述第二回转体和所述移动立杆,当所述第二回转体朝所述第一转动方向转动时,所述第二回转体通过所述传动组件带动所述移动立杆上升,当所述第一回转体朝所述第二转动方向转动时,所述第二回转体通过所述传动组件带动所述移动立杆下降。Transmission assembly, the transmission assembly is connected to the second revolving body and the moving pole, when the second revolving body rotates in the first rotation direction, the second revolving body is driven by the transmission assembly The movable vertical rod rises, and when the first rotating body rotates in the second rotation direction, the second rotating body drives the movable vertical rod down through the transmission assembly.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述抱簧包括螺旋部和抵接部;The calibration bracket of claim 47, wherein the wrap spring comprises a spiral part and an abutment part;
    所述螺旋部套设并抱紧所述转动件;The spiral part is sleeved and hugs the rotating part;
    所述抵接部连接并突出于所述螺旋部,所述第一回转体用于挤压所述抵接部;The abutting portion is connected to and protrudes from the spiral portion, and the first revolving body is used to press the abutting portion;
    当所述第一回转体朝所述第一转动方向挤压所述抵接部时,所述螺旋部带 动所述转动件转动,当所述第一回转体朝所述第二转动方向挤压所述抵接部时,所述螺旋部松开所述转动件并相对于所述转动件转动;When the first rotating body presses the abutting part in the first rotating direction, the spiral part drives the rotating part to rotate, and when the first rotating body presses in the second rotating direction When the abutting part, the spiral part loosens the rotating part and rotates relative to the rotating part;
    当所述第二回转体转动至所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间,并且所述第二回转体朝所述第二转动方向转动时,所述抵接部抵住所述第二回转体,以阻碍所述第二回转体继续转动。When the second rotating body rotates between the first position and the second position, and the second rotating body rotates in the second rotating direction, the abutting portion abuts the second The revolving body prevents the second revolving body from continuing to rotate.
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述抵接部包括第一抵接部和第二抵接部;The calibration bracket according to claim 48, wherein the abutting part comprises a first abutting part and a second abutting part;
    所述第一抵接部和所述第二抵接部皆连接并突出于所述螺旋部,所述第一回转体用于挤压所述第一抵接部或者所述第二抵接部;The first abutting portion and the second abutting portion are both connected to and protruding from the spiral portion, and the first rotating body is used to squeeze the first abutting portion or the second abutting portion ;
    当所述第一回转体朝所述第一转动方向挤压所述第一抵接部时,所述螺旋部带动所述转动件转动,当所述第一回转体朝所述第二转动方向挤压所述第二抵接部时,所述螺旋部松开所述转动件并相对于所述转动件转动;When the first rotating body presses the first abutting portion in the first rotating direction, the spiral portion drives the rotating member to rotate, and when the first rotating body moves in the second rotating direction When the second abutting part is squeezed, the spiral part loosens the rotating part and rotates relative to the rotating part;
    当所述第二回转体转动至所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间,并且所述第二回转体朝所述第二转动方向转动时,所述第一抵接部抵住所述第二回转体,并阻碍所述第二回转体继续转动。When the second rotating body rotates between the first position and the second position, and the second rotating body rotates in the second rotating direction, the first abutting portion abuts against the The second rotating body prevents the second rotating body from continuing to rotate.
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述第二抵接部位于所述第一抵接部朝所述第一转动方向的一侧。The calibration bracket according to claim 49, wherein the second abutting portion is located on a side of the first abutting portion facing the first rotation direction.
  51. 根据权利要求49所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述第一回转体包括第一回转主体和止挡部;The calibration bracket according to claim 49, wherein the first revolving body comprises a first revolving body and a stopper;
    所述第一回转主体安装于所述固定支座,所述第一回转主体可绕所述预设轴线相对于所述固定支座转动;The first rotating body is installed on the fixed support, and the first rotating body is rotatable relative to the fixed support around the preset axis;
    所述止挡部设于所述第一回转主体朝向所述抱簧的一面;The stop part is provided on a side of the first turning body facing the wrap spring;
    当所述止挡部朝所述第一转动方向挤压所述第一抵接部时,所述螺旋部带动所述转动件转动,当所述止挡部朝所述第二转动方向挤压所述第二抵接部时,所述螺旋部松开所述转动件并相对于所述转动件转动。When the stop portion presses the first abutment portion in the first rotation direction, the spiral portion drives the rotation member to rotate, and when the stop portion presses the first abutment portion in the second rotation direction When the second abutting part is used, the spiral part loosens the rotating part and rotates relative to the rotating part.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述止挡部包括第一止挡部和第二止挡部;The calibration bracket according to claim 51, wherein the stopper includes a first stopper and a second stopper;
    所述第一止挡部和所述第二止挡部皆设于所述第一回转主体朝向所述抱簧的一面,所述第一止挡部用于挤压所述第一抵接部,所述第二止挡部用于挤压所述第二抵接部;The first stop portion and the second stop portion are both provided on the side of the first turning body facing the holding spring, and the first stop portion is used to squeeze the first abutting portion , The second stop portion is used to squeeze the second abutting portion;
    当所述第一止挡部朝所述第一转动方向挤压所述第一抵接部时,所述螺旋部带动所述转动件转动,当所述第二止挡部朝所述第二转动方向挤压所述第二抵接部时,所述螺旋部松开所述转动件并相对于所述转动件转动。When the first stop portion presses the first abutting portion in the first rotation direction, the spiral portion drives the rotation member to rotate, and when the second stop portion faces the second When the second abutting portion is pressed in the rotation direction, the spiral portion loosens the rotating member and rotates relative to the rotating member.
  53. 根据权利要求652所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述第一抵接部和所述第二抵接部皆在所述第一转动方向上位于所述第一止挡部和所述第二止挡部之间,并且所述第一止挡部更靠近所述第一抵接部,所述第二止挡部更靠近所述第二抵接部。The calibration bracket of claim 652, wherein the first abutment portion and the second abutment portion are both located at the first stop portion and the first stop portion in the first rotation direction. Between the two stopping parts, and the first stopping part is closer to the first abutting part, and the second stopping part is closer to the second abutting part.
  54. 根据权利要求49所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述第二回转体包 括第二回转主体和限位杆;The calibration bracket according to claim 49, wherein the second revolving body comprises a second revolving body and a limit rod;
    所述第二回转主体安装于所述第一回转体,所述第二回转主体可绕所述预设轴线相对于所述第一回转体转动;The second rotating body is installed on the first rotating body, and the second rotating body is rotatable relative to the first rotating body about the preset axis;
    所述限位杆设于所述第二回转主体朝向所述第一回转体的一面,所述限位杆越过所述第一回转体,并在所述第一转动方向上位于所述第一抵接部和所述第二抵接部之间,所述限位杆用于推动所述第一回转体转动;The limiting rod is provided on a side of the second rotating body facing the first rotating body, and the limiting lever crosses the first rotating body and is located in the first rotating body in the first rotating direction. Between the abutting portion and the second abutting portion, the limit rod is used to push the first rotating body to rotate;
    当所述第二回转主体转动至所述第一位置时,所述限位杆可朝所述第一转动方向推动所述第一回转体,当所述第二回转主体转动至所述第二位置时,所述限位杆可朝所述第二转动方向推动所述第一回转体,当所述第二回转主体转动至所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间,并且所述第二回转主体朝所述第二转动方向转动时,所述第一抵接部抵住所述限位杆,以阻碍所述第二回转体继续转动。When the second rotating body rotates to the first position, the limit rod can push the first rotating body in the first rotating direction, and when the second rotating body rotates to the second position Position, the limit lever can push the first rotating body in the second rotation direction, when the second rotating body rotates to between the first position and the second position, and the When the second rotating body rotates in the second rotating direction, the first abutting portion abuts the limiting rod to prevent the second rotating body from continuing to rotate.
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述第一回转体开设有弧形缺口,所述弧形缺口具有第一端和第二端,所述限位杆穿过所述弧形缺口;The calibration stent according to claim 54, wherein the first revolving body is provided with an arc-shaped notch, the arc-shaped notch has a first end and a second end, and the limit rod passes through the arc Shaped gap
    当所述第二回转主体转动至所述第一位置时,所述限位杆位于所述第一端处,当所述第二回转主体转动至所述第二位置时,所述限位杆位于所述第二端处,当所述第二回转主体转动至所述第一位置和所述第二位置之间时,所述限位杆位于所述第一端和所述第二端之间。When the second rotating body rotates to the first position, the limit lever is located at the first end, and when the second rotating body rotates to the second position, the limit lever Located at the second end, when the second rotating body rotates between the first position and the second position, the limit rod is located between the first end and the second end between.
  56. 根据权利要求54所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述第二端位于所述第一端朝所述第一转动方向的一侧。The calibration bracket according to claim 54, wherein the second end is located on a side of the first end facing the first rotation direction.
  57. 根据权利要求47至56任一项所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述传动组件包括牵引绳;The calibration bracket according to any one of claims 47 to 56, wherein the transmission assembly comprises a traction rope;
    所述牵引绳的一端缠绕于所述第二回转体,所述牵引绳的另一端固定安装于所述移动立杆。One end of the traction rope is wound around the second revolving body, and the other end of the traction rope is fixedly installed on the movable pole.
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述传动组件还包括滑轮;The calibration bracket of claim 57, wherein the transmission assembly further comprises a pulley;
    所述滑轮安装于所述固定立杆,所述牵引绳的另一端经由所述滑轮固定安装于所述固定立杆。The pulley is installed on the fixed pole, and the other end of the traction rope is fixedly installed on the fixed pole via the pulley.
  59. 根据权利要求57所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述第二回转体包括绳轴体和挡板;The calibration bracket according to claim 57, wherein the second rotating body comprises a rope shaft body and a baffle;
    所述牵引绳的一端缠绕于所述绳轴体,所述绳轴体可绕所述预设轴线相对于所述第一回转体转动;One end of the traction rope is wound around the rope shaft body, and the rope shaft body is rotatable relative to the first rotating body around the preset axis;
    所述挡板设于所述绳轴体的末端,所述挡板的横截面尺寸大于所述绳轴体的横轴面尺寸。The baffle is arranged at the end of the rope shaft body, and the cross-sectional size of the baffle is larger than the horizontal axis size of the rope shaft body.
  60. 根据权利要求59所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述挡板包括第一挡板和第二挡板;The calibration bracket according to claim 59, wherein the baffle comprises a first baffle and a second baffle;
    所述第一挡板设于所述绳轴体靠近所述第一回转体的一端,所述第二挡板 设于所述绳轴体远离所述第一回转体的另一端,所述第一挡板的横截面尺寸和所述第二挡板的横截面尺寸皆大于所述绳轴体的横截面尺寸。The first baffle is provided at one end of the rope shaft close to the first revolving body, and the second baffle is provided at the other end of the rope shaft away from the first revolving body. The cross-sectional size of a baffle and the cross-sectional size of the second baffle are both larger than the cross-sectional size of the rope shaft body.
  61. 根据权利要求47至56任一项所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述单向转动组件为棘轮组件;The calibration bracket according to any one of claims 47 to 56, wherein the one-way rotating assembly is a ratchet assembly;
    所述转动件为内啮合式棘轮。The rotating member is an internal meshing ratchet.
  62. 根据权利要求4756任一项所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述移动立杆套设于所述固定立杆。The calibration bracket according to any one of claims 4756, wherein the movable vertical rod is sleeved on the fixed vertical rod.
  63. 根据权利要求147至56任一项所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述驱动机构还包括手轮;The calibration bracket according to any one of claims 147 to 56, wherein the driving mechanism further comprises a hand wheel;
    所述手轮固定安装于所述第二回转体,所述手轮与所述第二回转体可一同绕所述预设轴线相对于所述第一回转体转动。The hand wheel is fixedly installed on the second revolving body, and the hand wheel and the second revolving body can rotate together with respect to the first revolving body around the predetermined axis.
  64. 一种标定支架,其特征在于,所述标定支架用于支撑标定元件,所述标定元件用于标定车辆的辅助驾驶系统中的设备,所述标定支架包括:A calibration bracket, characterized in that the calibration bracket is used to support a calibration element, the calibration element is used to calibrate equipment in a vehicle's auxiliary driving system, and the calibration bracket includes:
    底座和立杆组件,所述立杆组件安装于所述底座上;A base and a pole assembly, the pole assembly is installed on the base;
    所述立杆组件包括:固定滚珠组件、浮动滚珠组件、内套管及外套管;The pole assembly includes: a fixed ball assembly, a floating ball assembly, an inner sleeve and an outer sleeve;
    所述固定滚珠组件和所述浮动滚珠组件分别固定安装于所述内套管的内表面,且所述固定滚珠组件和所述浮动滚珠组件在所述内套管的位置相对;The fixed ball assembly and the floating ball assembly are respectively fixedly installed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve, and the fixed ball assembly and the floating ball assembly are opposite to each other in the inner sleeve;
    所述浮动滚珠组件部分突出于所述内套管外表面,且所述浮动滚珠组件的突出部分可弹性收缩或舒展,且其始终抵接于所述外套管的内表面;The floating ball assembly partially protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve, and the protruding portion of the floating ball assembly can be elastically contracted or stretched, and it always abuts against the inner surface of the outer sleeve;
    所述固定滚珠组件部分突出于所述内套管的外表面,且所述固定滚珠组件的突出部分不可弹性收缩或舒展,且其抵接于所述外套管的内表面。The fixed ball component partially protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve, and the protruding portion of the fixed ball component cannot be elastically contracted or stretched, and it abuts against the inner surface of the outer sleeve.
  65. 根据权利要求64所述的标定支架,其特征在于,The calibration bracket according to claim 64, wherein:
    所述内套管和所述外套管的横截面形状相同;The cross-sectional shape of the inner sleeve and the outer sleeve are the same;
    当所述内套管和所述外套管的横截面形状包含至少3个边时,所述固定滚珠组件的数量为至少2个,所述浮动滚珠组件的数量为至少1个,至少两个所述固定滚珠组件分别固定安装于所述内套管的连续相邻的内表面。When the cross-sectional shape of the inner sleeve and the outer sleeve includes at least 3 sides, the number of the fixed ball components is at least two, the number of the floating ball components is at least one, and the number of the floating ball components is at least one. The fixed ball components are respectively fixedly installed on successively adjacent inner surfaces of the inner sleeve.
  66. 根据权利要求64所述的标定支架,其特征在于,The calibration bracket according to claim 64, wherein:
    所述内套管开设有第一容置孔和第二容置孔;The inner sleeve is provided with a first housing hole and a second housing hole;
    所述固定滚珠组件可部分贯穿所述第一容置孔,并突出于所述内套管外表面;The fixed ball component may partially penetrate the first accommodating hole and protrude from the outer surface of the inner sleeve;
    所述浮动滚珠组件可部分贯穿所述第二容置孔,并突出于所述内套管外表面。The floating ball assembly may partially penetrate the second accommodating hole and protrude from the outer surface of the inner sleeve.
  67. 根据权利要求64-66任一项所述的标定支架,其特征在于,The calibration stent according to any one of claims 64-66, wherein:
    所述固定滚珠组件包括限位滚珠、固定座和安装座;The fixed ball component includes a limit ball, a fixed seat and a mounting seat;
    所述安装座固定于所述内套管内表面,所述固定座固定收容于所述安装座;The mounting seat is fixed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve, and the fixing seat is fixedly housed in the mounting seat;
    所述限位滚珠部分收容于所述固定座,所述限位滚珠可在所述固定座内朝任意角度随意滚动且不脱离于所述固定座;The limiting ball is partially accommodated in the fixing seat, and the limiting ball can roll freely at any angle in the fixing seat without departing from the fixing seat;
    所述限位滚珠部分突出于所述内套管外表面,并且始终抵接于所述外套管的内表面。The limiting ball part protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve, and always abuts against the inner surface of the outer sleeve.
  68. 根据权利要求67所述的标定支架,其特征在于,The calibration bracket according to claim 67, wherein:
    所述固定座上开设有滚动腔,所述限位滚珠部分收容于所述滚动腔;A rolling cavity is opened on the fixed seat, and the limit ball is partially accommodated in the rolling cavity;
    所述固定座在所述滚动腔的边缘处设置有固定卡合部,所述固定卡合部将部分突出于所述内套管外表面的限位滚珠卡合于所述内套管的外表面。The fixed seat is provided with a fixed engaging portion at the edge of the rolling cavity, and the fixed engaging portion engages the limiting ball partially protruding from the outer surface of the inner sleeve to the outer surface of the inner sleeve. surface.
  69. 根据权利要求64-66任一项所述的标定支架,其特征在于,The calibration stent according to any one of claims 64-66, wherein:
    所述浮动滚珠组件包括浮动滚珠、支撑座、弹性件和基座;The floating ball assembly includes a floating ball, a support seat, an elastic member and a base;
    所述基座安装固定于所述内套管内表面;The base is installed and fixed on the inner surface of the inner sleeve;
    所述支撑座和所述弹性件收容于所述基座相对两侧;所述弹性件的一端固定连接于所述支撑座底部,所述弹性件的另一端固定连接于所述基座;The supporting base and the elastic member are accommodated on opposite sides of the base; one end of the elastic member is fixedly connected to the bottom of the supporting base, and the other end of the elastic member is fixedly connected to the base;
    所述浮动滚珠部分收容于所述支撑座,所述浮动滚珠可在所述支撑座内朝任意角度随意滚动且不脱离于所述支撑座;The floating ball is partially accommodated in the support seat, and the floating ball can roll freely at any angle in the support seat without leaving the support seat;
    所述浮动滚珠的另一部分突出于所述内套管外表面,所述弹性件可带动所述支撑座在所述基座内移动,以使所述浮动滚珠始终抵接于所述外套管的内表面。Another part of the floating ball protrudes from the outer surface of the inner sleeve, and the elastic member can drive the support seat to move in the base so that the floating ball always abuts against the outer surface of the outer sleeve. The inner surface.
  70. 根据权利要求69所述的标定支架,其特征在于,The calibration stent according to claim 69, wherein:
    所述基座一面开设有第一容置腔,所述基座相对应的另一面开设有第二容置腔;A first accommodating cavity is opened on one side of the base, and a second accommodating cavity is opened on the opposite side of the base;
    所述第一容置腔与所述第二容置腔相连通;The first accommodating cavity is communicated with the second accommodating cavity;
    所述支撑座收容于所述第一容置腔;The support seat is received in the first accommodating cavity;
    所述弹性件收容于所述第二容置腔。The elastic member is accommodated in the second accommodating cavity.
  71. 根据权利要求70所述的标定支架,其特征在于,The calibration stent according to claim 70, wherein:
    所述第一容置腔和所述第二容置腔均为圆柱形腔体,且第一容置腔的直径大于所述第二容置腔的直径,在所述第一容置腔和所述第二容置腔的连接处形成一环形台阶,所述支撑座的底部可抵靠于所述环形台阶。The first accommodating cavity and the second accommodating cavity are both cylindrical cavities, and the diameter of the first accommodating cavity is larger than the diameter of the second accommodating cavity. An annular step is formed at the junction of the second accommodating cavity, and the bottom of the support seat can abut against the annular step.
  72. 根据权利要求164所述的标定支架,其特征在于,The calibration bracket of claim 164, wherein:
    所述外套管一端的设置有固定部,所述固定部套设于所述外套管的外表面,用于当所述内套管移动到所述外套管的预设固定位置时,将所述内套管固定于所述外套管上。One end of the outer sleeve is provided with a fixing portion, the fixing portion is sleeved on the outer surface of the outer sleeve, and is used to move the inner sleeve to the preset fixed position of the outer sleeve. The inner sleeve is fixed on the outer sleeve.
  73. 根据权利要求64所述的标定支架,其特征在于,The calibration bracket according to claim 64, wherein:
    所述标定支架包括紧固机构和弹性体;The calibration bracket includes a fastening mechanism and an elastic body;
    所述紧固机构安装于所述外套管,用于当所述内套管移动到所述外套管的预设固定位置时,将所述内套管固定于所述外套管;The fastening mechanism is installed on the outer sleeve, and is used to fix the inner sleeve to the outer sleeve when the inner sleeve moves to a preset fixed position of the outer sleeve;
    所述弹性体连接于所述外套管的底部和所述内套管之间,并且所述弹性体在所述内套管处于最低位置时处于压缩状态。The elastic body is connected between the bottom of the outer sleeve and the inner sleeve, and the elastic body is in a compressed state when the inner sleeve is at the lowest position.
  74. 一种标定支架,其特征在于,包括:A calibration bracket, which is characterized in that it comprises:
    底座;Base
    立架组件,所述立架组件安装于所述底座;A stand assembly, the stand assembly is installed on the base;
    支撑组件,所述支撑组件包括横梁,所述横梁与所述立架组件相连,所述横梁包括至少两节横梁部,所述至少两节横梁部中的相邻横梁部可在水平面内折叠地连接,所述横梁用于支撑标定元件,所述标定元件用于标定车辆的辅助驾驶系统中的设备。A support assembly, the support assembly includes a cross beam connected to the stand assembly, the cross beam includes at least two cross beam portions, adjacent cross beam portions of the at least two cross beam portions can be folded in a horizontal plane Connected, the cross beam is used to support a calibration element, and the calibration element is used to calibrate a device in the driving assistance system of the vehicle.
  75. 根据权利要求74所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述相邻横梁部通过合页、关节或者转动轴连接。The calibration bracket according to claim 74, wherein the adjacent beam portions are connected by hinges, joints or rotating shafts.
  76. 根据权利要求74或75所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述横梁设置有紧固部,所述紧固部用于在所述横梁非折叠的状态下,固定所述相邻横梁部的连接。The calibration bracket according to claim 74 or 75, wherein the crossbeam is provided with a fastening portion, and the fastening portion is used to fix the adjacent crossbeam portion when the crossbeam is not folded. connection.
  77. 根据权利要求74至76任一项所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述横梁的宽度范围为10厘米至15厘米。The calibration bracket according to any one of claims 74 to 76, wherein the width of the beam ranges from 10 cm to 15 cm.
  78. 根据权利要求74至77任一项所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述横梁的承重范围为大于5千克。The calibration bracket according to any one of claims 74 to 77, wherein the load-bearing range of the beam is greater than 5 kg.
  79. 根据权利要求74至78任一项所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述横梁的宽度范围为12厘米至13厘米,所述横梁承重范围为大于6千克。The calibration bracket according to any one of claims 74 to 78, wherein the width of the beam is in the range of 12 cm to 13 cm, and the load-bearing range of the beam is greater than 6 kg.
  80. 根据权利要求74所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述横梁由板件围合成型。The calibration bracket according to claim 74, wherein the beam is enclosed by a plate.
  81. 根据权利要求74所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述横梁安装于所述立架组件上下两端之间或所述立架组件的顶部。The calibration bracket according to claim 74, wherein the cross beam is installed between the upper and lower ends of the stand assembly or on the top of the stand assembly.
  82. 根据权利要求84所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述横梁与所述立架组件可拆卸地连接。The calibration bracket according to claim 84, wherein the cross beam is detachably connected to the stand assembly.
  83. 根据权利要求74至82任一项所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述支撑组件还包括挂载件;The calibration bracket according to any one of claims 74 to 82, wherein the support assembly further comprises a hanging member;
    所述挂载件安装于所述横梁,所述挂载件用于挂载标定元件。The mounting member is installed on the beam, and the mounting member is used to mount the calibration element.
  84. 根据权利要求83所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述横梁设有导向结构,所述导向结构用于引导所述挂载件沿所述横梁的长度方向相对于所述横梁移动。The calibration bracket according to claim 83, wherein the cross beam is provided with a guide structure, and the guide structure is used to guide the hanging member to move relative to the cross beam along the length direction of the cross beam.
  85. 根据权利要求84所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述导向结构为导槽,所述导槽沿所述横梁的长度方向延伸;The calibration bracket according to claim 84, wherein the guide structure is a guide groove, and the guide groove extends along the length direction of the beam;
    所述挂载件包括挂载部以及与所述挂载部相连的滑动部,所述挂载部用于挂载标定元件,所述滑动部陷入所述导槽,所述滑动部可沿所述横梁的长度方向在所述导槽内移动。The mounting member includes a mounting portion and a sliding portion connected to the mounting portion, the mounting portion is used to mount the calibration element, the sliding portion is plunged into the guide groove, and the sliding portion can be moved along the The longitudinal direction of the beam moves in the guide groove.
  86. 根据权利要求85所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述横梁包括两个所述滑动部,两个所述滑动部夹持所述横梁,其中一个所述滑动部陷入一个所述导槽。The calibration bracket according to claim 85, wherein the cross beam comprises two sliding parts, the two sliding parts clamp the cross beam, and one of the sliding parts sinks into one of the guide grooves.
  87. 根据权利要求86所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述横梁设有两个所述导槽,两个所述导槽开设于所述横梁相背的两面上,两个所述滑动部分别 陷入两个所述导槽。The calibration bracket according to claim 86, wherein the cross beam is provided with two guide grooves, the two guide grooves are opened on the opposite sides of the cross beam, and the two sliding parts are respectively Into the two guide grooves.
  88. 根据权利要求8777所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述滑动部为滚轮,所述滚轮可相对于所述挂载部转动。The calibration bracket according to claim 8777, wherein the sliding part is a roller, and the roller is rotatable relative to the mounting part.
  89. 根据权利要求84所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述挂载件还包括锁紧部,所述锁紧部可沿预设方向抵接于所述横梁,以使得所述挂载件可与所述横梁保持固定,所述预设方向与所述横梁的长度方向呈夹角。The calibration bracket according to claim 84, wherein the hanging member further comprises a locking portion, and the locking portion can abut against the beam in a predetermined direction, so that the hanging member can be It is fixed to the beam, and the preset direction forms an angle with the length direction of the beam.
  90. 根据权利要求89所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述预设方向与所横梁的长度方向相垂直。The calibration bracket of claim 89, wherein the predetermined direction is perpendicular to the length direction of the beam.
  91. 根据权利要求89所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述锁紧部与所述挂载部相螺纹配合,以使得所述锁紧部可沿预设方向靠近或者远离所述横梁。The calibration bracket according to claim 89, wherein the locking portion is threadedly engaged with the mounting portion, so that the locking portion can approach or move away from the beam in a predetermined direction.
  92. 根据权利要求74至82任一项所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述支撑组件还包括托杆,所述托杆安装于所述横梁,所述托杆用于托举标定元件。The calibration bracket according to any one of claims 74 to 82, wherein the support assembly further comprises a support rod, the support rod is mounted on the cross beam, and the support rod is used to support the calibration element.
  93. 根据权利要求92所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述托杆可拆卸地与所述横梁连接。The calibration bracket according to claim 92, wherein the support rod is detachably connected to the cross beam.
  94. 根据权利要求93所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述托杆的一端设有限位板,所述限位板的横截面尺寸大于所述托杆的横截面尺寸,所述托杆的另一端用于托举标定元件;The calibration bracket according to claim 93, wherein one end of the support rod is provided with a limit plate, the cross-sectional size of the limit plate is larger than the cross-sectional size of the support rod, and the other One end is used to lift the calibration element;
    所述横梁设有托杆支座,所述托杆支座包括连接壁和两个限位块,两个所述限位块在水平方向上相间隔,并且两个所述限位块在竖直方向上皆与所述横梁相间隔,所述两个限位块皆通过所述连接壁与所述横梁相连接;The beam is provided with a support rod support, the support rod support includes a connecting wall and two limit blocks, the two limit blocks are spaced apart in the horizontal direction, and the two limit blocks are in the vertical direction. Both are spaced from the beam in the vertical direction, and the two limit blocks are connected to the beam by the connecting wall;
    所述托杆位于两个所述限位块之间,并且两个所述限位块共同承托所述限位板。The supporting rod is located between the two limiting blocks, and the two limiting blocks jointly support the limiting plate.
  95. 根据权利要求94所述的标定支架,其特征在于,所述限位板与所述限位块通过螺栓固定。The calibration bracket according to claim 94, wherein the limit plate and the limit block are fixed by bolts.
  96. 一种标定系统,其特征在于,包括标定元件和如权利要求1至95任一项所述的标定支架,所述标定元件可挂载于所述标定支架。A calibration system, characterized by comprising a calibration element and the calibration bracket according to any one of claims 1 to 95, and the calibration element can be mounted on the calibration bracket.
PCT/CN2020/073875 2019-02-01 2020-01-22 Calibration system and calibration rack therefor WO2020156463A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DE212020000374.2U DE212020000374U1 (en) 2019-02-01 2020-01-22 Calibration system and associated calibration bracket
EP20748835.4A EP3800484A4 (en) 2019-02-01 2020-01-22 Calibration system and calibration rack therefor
US17/138,429 US11500079B2 (en) 2019-02-01 2020-12-30 Calibration system and calibration bracket

Applications Claiming Priority (22)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910105255 2019-02-01
CN201910105255.7 2019-02-01
CN201920362872.0 2019-03-20
CN201910214360.4 2019-03-20
CN201920361654.5U CN210038154U (en) 2019-02-01 2019-03-20 Calibration system and calibration support thereof
CN201920367586.3 2019-03-20
CN201920367586.3U CN210106906U (en) 2019-02-01 2019-03-20 Calibration system and calibration support thereof
CN201920361725.1 2019-03-20
CN201920361707.3U CN209524942U (en) 2019-02-01 2019-03-20 A kind of calibration system and its calibration bracket
CN201920362872.0U CN210000241U (en) 2019-02-01 2019-03-20 calibration system and calibration support thereof
CN201920361654.5 2019-03-20
CN201910214372.7 2019-03-20
CN201910214535.1 2019-03-20
CN201910214535.1A CN111521209A (en) 2019-02-01 2019-03-20 Calibration system and calibration support thereof
CN201920361725.1U CN210129117U (en) 2019-02-01 2019-03-20 Calibration system and calibration support thereof
CN201910214360.4A CN111721344B (en) 2019-03-20 2019-03-20 Calibration support
CN201910214372.7A CN111721345B (en) 2019-03-20 2019-03-20 Calibration system and calibration support thereof
CN201920361707.3 2019-03-20
CN201910219063.9A CN111521211A (en) 2019-02-01 2019-03-21 Calibration support
CN201910219063.9 2019-03-21
CN201910362935.7 2019-04-30
CN201910362935.7A CN111520594B (en) 2019-02-01 2019-04-30 Calibration system and calibration support thereof

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/138,429 Continuation US11500079B2 (en) 2019-02-01 2020-12-30 Calibration system and calibration bracket

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020156463A1 true WO2020156463A1 (en) 2020-08-06

Family

ID=71840274

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/073875 WO2020156463A1 (en) 2019-02-01 2020-01-22 Calibration system and calibration rack therefor

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2020156463A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112710477A (en) * 2020-11-30 2021-04-27 深圳市道通科技股份有限公司 Vehicle detection system
CN113265937A (en) * 2021-06-18 2021-08-17 孙建军 Multifunctional sectional lifting structure arrangement of urban road junction integral lifting steel-constructed overpass
CN114268679A (en) * 2021-12-10 2022-04-01 深圳慧安康科技有限公司 Deformation fixed service robot
CN115040273A (en) * 2022-07-26 2022-09-13 安弗尔(北京)科技有限公司 High-temperature and high-pressure resistant fluorescent cystoscope

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102590796A (en) * 2012-03-14 2012-07-18 大连纳思达汽车服务工程股份有限公司 Self-adaptive radar calibrating device for sedan
CN203921022U (en) * 2014-06-19 2014-11-05 天津市金轮信德车业有限公司 A kind of fixedly ball-type vibration-damping bicycle saddle pipe
CN106405526A (en) * 2016-09-14 2017-02-15 深圳科澳汽车科技有限公司 ACC calibration rack
CN206804864U (en) * 2017-04-18 2017-12-26 珠海码硕科技有限公司 Automatic Calibration production system
WO2018067354A1 (en) * 2016-10-04 2018-04-12 Hunter Engineering Company Vehicle wheel alignment measurement system camera and adas calibration support structure
CN108345321A (en) * 2018-04-20 2018-07-31 深圳市道通科技股份有限公司 Apparatus for adjusting position and automobile calibration facility
CN108581982A (en) * 2018-04-20 2018-09-28 深圳市道通科技股份有限公司 A kind of carriage and automobile calibration facility
CN208270760U (en) * 2018-03-20 2018-12-21 朱亚娟 A kind of Portable measuring device for engineering survey
CN209524941U (en) * 2019-03-20 2019-10-22 深圳市道通科技股份有限公司 A kind of calibration bracket
CN209524942U (en) * 2019-02-01 2019-10-22 深圳市道通科技股份有限公司 A kind of calibration system and its calibration bracket
CN209524919U (en) * 2019-03-20 2019-10-22 深圳市道通科技股份有限公司 A kind of auxiliary target and calibration system

Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102590796A (en) * 2012-03-14 2012-07-18 大连纳思达汽车服务工程股份有限公司 Self-adaptive radar calibrating device for sedan
CN203921022U (en) * 2014-06-19 2014-11-05 天津市金轮信德车业有限公司 A kind of fixedly ball-type vibration-damping bicycle saddle pipe
CN106405526A (en) * 2016-09-14 2017-02-15 深圳科澳汽车科技有限公司 ACC calibration rack
WO2018067354A1 (en) * 2016-10-04 2018-04-12 Hunter Engineering Company Vehicle wheel alignment measurement system camera and adas calibration support structure
CN206804864U (en) * 2017-04-18 2017-12-26 珠海码硕科技有限公司 Automatic Calibration production system
CN208270760U (en) * 2018-03-20 2018-12-21 朱亚娟 A kind of Portable measuring device for engineering survey
CN108345321A (en) * 2018-04-20 2018-07-31 深圳市道通科技股份有限公司 Apparatus for adjusting position and automobile calibration facility
CN108581982A (en) * 2018-04-20 2018-09-28 深圳市道通科技股份有限公司 A kind of carriage and automobile calibration facility
CN209524942U (en) * 2019-02-01 2019-10-22 深圳市道通科技股份有限公司 A kind of calibration system and its calibration bracket
CN209524941U (en) * 2019-03-20 2019-10-22 深圳市道通科技股份有限公司 A kind of calibration bracket
CN209524919U (en) * 2019-03-20 2019-10-22 深圳市道通科技股份有限公司 A kind of auxiliary target and calibration system

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3800484A4

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112710477A (en) * 2020-11-30 2021-04-27 深圳市道通科技股份有限公司 Vehicle detection system
CN113265937A (en) * 2021-06-18 2021-08-17 孙建军 Multifunctional sectional lifting structure arrangement of urban road junction integral lifting steel-constructed overpass
CN114268679A (en) * 2021-12-10 2022-04-01 深圳慧安康科技有限公司 Deformation fixed service robot
CN115040273A (en) * 2022-07-26 2022-09-13 安弗尔(北京)科技有限公司 High-temperature and high-pressure resistant fluorescent cystoscope
CN115040273B (en) * 2022-07-26 2024-06-07 安弗尔(北京)科技有限公司 High-temperature-resistant high-pressure-resistant fluorescent cystoscope

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3800484A1 (en) Calibration system and calibration rack therefor
WO2020156463A1 (en) Calibration system and calibration rack therefor
WO2020156452A1 (en) Calibration system and calibration frame thereof
WO2020186930A1 (en) Calibration system, and calibration support frame for same
US20220049954A1 (en) Calibration system and calibration bracket thereof
WO2021190362A1 (en) Calibration system and calibration support therefor
WO2021190361A1 (en) Calibration system and calibration bracket thereof
CN210514607U (en) Calibration system and calibration support thereof
US8628258B2 (en) Tripod head
US20120138763A1 (en) Versatile camera support mount
CN210514606U (en) Calibration system and calibration support thereof
JP4405856B2 (en) Vehicle fixing device
CN111721345B (en) Calibration system and calibration support thereof
WO2020156461A1 (en) Calibration system and calibration stand therefor
WO2020156462A1 (en) Method for determining placement point of calibration support with respect to vehicle to be tested
KR101950481B1 (en) Height adjustment mechanism
CN221698633U (en) Vehicle swatter device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20748835

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020748835

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20201230